7026 Enterprise Server Model M80 Model 6M1 Service Guide

RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80
Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1 IBM

Service Guide
SA38-0571-01
Second Edition (September 2001)
Before using this information and the product it supports, read the information in “Safety Notices” on page xi,
Appendix A, “Environmental Notices” on page 547, and Appendix B, “Notices” on page 549.
A reader’s comment form is provided at the back of this publication. If the form has been removed, address comments
to Information Development, Department H6DS-905-6C006, 11400 Burnet Road, Austin, Texas 78758-3493. To send
comments electronically, use this commercial internet address: aix6kpub@austin.ibm.com. Any information that you
supply may be used without incurring any obligation to you.
© International Business Machines Corporation, 2000, 2001. All rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users -- Documentation related to restricted rights -- Use, duplication or disclosure is subject
to restrictions set forth is GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
Contents
Safety Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Rack Safety Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xi
Electrical Safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xii
Laser Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Laser Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xiii
Data Integrity and Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv
About This Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii

ISO 9000 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Online Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Related Publications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii
Trademarks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xviii
Chapter 1. Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . .

. 1 . . . . .
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 1 . . . . .
Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 2 . . . . .
Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 2 . . . . .
Primary I/O Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3 . . . . .
Data Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4 . . . . .
Powering the System On and Off . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 5 . . . . .
Console Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 6 . . . . .
Power-On Self-Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 6 . . . . .
POST Indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 7 . . . . .
POST Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 7 . . . . .
1 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 7 . . . . .
5 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 7 . . . . .
6 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 8 . . . . .
8 Key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 8 . . . . .
System Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 9 . . . . .
CEC Drawer Front View With Bezel Removed . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
CEC Drawer Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
CEC Card Cage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Primary I/O Drawer Front View With Cover On . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Secondary I/O Drawer Front View With Cover On . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Primary I/O Drawer Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Primary I/O Drawer Front View with Covers Removed . . . . . . . . . . 16
Secondary I/O Drawer Rear View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
I/O Drawer Backplane PCI Slot Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
System Board Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
SCSI IDs and Bay Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Primary I/O Drawer SCSI IDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
System Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Riser Card Memory Placement Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
iii
I/O Drawer Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
I/O Drawer Addressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Message Hierarchy . . . . . . . . 27
Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On. . . . . . . 28
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On. . . . . . 29
Logical and Physical Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Physical Location Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Location Code Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Multiple FRU Callout Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
AIX Location Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Cabling the CEC Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s) . . . 53
Connecting JTAG and V/S COMM Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Connecting RIO and SPCN Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
System Cable Diagrams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
CEC Drawer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Primary I/O Drawer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Secondary I/O Drawer Cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
DC Power Cable Routings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
CEC Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Noise Emission Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Power Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Service Inspection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
FRU Isolation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Electronic Service Agent for the Eserver pSeries and RS/6000 . . . . . . . 77
Using the Service Processor and Electronic Service Agent Features . . . . . . 78
Service Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Electronic Service Agent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) . . . . . . . . . . 81

Entry MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Quick Entry MAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Quick Entry MAP Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
MAP 1020: Problem Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
MAP 1520: Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Map 1521: Cannot Power On the Primary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Does Not
Show OK Prompt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Map 1522: Cannot Power On the CEC Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Map 1523: Cannot Power On the Secondary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Power
Present LED Does Not Come On . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Map 1524: The SPCN Error Codes Table Directed You Here and the Error Code is
1011 1C0x . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
iv Service Guide
Chapter 4. Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
IPL Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Service Processor Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Firmware Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Boot Problems and Concerns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Step 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Step 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Step 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Step 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Step 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Four-Character Checkpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Replacing the Primary Drawer Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Replacing the Network Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Analyzing SPCN Errors on Secondary Drawers . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Isolating the I/O Drawer Failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Determining Location Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Checkpoint and Error Code Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Performing Slow Boot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Confirming Initial Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Memory-Related Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Operator Panel Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
SPCN Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Firmware/POST Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Service Processor Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
System Firmware Update Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Common Firmware Error Codes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Scan Log Dump Progress Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Chapter 6. Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode . . . . . . . 401

Default Boot List and Service Mode Bootlist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Chapter 7. Using the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature . . . . . . . 403

System Processors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Process Flow for Capacity Upgrade on Demand . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Installing a System with Capacity Upgrade on Demand . . . . . . . . . . 405
Verifying System Communication Capabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Configuring the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature . . . . . . . . . 405
Enabling the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature . . . . . . . . . . 407
Enabling Additional Capacity Upgrade on Demand Processors . . . . . . . 409
Determining Processor Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 409
Adding Processor Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Chapter 8. Using the Service Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

Service Processor Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Locally . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely . . . . . . . . . . 412
Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Contents v
Menu Inactivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
General User Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
Privileged User Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Main Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
Service Processor Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
System Power Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
System Information Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 428
Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus 430
Language Selection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Modem Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Serial Port Selection Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Serial Port Speed Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Telephone Number Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Call-Out Policy Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
Customer Account Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Service Processor Procedures in Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Service Processor Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
System Power-On Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Boot (IPL) Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Failure During Boot Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Failure During Normal System Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Policy Controls . . . . . . . . . . . 441
System Firmware Updates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
General Information on System Firmware Updates . . . . . . . . . . 442
Determining the Level of Firmware on the System. . . . . . . . . . . 443
System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image . . . . . . . . 443
Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus . . . . . . 444
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Service Aids . . . . . . . . . 444
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Command Line . . . . . . . . 444
Recovery Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 445
Configuring and Deconfiguring Processors or Memory . . . . . . . . . . 445
Run-Time CPU Deconfiguration (CPU Gard) . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Service Processor System Monitoring - Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . 446
System Firmware Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Operating System Surveillance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Call-Out (Call-Home) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 447
Console Mirroring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Service Processor Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450
LCD Progress Indicator Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Service Processor Operational Phases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Pre-Standby Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Standby Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 452
Bring-Up Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 453
Run-Time Phase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
vi Service Guide
Chapter 9. Using System Management Services . . . . . . . . . . . 456
455
Password Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Display Error Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
Remote Initial Program Load Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
SCSI Utilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Select Console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
MultiBoot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 462
Select Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
OK Prompt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Exiting System Management Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Chapter 10. Removal and Replacement Procedures . . . . . . . . . . 467

Handling Static-Sensitive Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
Powering Off and Powering On the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Powering Off the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Powering On the System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469
Powering Off and Powering On the System Using the Service Processor . . . 469
Hot-Pluggable FRUs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
PCI Adapters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Non-Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Removing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 473
Replacing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
Accessing Hot-Plug Management Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
PCI Hot-Plug Manager Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Memory Riser Cards and Memory Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
CEC Regulator Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Processor Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487
CEC Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
CEC Power Supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
CEC RIO Bus Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
CEC Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
Contents vii
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
I/O Drawer Backplane Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
I/O Drawer RIO Bus Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 502
I/O Drawer Power Distribution Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 503
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
I/O Drawer Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies . . . . . . . 505
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 506
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507
Power Supply Test Switch Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Internal Disk Drives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Fan Controller Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
CD-ROM Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Tape Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Diskette Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
Operator Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
Rear Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
Front Service Position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 521
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Chapter 11. Parts Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

CEC Drawer Card Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525
CEC Drawer Backplane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
CEC Drawer Power Supplies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
CEC Drawer Fan Assemblies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 531
I/O Drawer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
CEC Drawer Internal Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Primary I/O Drawer Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539
Secondary I/O Drawer Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
External Cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Keyboards and Mouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Keyboards and Mouse (Black) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 545
viii Service Guide

Appendix A. Environmental Notices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Product Recycling and Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Environmental Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Acoustical Noise Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Declared Acoustical Noise Emissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Noise Emission Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Appendix B. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549
Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test . . . . . . . . . . . 551

Service Processor Setup Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Testing the Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Testing Call-In . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Testing Call-Out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Serial Port Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Appendix D. Using the chcod Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Flags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Appendix E. Verifying Capacity Upgrade on Demand Processors . . . . . 557

Determining Current Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Recovery Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Capacity Upgrade on Demand Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Testing the System in the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Environment . . . . 558
Appendix F. Modem Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561

Sample Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Generic Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Specific Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Configuration File Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
Examples for Using the Generic Sample Modem Configuration Files . . . . 564
Customizing the Modem Configuration Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
IBM 7852-400 DIP Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Xon/Xoff Modems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Ring Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Terminal Emulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Recovery Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Transfer of a Modem Session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Recovery Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 567
Prevention Strategy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Modem Configuration Sample Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Sample File modem_m0.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Sample File modem_m1.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Sample File modem_z.cfg. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Sample File modem_z0.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575
Sample File modem_f.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
Sample File modem_f0.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Sample File modem_f1.cfg . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Contents ix
Appendix G. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Front Drawer-Stop Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Drawer Rail Assembly and Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Rails for an S00 Type Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Rails for a T00 Type Rack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Rail Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Cable Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
x Service Guide
Safety Notices
A danger notice indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing
death or serious personal injury. Danger notices appear on the following pages:
v xii
v 94
v 467
v 506
A caution notice indicates the presence of a hazard that has the potential of causing
moderate or minor personal injury. Caution notices appear on the following pages:
v xii
v xiii
v 94
v 467
v 513
v 521
Note: For a translation of these notices, see the System Unit Safety Information
manual, SA23-2652.
Rack Safety Instructions

v Do not install this unit in a rack where the internal rack ambient temperatures will
exceed 40 degrees C.
v Do not install this unit in a rack where the air flow is compromised. Any side, front or
back of the unit used for air flow through the unit must not be in indirect contact with
the rack.
v Ensure that a hazardous condition is not created due to uneven mechanical loading
when installing this unit in a rack. If the rack has a stabilizer it must be firmly
attached before installing or removed this unit.
v Consider the connection of the equipment to the supply circuit so that the overloaded
circuits do not compromise the supply wiring or overcurrent protection.
v An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage on the
metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system. It is the
responsibility of the customer to ensure that the outlet is correctly wired and
grounded to prevent an electrical shock.
xi
Electrical Safety
Observe the following safety instructions any time you are connecting or disconnecting
devices attached to the workstation.
DANGER
An electrical outlet that is not correctly wired could place hazardous voltage
on metal parts of the system or the devices that attach to the system. It is the
Before installing or removing signal cables, ensure that the power cables for
the system unit and all attached devices are unplugged.
When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system,

ensure that the power cables for those devices are unplugged before the
signal cables are connected. If possible, disconnect all power cables from the
existing system before you add a device.
Use one hand, when possible, to connect or disconnect signal cables to

prevent a possible shock from touching two surfaces with different electrical
potentials.
During an electrical storm, do not connect cables for display stations, printers,
telephones, or station protectors for communications lines.
CAUTION:
This product is equipped with a three–wire power cable and plug for the user’s
safety. Use this power cable with a properly grounded electrical outlet to avoid
electrical shock.
DANGER
To prevent electrical shock hazard, disconnect all power cables from the
electrical outlet before relocating the system.
CAUTION:
This unit has more than one power supply cord. To reduce the risk of electrical
shock, disconnect two power supply cords before servicing.
xii Service Guide

Laser Safety Information
CAUTION:
This product may contain a CD-ROM which is a class 1 laser product.
Laser Compliance
All lasers are certified in the U.S. to conform to the requirements of DHHS 21 CFR
Subchapter J for class 1 laser products. Outside the U.S., they are certified to be in
compliance with the IEC 825 (first edition 1984) as a class 1 laser product. Consult the
label on each part for laser certification numbers and approval information.
CAUTION:
All IBM laser modules are designed so that there is never any human access to
laser radiation above a class 1 level during normal operation, user maintenance,
or prescribed service conditions. Data processing environments can contain
equipment transmitting on system links with laser modules that operate at
greater than class 1 power levels. For this reason, never look into the end of an
optical fiber cable or open receptacle. Only trained service personnel should
perform the inspection or repair of optical fiber cable assemblies and receptacles.
Preface xiii
xiv Service Guide
Data Integrity and Verification
IBM computer systems contain mechanisms designed to reduce the possibility of
undetected data corruption or loss. This risk, however, cannot be eliminated. Users who
experience unplanned outages, system failures, power fluctuations or outages, or
component failures must verify the accuracy of operations performed and data saved or
transmitted by the system at or near the time of the outage or failure. In addition, users
must establish procedures to ensure that there is independent data verification before
relying on such data in sensitive or critical operations. Users should periodically check
the IBM support websites for updated information and fixes applicable to the system and
related software.
xv
xvi Service Guide
About This Book
This book provides maintenance information that is specific to the RS/6000 Enterprise
Server Model M80 and Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1, as well as to adapters and
attached devices that do not have their own service information. In this book, the
RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80 and Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1 are
hereafter referred to as the ″system″ or the ″server.″
This book contains maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) that are not common to
other systems. MAPs that are common to all systems are contained in the RS/6000 and
Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
This book is used by the service technician to repair system failures. This book
assumes that the service technician has had training on the system unit.
ISO 9000
ISO 9000 registered quality systems were used in the development and manufacturing
of this product.
Online Publications
RS/6000 and pSeries publications are available online. To access the online books, visit
our Web site at: http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/resource/hardware_docs/
Related Publications
The following publications provide additional information about your system unit:
v The System Unit Safety Information, order number SA23-2652, contains translations
of safety information used throughout this book.
v The RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80, Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1
User’s Guide, order number SA38-0565, contains information on how to use the
system, use diagnostics, use service aids, and verify system operations.
v The 7014 Series Model T00 and T42 Rack Installation and Service Guide, order
number SA38-0577, contains information regarding the 7014 Series Model T00 Rack,
in which the Enterprise Server Model M80 and Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1
may be installed.
v The RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems,
order number SA38-0509, contains common diagnostic procedures, error codes,
service request numbers, and failing function codes. This manual is intended for
trained service technicians.
v The RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for
Multiple Bus Systems, order number SA38-0516 contains information about adapters,
devices, and cables for your system. This manual is intended to supplement
information found in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
Multiple Bus Systems.
xvii
v The PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number SA38-0538, contains
information regarding slot restrictions for adapters that can be used in this system.
v The Site and Hardware Planning Information, order number SA38-0508, contains
information to help you plan your installation.
Trademarks
The following terms are trademarks of International Business Machines Corporation in
the United States, other countries, or both:
v AIX
v e (logo)
v pSeries
v RS/6000
Other company, product, and service names may be trademarks or service marks of
others.
xviii Service Guide

Chapter 1. Reference Information
This chapter provides an overview of the system, including a logical description and a
physical overview. Additional details pertaining to the system are also provided, as
follows:
v Memory overview and placement
v General description of the operator panel
v Cabling rules
v System location rules and descriptions
v Powering on and off the system
v Power flow
v Data flow
Overview
The RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80 and Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1
systems are multiprocessor, multibus systems packaged in two to five drawers. The
processors and memory are packaged in an 8 EIA-unit central electronics complex
(CEC) drawer, and the optional DASD and I/O devices are in 5 EIA-unit I/O drawers.
The basic system consists of one CEC drawer and one I/O drawer in the same rack.
You can expand the system by adding up to three additional I/O drawers in a minimum
of two racks.
A number of cables connect the CEC and I/O drawers. These cables include:
v SPCN (System Power Control Network) cables
v V/S COMM cables
v RIO (Remote Input Output) cables
v JTAG cable
An ac power cord (dc power cord in a dc-powered system) is connected to the CEC
drawer (drawer 1), primary I/O drawer (drawer 0), and secondary I/O drawer (drawer 2).
You can also connect two additional secondary drawers (drawers 3 and 4) in another
rack with a separate power distribution unit and ac power cord (dc power cord in a
dc-powered system). A dc-powered system has no power distribution unit.
1
Processors
The CEC drawer is powered independently from the I/O drawer and supports two
processor cards.
Model M80:
v Can have any combination of 2-way or 4-way processor cards running at 500 MHz
v All 500 MHz processors can have their own 4 MB L2 cache
Model 6M1:
v Can be ordered with 500 MHz processors or 750 MHz processors
v Systems with 500 MHz processors can have one or two 2-way processor cards
v Systems with 750 MHz processors can have any combination of 2-way and 4-way
processor cards
The Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature is available for this system when a minimum
of four processors running at 750 MHz are installed. The Capacity Upgrade on Demand
feature is not available on systems in which 500 MHz processors are installed. For
more information about Capacity Upgrade on Demand, see Chapter 7, “Using the
Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature” on page 403.
Note: In order for the system to boot, the first processor card slot must be populated.
Memory
v Model M80: 1 GB (minimum) to 32 GB (maximum)
v Model 6M1: 1 GB (minimum) to 64 GB (maximum)
v One or two memory riser cards; each riser card has thirty-two sockets. 128 MB, 256
MB, 512 MB, and 1 GB dual inline memory modules (DIMMs) are available.
v Certain 32 MB DIMMs from older RS/6000 systems can also be used when
upgrading the system memory.
2 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer
The primary I/O drawer has the following:
v 14 PCI slots
v System operator panel
v SPCN controller
v System media
v Service processor
v Optional boot DASDs that occupy PCI slots 13 and 14
v Various connectors, including four serial port connectors, on the back of the drawer
for the attachment of external devices
Note: Serial ports 1 and 2 can only be used to access the service processor menus.
No ″heartbeat″-type devices or cables can be used on these ports.
″Heartbeat″-type devices or cables must be installed on serial port 3 or serial
port 4.
The PCI bus speeds are as follows:

v Up to 33 MHz for the four 32-bit slots at 5 V
v Up to 66 MHz for the ten 64-bit slots at 3.3 V
Slots 1-5, 8-10, 13 and 14 support either 32- or 64-bit PCI adapters. The remaining
slots are 32-bit only.
The CEC drawer includes the interrupt and system bus control logic.
The primary I/O drawer has space for up to three media devices. The diskette drive and
CD-ROM drive are standard; the third media device is optional.
“Data Flow” on page 4 illustrates the system’s data flow.
Chapter 1. Reference Information 3

Data Flow
4 Service Guide
Powering the System On and Off
The system can be powered on after the following cables are connected:
v V/S COMM Cable
v All RIO cables
v All SPCN cables
v JTAG Cable
v All PCI cables to supported drawers
After the required cables are installed, and the power cables are connected, the power
button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel can be pushed to initialize the system.
Progress indicators, also referred to as checkpoints, are visible on the primary I/O
drawer operator panel display and the power LED on the primary I/O drawer stops
blinking and stays on, indicating the system power is on.
The CEC drawer and secondary I/O drawers are powered on through the primary I/O
drawer system power control network (SPCN). When power is applied, the power LEDs
on the primary I/O drawer go from blinking to on continuously, and the power LED on
the CEC drawer and secondary I/O drawer(s) comes on and stays on. This indicates
that power levels are satisfactory in the drawers.
If the system is operating under AIX, type the shutdown command to power off the
system. If you cannot use this method, you can power off the system by pressing the
power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
Attention: Using the power button on the operator panel to power off the system can
cause unpredictable results in the data files, and the next IPL will take longer to
complete.
For complete details on how to power on and off the system, go to “Powering Off and
Powering On the System” on page 469 and “System Power-On Methods” on page 439.

Console Strategy
The firmware starts a console-selection sequence at system boot time if any of the
following is true:
v A console has not yet been selected.
v A previous console-selection sequence timed-out.
v A change in the system configuration has affected the console (keyboard
installed/removed, mouse installed/removed, graphics adapter installed/removed or
moved to another PCI slot).
The console-selection sequence allows you to select (from the appropriate input device)
any one of the available console devices. If no console is selected within approximately
60 seconds, serial port 1 (S1) is selected as the console and the selection sequence
times-out.
Attention: If an ASCII terminal is attached to serial port 1 (S1), and there is any
interaction with this terminal, then:
v After OK displays in the operator panel,
AND
v Before the power-on sequence is initiated,
the firmware will use this terminal as the console, regardless of the previous console
selection.
After a console has been selected, the console-selection sequence is only started at
boot time if there is a change in the system configuration (as previously described), or
the contents of the system’s nonvolatile memory (NVRAM) are lost.
Note: Moving an ASCII terminal from one serial port to another (from S1 to S2) cannot
be detected by the firmware, so it does not constitute a configuration change.
You can also initiate a system console-selection sequence from the SMS menus.
Power-On Self-Test
After power is turned on and before the operating system is loaded, the system does a
power-on self-test (POST). This test performs checks to ensure that the hardware is
functioning correctly before the operating system is loaded. During the POST, a POST
screen displays, and POST indicators appear on the system console (if one is
connected). The next section describes the POST indicators and functions that can be
accessed during the POST.
6 Service Guide
POST Indicators
POST indicators indicate tests that are being performed as the system is preparing to
load the operating system. The POST indicators are words that display on the system
console. Each time that the system starts a different step in the POST, a POST
indicator word appears on the console. Each word is an indicator of the tests that are
being performed.
The POST screen displays the following words:

Memory Memory test
Keyboard Initialize the keyboard and mouse. The window for pressing a key to
access the System Management Services, or to initiate a service
mode boot list, is now open. See “POST Keys” for more information.
Network Self-test on network adapters
SCSI Adapters are being initialized
Speaker Sounds an audible tone at the end of POST
POST Keys
The POST keys, if pressed after the keyboard POST indicator displays and before the
last POST indicator (speaker) displays, cause the system to start services or to initiate
service mode boots used for configuring the system and diagnosing problems. The keys
are described below:
Note: The program function keys (F1-F12) on a keyboard attached to the system unit
are no longer used and will be ignored during POST. After the keyboard POST
indicator displays, you must use the numeric number keys to enter input.
1 Key
The numeric 1 key, when pressed during POST, starts the System Management
Services (SMS) interface.
5 Key
The numeric 5 key, when pressed during POST, initiates a system boot in service mode
using the default service mode boot list.
This mode attempts to boot from the first device of each type found in the list. It does
not search for other bootable devices of that type if the first device is not bootable.
Instead, it continues to the next device type in the list. The firmware supports up to five
entries in the boot list.

The default boot sequence is:
1. Diskette
2. CD-ROM
3. Hard file
4. Tape drive (if installed)
5. Network
a. Token ring
b. Ethernet
6 Key
The numeric 6 key works like the numeric 5 key, except that firmware uses the
customized service mode bootlist that was set up in System Management Services or in
the AIX service aids.
8 Key
To enter the open firmware command line, press the numeric 8 key after the word
keyboard displays and before the last word (speaker) displays during startup. After you
press the 8 key, the remaining POST indicators display until initialization completes.
When initialization and POST are complete, the open firmware command line (an OK
prompt) displays.
Use the open firmware command line to set up adapters that are not configurable with
the System Management Services. Your adapter documentation directs you to use this
option if it is needed.
To exit from the open firmware command prompt, type reset-all or power off the
system and reboot.
8 Service Guide
System Locations
The system consists of a minimum of two drawers in one rack: the CEC drawer and the
primary I/O drawer. These two components are connected by cables that transmit data
and control signals. Additional I/O drawers can be added if further expansion of the
system is required. The following figure shows the system units.
System unit with System unit with

One I/O Drawer Two I/O Drawers
CEC Drawer CEC Drawer

(8 EIA Units) (8 EIA Units)
Primary
R
Primary
R
I/O Drawer I/O Drawer

(5 EIA Units) (5 EIA Units)
R
Secondary
I/O Drawer
(Optional)
(5 EIA Units)
Note: For information about installing rack rails, see Appendix G, “Rack Drawer Rail
Instructions” on page 587.

CEC Drawer Front View With Bezel Removed
1
3 2
1 Power On/Off LED 2 Fan 2

3 Fan 1
10 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Rear View
1
4
7
6 5
1 RIO connector A0 2 RIO connector B0

3 RIO connector B1 4 RIO connector A1
5 V/S COMM 6 JTAG
7 Power supply 1 8 Power supply 2

CEC Card Cage
Rear of CEC drawer (viewed from top, cover removed)
12 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer Front View With Cover On
1
2
1 CD-ROM 2 Operator panel

3 Tape drive (optional)

Secondary I/O Drawer Front View With Cover On
1
2
1 Optional media bay 2 Operator panel

3 Optional media bay
14 Service Guide
Primary I/O Drawer Rear View
18
17 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
P1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
1 Ethernet connector 2 SCSI connector

3 Debug port 4 Mouse connector
5 Serial port 1 6 Serial port 2
7 J11 (SPCN 1 connector) 8 J14 (SPCN 3 connector, reserved)
9 V/S Comm 10 JTAG connector
11 Parallel port 12 Keyboard connector
13 Serial port 3 14 Serial port 4
15 J15 (SPCN 2 connector) 16 J16 (SPCN 4 connector)
17 Hot-plug LED (one for each adapter) 18 RIO 1 connector
19 RIO 0 connector

Primary I/O Drawer Front View with Covers Removed
1 2 3
4
5 6 7
1 Bay A - Diskette 2 Bay B - CD-ROM

3 Bay C - Operator panel 4 Bay D - Tape drive (optional)
5 Power Supply 2 6 Power Supply LEDs
7 Power Supply 1
16 Service Guide
Secondary I/O Drawer Rear View
2
8
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
P1
3 4 5
6 7
1 RIO 1 connector 2 RIO 0 connector

3 SCSI connector 4 J11 (SPCN 1 connector)
5 J14 (SPCN 3 connector) 6 J16 (SPCN 2 connector)
7 J15 (SPCN 4 connector) 8-14 Hot-plug LED (one for each adapter)

I/O Drawer Backplane PCI Slot Locations
Battery
Socket
PCI PCI PCI PCI

Slot I1 Slot I7 Slot I8 Slot I14
18 Service Guide
System Board Locations
2 3
4 5
1
Rear
1 Regulator, M01 2 Memory Riser 1, M02

3 Processor 2, M04 4 Memory Riser 2, M05
5 RIO Adapter, M06 6 Processor 1, M03
Note: In order for the system to boot, the first processor card slot (M03) must be
populated.

Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations
(31) D (32) D
(29) C (30) C
(27) B (28) B
(25) A (26) A
(23) D (24) D
(21) C (22) C
(19) B (20) B
(17) A (18) A
(15) D (16) D
(13) C (14) C
(11) B (12) B
(9) A (10) A
(7) D (8) D
(5) C (6) C
(3) B (4) B
(1) A (2) A
Location Code Memory DIMMs

U1.1-P1-M1 x2 All Memory DIMMs on Riser Cards 1 and 2
U1.1-P1-M1.n Individual Memory DIMMs on Riser Card 1 (n
denotes DIMM number)
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4 Memory Quad A Odd (DIMMs 1, 9, 17, 25)
20 Service Guide
Location Code Memory DIMMs
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8 Memory Octal A (DIMMs 1, 2, 9, 10, 17, 18, 25,
26)
U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32 All Memory DIMMs on Riser Card 1
U1.1-P1-M1.2 x4 Memory Quad A Even (DIMMs 2, 10, 18, 26)
U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4 Memory Quad B Odd (DIMMs 3, 11, 19, 27)
U1.1-P1-M1.3 x8 Memory Octal B (DIMMs 3, 4, 11, 12, 19, 20,
27, 28)
U1.1-P1-M1.4 x4 Memory Quad B Even (DIMMs 4, 12, 20, 28)
U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4 Memory Quad C Odd (DIMMs 5, 13, 21, 29)
U1.1-P1-M1.5 x8 Memory Octal C (DIMMs 5, 6, 13, 14, 21, 22,
29, 30)
U1.1-P1-M1.6 x4 Memory Quad C Even (DIMMs 6, 14, 22, 30)
U1.1-P1-M1.7 x4 Memory Quad D Odd (DIMMs 7, 15, 23, 31)
U1.1-P1-M1.7 x8 Memory Octal D (DIMMs 7, 8, 15, 16, 23, 24,
31, 32)
U1.1-P1-M1.8 x4 Memory Quad D Even (DIMMs 8, 16, 24, 32)
U1.1-P1-M2.n Individual Memory DIMMs on Riser Card 2 (n
denotes DIMM number)
U1.1-P1-M2.1 x4 Memory Quad A Odd (DIMMs 1, 9, 17, 25)
U1.1-P1-M2.1 x8 Memory Octal A (DIMMs 1, 2, 9, 10, 17, 18, 25,
26)
U1.1-P1-M2.1 x32 All Memory DIMMs on Riser Card 2
U1.1-P1-M2.2 x4 Memory Quad A Even (DIMMs 2, 10, 18, 26)
U1.1-P1-M2.3 x4 Memory Quad B Odd (DIMMs 3, 11, 19, 27)
U1.1-P1-M2.3 x8 Memory Octal B (DIMMs 3, 4, 11, 12, 19, 20,
27, 28)
U1.1-P1-M2.4 x4 Memory Quad B Even (DIMMs 4, 12, 20, 28)
U1.1-P1-M2.5 x4 Memory Quad C Odd (DIMMs 5, 13, 21, 29)
U1.1-P1-M2.5 x8 Memory Octal C (DIMMs 5, 6, 13, 14, 21, 22,
29, 30)
U1.1-P1-M2.6 x4 Memory Quad C Even (DIMMs 6, 14, 22, 30)
U1.1-P1-M2.7 x4 Memory Quad D Odd (DIMMs 7, 15, 23, 31)
U1.1-P1-M2.7 x8 Memory Octal D (DIMMs 7, 8, 15, 16, 23, 24,
31, 32)
U1.1-P1-M2.8 x4 Memory Quad D Even (DIMMs 8, 16, 24, 32)
For physical locations, see “Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations” on
page 20.

Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
1 2 3 4
!
9 R
8
7 5
6
1 Power on/off button 2 Power on/off LED

3 Operator panel display 4 Speaker
5 Serial number plate 6 Reset icon
7 Reset button 8 Service use only
9 Disturbance or system attention LED
Note: You must activate the service processor reset button very carefully. An insulated
paper clip is recommended. Unbend the clip so that it has a straight section
about two inches long. Insert the clip straight into the hole, keeping the clip
perpendicular to the plastic bezel. When you engage the test reset switch, you
should feel the detent of the switch. After you press the switch, the service
processor resets and then shuts down the system.
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel

1 2
1 Power Present LED 2 Disturbance or System Attention LED
22 Service Guide
SCSI IDs and Bay Locations
The following figure shows the SCSI IDs for media devices. The SCSI IDs for the media
devices installed at the factory are set using jumpers on the drives when the drives are
installed.
Primary I/O Drawer SCSI IDs

1
1 CD-ROM (SCSI ID=1) 2 Optional Tape Drive (SCSI ID=0)
Note: The SCSI IDs shown for the media indicate how installed devices are set when
shipped from the factory.

System Memory
Two slots are available for system memory riser cards. The system memory riser cards
are located for easy access in the CEC drawer. (These slots are shown in “System
Board Locations” on page 19.) Each memory riser card has 32 DIMM slots.
Four sizes of DIMMs are available: 128 MB, 256 MB, 512 MB and 1 GB. In addition,
certain 32 MB DIMMS from earlier RS/6000 systems can also be used.
Riser Card Memory Placement Rules

The rules for one-way processor memory are as follows:
v Memory octals must contain DIMM modules of equal memory size.
v You must have at least one memory riser card populated with 8 DIMMs totaling 1
GB.
v Populate the memory card starting from the bottommost available slot of each
eight-slot group. (see “Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations” on
page 20.)
v If you have two memory riser cards installed, distribute the memory evenly
(maintaining octals) between the two risers.
24 Service Guide
I/O Drawer Features
I/O drawers may have two redundant power supplies. One of these power supplies is
capable of providing the necessary voltages and currents independently of the other.
The left and right power supply output voltages are connected and monitored by the
power distribution board contained in the 5 EIA-unit I/O drawer. Both power supplies
provide +12 V dc to the fans in the drawer to ensure sufficient cooling if one of the
supplies fails. However, the short circuit prevention is on the I/O board to protect
against shorts in one output, thus causing the +12 V dc to fail completely.
The left and right power supplies are hot-pluggable and may be changed one-at-a-time
while the system is operational. Each power supply provides 5 V dc, 3.3 V dc, 12 V dc,
and 5 V dc standby power.
The 5 V dc standby power is provided by both power supplies; this can be done
because the power supplies contain overload protection against one supply shorting the
other. Standby power (5 V dc) is provided to the part of the primary I/O drawer planar
on which the SPCN and service processor logic reside.
I/O Drawer Addressing

I/O drawer addressing refers to the drawer number that is displayed in the operator
panel on secondary I/O drawers. This address is the drawer’s location in the RIO
(remote I/O) loop. The drawer number is displayed in the form of U0.n, where n is the
drawer number. The drawer number is not displayed on the primary I/O drawer operator
panel but it is assumed to be *01 (or U0.1). The first time you boot the system after a
service action or configuration change that involves an I/O drawer or its backplane, the
system may detect a duplicate or incorrect I/O drawer number. This situation can result
in duplicate or incorrect drawer numbers being displayed when the system is booting
up. The final drawer number will be assigned and displayed when the bootup is
complete. The drawer numbers are not reassigned unless a service action or
configuration chance occurs.
When ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) has been disconnected from an I/O
drawer and then reconnected, the I/O drawer addresses on the secondary drawers will
temporarily appear in the format *0n, where n is the drawer number. After the system is
powered on and the boot sequence has been initiated, the drawer numbers will be
restored to the U0.n format.

I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status
Status of LED Operator Panel LED Right Power Supply Left Power Supply
LED LED
Off No power connected No power connected No power connected
or system power or system power
connected, not turned connected, not turned
on, power supply on, power supply
detects NO faults detects NO faults
On, fast blinking System power System power System power
green, on for one connected, power on connected, not turned connected, not turned
second, off for one initiated on, power supply on, power supply
second detected fault detected fault
On, slow blinking System power System power System power
green, on for two connected, not turned connected, not turned connected, not turned
seconds, off for two on on, power supply on, power supply
seconds detected system power detected system power
control network fault control network fault
On, steady green System power System power System power
connected and turned connected and turned connected and turned
on on on
26 Service Guide
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Message Hierarchy
The messages that are displayed in the operator panel on secondary I/O drawers are
arranged hierarchically, from highest priority to lowest priority. The message hierarchy is
as follows:
1. 8-character error code
This indicates a critical error; the drawer power will be shut down. Standby power is
still on, so the error message is still displayed in the operator panel. The I/O drawer
Attention LED will be on. The error code displays on the top line of the display
panel, left-justified. A FRU part number may also be displayed, right-justified, in the
second line of the display.
2. 8-character informational message
This is a noncritical message, so the drawer power will not be shut down. The
message should be investigated to see if service actions are indicated. A FRU part
number may also be displayed, right-justified, in the second line of the display.
When 8-character codes are displayed, they are in the form 10n1xxxx, where n is
the drawer number.
3. 8-character checkpoint
There is one 8-character checkpoint that displays, 10n100AA, where n is the drawer
number. This checkpoint indicates that the system power control network firmware is
being updated, and the checkpoint displays for approximately 15 seconds. This is
the only checkpoint that displays on a secondary I/O drawer operator panel.
4. Drawer number
This will be in the form U0.n, where n is the drawer number. This message will
normally display unless a higher-level message is required.
When ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) has been disconnected from
the system, then reconnected, the I/O drawer addresses on the secondary drawers
will temporarily appear in the format *0n, where n is the drawer number. After the
system is powered on, and the boot sequence has been initiated, the drawer
numbers are restored to the U0.n format.

Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On
After Connecting ac Power (dc Power in a dc-powered System)

Drawer State Power LED Drawer Operator Panel
Display
Standby Blinking slow 8xxx checkpoints followed by
OK
System power ON Blinking fast OK
On solid 9xxx checkpoints ending with
E1FF
Receive firmware command On solid Exxx checkpoints ending with
E105
Thereafter On solid 0xxx checkpoints ending with a
blank display
After Power is Removed Because of a Shutdown

Display
Standby Blinking slowly OK is displayed
System power ON Blinking quickly OK
On solid 9xxx checkpoints ending with
E1FF
Receive firmware command On solid Exxx checkpoints ending with
E105
Thereafter On solid 0xxx checkpoints ending with a
blank display
Critical error codes are posted on the top line (left-justified) of the drawer display with
the attention light on solid. Any location codes are posted on the bottom line
(left-justified).
Noncritical error codes are not posted. The drawer display remains blank with the
attention light on solid.
28 Service Guide
Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Behavior During Power-On
After Connecting ac Power (dc Power in a dc-powered System)

Display
Standby Off Display shows a temporary
drawer number of the form *0n
Receive firmware command to On solid Message based on “Secondary
power on I/O Drawer Operator Panel
Message Hierarchy” on
page 27.
After Power is Removed Because of a Shutdown

Display
Standby Off Message based on “Secondary
I/O Drawer Operator Panel
page 27
Receive firmware command to On solid Message based on “Secondary
power on I/O Drawer Operator Panel
page 27
Logical and Physical Locations

The Model M80 and Model 6M1 systems use physical location codes in conjunction
with AIX location codes to provide mapping of the failing field replaceable units (FRUs).
The location codes are produced by the system unit’s firmware and the AIX operating
system.
Physical Location Codes

Physical location codes provide a mapping of logical functions in a platform (or
expansion sites for logical functions, such as connectors or ports) to their specific
locations within the physical structure of the platform.
Location Code Format

The format for the location code is a string of alphanumeric characters separated by a
dash (-), slash (/), pound sign (#) or period (.) character. The base location is all of the
information preceding the slash (/) or pound sign (#). The base location identifies a
device that is connected to or plugged into the parent. Extended location information
follows the slash (/). Extended location information identifies a device that is part of the
parent, a connector, or a cable. Cable information follows the pound sign (#). Cable
information identifies a cable that is connector to parent. The following are examples:

v P1-C1 identifies a processor card C1 plugged into planar P1.
v P1-M1 identifies a memory card M1 plugged into planar P1.
v P1-K1 identifies a keyboard attached to K1 on planar P1.
v P1/S1 identifies serial port 1 controller on planar P1, the connector for serial port 1,
or the cable attached to serial port 1.
v P1-I2/E3 identifies a Ethernet controller 3 on the card in slot 2 (I2) on planar P1, the
connector for Ethernet controller 3, or the cable attached to Ethernet controller 3.
v P1-I2#E3 identifies the cable attached to Ethernet controller 3 on the card in slot 2
(I2) on planar P1.
The period (.) identifies sublocations (DIMMs on a memory card, SCSI addresses,
cables). The following are examples:
v P1-M1.4 identifies DIMM 4 on memory card 1 plugged into planar P1.
v P1-C1.1 identifies processor 1 plugged into processor card 1 which is plugged into
planar P1.
v U0.1-P1/Z1–A3 identifies a SCSI device with SCSI ID 3 attached to SCSI bus 1 on
planar 1 in the primary I/O drawer.
v P2-Z1-A3.1 identifies a SCSI device with SCSI address of LUN 1 at SCSI ID 3
attached to SCSI bus 1 from planar 2.
v P1-I2#E3.2 identifies the second in a series of cables attached to Ethernet controller
3 on the card in slot 2 (I2) on planar P1.
Depending on the AIX and firmware levels, AIX Diagnostics may include the extended
location information when identifying a planar or card. The extended location
information or cable information is always included when identifying a cable or
connector. Location codes with extended location information that are displayed without
a description identifying the devices always identify the cable attached to the port.
Multiple FRU Callout Instructions

If an eight-digit error code appears in the operator panel display or in Chapter 5, “Error
Code to FRU Index” on page 171, a location code for a failing part may also be
specified. If the location code includes a blank space followed by a lowercase x
followed by a number, this is an error code with multiple FRU callouts. This error can
typically happen with memory DIMMs, memory riser cards, or processors and may
involve mixed types of parts. In this case, check the system’s configuration for FRU part
numbers to determine the appropriate set of FRUs.
For example, if the location code U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4 was displayed, this indicates
memory quad A (four DIMMs) on the first memory riser card was suspected.
You can determine the FRU part numbers of the electronic assemblies in the system in
one of the following ways:
v Using the service processor menus
From the general user menu, select Read VPD Image from Last System Boot, then
enter 90 to display detailed vital product data (VPD).
v Using the lscfg -vp | pg command on the AIX command line
30 Service Guide
Enter the following command: lscfg -vp | pg to display the detailed VPD of all
assemblies. Notice that the FRU part number information for processors and memory
DIMMs may be at the bottom of the command output.

AIX Location Codes
The basic formats of the AIX location codes are as follows:
v For non-SCSI devices/drives:
AB-CD-EF-GH
v For SCSI devices/drives:
AB-CD-EF-G,H
For planars, cards, and non-SCSI devices, the location code is defined as follows:
AB-CD-EF-GH
| | | |
| | | Device/FRU/Port ID
| | Connector ID
| devfunc Number, Adapter Number or Physical Location
Bus Type or PCI Parent Bus
v The AB value identifies a bus type or PCI parent bus as assigned by the firmware.
v The CD value identifies adapter number, adapter’s devfunc number, or physical
location. The devfunc number is defined as the PCI device number times 8, plus the
function number.
v The EF value identifies a connector.
v The GH value identifies a port, address, device, or FRU.
Adapters and cards are identified only with AB-CD.
The possible values for CD depend on the adapter/card. For pluggable PCI
adapters/cards, CD is the device’s devfunc number (PCI device number times 8, plus
the function number). The C and D are characters in the range of 0-9, and A-F (hex
numbers). The location codes therefore uniquely identify multiple adapters on individual
PCI cards.
EF is the connector ID, used to identify the adapter’s connector to which a resource is
attached.
GH is used to identify a port, device, or FRU. For example:

v For async devices, GH defines the port on the fanout box. The values are 00 to 15.
v For a diskette drive, H identifies either diskette drive 1 or 2. G is always 0.
v For all other devices, GH is equal to 00.
For integrated adapter, EF-GH is the same as the definition for a pluggable adapter. For
example, the location code for a diskette drive is 01-D1-00-00. A second diskette drive
is 01-D1-00-01.
32 Service Guide
For SCSI devices, the location code is defined as follows:
AB-CD-EF-G,H
| | | | |
| | | | Logical Unit address of the SCSI Device
| | | Control Unit Address of the SCSI Device
| | Connector ID
| devfunc Number, Adapter Number or Physical Location
Bus Type or PCI Parent Bus
Where:
v AB-CD-EF are the same as non-SCSI devices.
v G defines the control unit address of the device. Values of 0 to 15 are valid.
v H defines the logical unit address of the device. Values of 0 to 255 are valid.
A bus location code is also generated as ’00-XXXXXXXX’, where XXXXXXXX is

equivalent to the node’s unit address.
Examples of physical location codes and AIX location codes are:

PCI adapter in primary I/O drawer, Slot 1
Location Code U0.1-P1-I1
AIX location Code 20-58
PCI adapter in secondary I/O drawer, Slot 1
Location Code U0.2-P1-I1
AIX location Code E0-58
AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables

The following tables contain location codes that are used to identify functional units in
the RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80 and Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1
systems. Each table below shows the locations for a physical part of the system.
Location AIX Physical Logical

FRU Name Code Location Connection Connection
Code
CEC Drawer 1 Locations
CEC Drawer U1.1
CEC Backplane U1.1-P1 MB1 in CEC
RIO Port 0 Connector U1.1-P1.1/Q1
All RIO Ports U1.1-P1.1
RIO Cable on port 0 U1.1-P1.1/Q1 A0
RIO Cable on port 1 U1.1-P1.1/Q2 A1
RIO Cable on port 2 U1.1-P1.1/Q3 B0
RIO Cable on port 3 U1.1-P1.1/Q4 B1

Code
V/S COMM U1.1-P1.1/Q1
Connector
JTAG Connector U1.1-P1/Q2
All Memory (both U1.1-P1-M1 x2 00-00 CEC Connectors
riser cards) M02 and M05
Memory Riser Card 1 U1.1-P1-M1 00-00 CEC Connector
M02
Memory DIMMs 1 - U1.1-P1-M1.1 Refer to
32 on Riser Card 1 to “Memory Riser
U1.1-P1-M1.32 Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad A Odd U1.1-P1-M1.1x4 00-00 Refer to
on Riser Card 1 “Memory Riser
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal A on U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8 00-00 Refer to
Riser Card 1 “Memory Riser
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
All Memory DIMMs U1.1-P1-M1.1 00-00 Refer to
on Riser Card 1 x32 “Memory Riser
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad A U1.1-P1-M1.2 x4 00-00 Refer to
Even on Riser Card 1 “Memory Riser
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad B Odd U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
34 Service Guide
Code
Memory Octal B on U1.1-P1-M1.3 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad B U1.1-P1-M1.4 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad C Odd U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal C on U1.1-P1-M1.5 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad C U1.1-P1-M1.6 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad D Odd U1.1-P1-M1.7 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal D on U1.1-P1-M1.7 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad D U1.1-P1-M1.8 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.

Code
Memory Riser Card 2 U1.1-P1-M2 00-00 CEC Connector
M5
Memory DIMMs 1 - U1.1-P1-M2.1 00-00 Refer to
32 on riser card 2 to “Memory Riser
U1.1-P1-M2.32 Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad A Odd U1.1-P1-M2.1 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal A on U1.1-P1-M2.1 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
All Memory DIMMs U1.1-P1-M2.1 00-00 Refer to
on Riser Card 2 x32 “Memory Riser
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad A U1.1-P1-M2.2 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad B Odd U1.1-P1-M2.3 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal B on U1.1-P1-M2.3 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
36 Service Guide
Code
Memory Octal B U1.1-P1-M2.4 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad C Odd U1.1-P1-M2.5 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal C on U1.1-P1-M2.5 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad C U1.1-P1-M2.6 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad D Odd U1.1-P1-M2.7 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Octal D on U1.1-P1-M2.7 x8 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Memory Quad D U1.1-P1-M2.8 x4 00-00 Refer to
Card and
Memory DIMM
Locations” on
page 20.
Processor Card 1 U1.1-P1-C1 Connector M03
in CEC Drawer
2W Card 1, U1.1-P1-C1 00-00 Connector M03
Processor 1 in CEC Drawer

Code
2W Card 1, Cache U1.1-P1-C1 Connector M03
in CEC Drawer
in CEC Drawer
Processor Card 2 U1.1-P1-C2 Connector M04
in CEC Drawer
in CEC Drawer
4W Card 2 Cache U1.1-P1-C2 Connector M04
in CEC Drawer
All Processor Cards U1.1-P1-C1 x2 00-00 Connector M03
and M04 in CEC
Drawer
Bus Extender Card U1.1-P1.1 Connector M06
in CEC Drawer
I/O Hub U1.1-P1.1 Connector M06
in CEC Drawer
I/O Clock (daughter U1.1-P1.1.1 Connector M06
card) in CEC Drawer
38 Service Guide
Code
Regulator 1 U1.1-P1-V1 Connector M01
in CEC Drawer
Regulator 2 U1.1-P1-V1 Connector M01
in CEC Drawer
Power Distribution U1.1-X1
Card
LED Card U1.1-L1
Power Supply 1 U1.1-V1 PP1 in CEC
drawer
Power Supply 2 U1.1-V2 PP2 in CEC
drawer
Fan 1 U1.1-F1 BP1 in CEC
drawer
Fan 2 U1.1-F2 BP2 in CEC
drawer
Primary I/O Drawer Locations
Primary I/O Drawer U0.1
RIO Bus Adapter U0.1-P1.1
All RIO Port U0.1-P1.1
Connectors
Primary I/O drawer U0.1-P1
backplane
PCI to PCI bridge 1 U0.1-P1 10-58, 10-5A,
10-5C, 10-5E
PCI slot 1 U0.1-P1/I1 10-58
PCI slot 1 content U0.1-P1-I1 11-08 through
(card) 11-0F or 12-xx
or 13-xx
PCI slot 2 U0.1-P1/I2 10-5A
(card) 14-0F
or 15-xx or 16-xx
PCI slot 3 U0.1-P1/I3 10-5C
(card) 17-0F
or 18-xx or 19-xx
PCI slot 4 U0.1-P1/I4 10-5E

Code
PCI slot 4 content U0.1-P1-I4 1A-08 through
(card) 1A-0F
or 1B-xx or
1C-xx
20-5B, 20-5C,
20-5E
PCI slot 5 U0.1-P1/I5 20-58
(card) 21-0F
or 22-xx or 23-xx
PCI slot 6 (5V) U0.1-P1/I6 20-5A
(card) 24-0F
or 25-xx or 26-xx
PCI slot 7 (5V) U0.1-P1/I7 20-5B
(card) 27-0F
or 28-xx or 29-xx
(card) 2A-0F
or 2B-xx or
2C-xx
PCI slot 9 content U0.1-P1-I9 2D-08 through
(card) 2D-0F
or 2E-xx or
2F-xx
PCI to PCI bridge 3 U0.1-P1 20-60, 20-62,
20-63, 20-64,
20-66
PCI slot 10 U0.1-P1/I10 20-60
(card) 31-0F
or 32-xx or 33-xx
PCI slot 11 (5V) U0.1-P1/I11 20-62
(card) 34-0F
or 35-xx or 36-xx
PCI slot 12 (5V) U0.1-P1/I12 20-63
40 Service Guide
Code
(card) 37-0F
or 38-xx or 39-xx
PCI slot 13 U0.1-P1/I13 20-64
(card) 3A-0F
or 3B-xx or
3C-xx
PCI slot 14 U0.1-P1/I14 20-66
PCI slot 14 content U0.1-P1/I14 3D-08 through
(card) 3D-0F
or 3E-xx or
3F-xx
PCI bus controller 0 U0.1-P1 00-FFF7F08000
PCI bus controller 1 U0.1-P1 00-FFF7F09000
PCI bus controller 2 U0.1-P1 00-FFF7F0A000
ISA Bus U0.1-P1 10-80
Service Processor U0.1-P1
JTAG Connector U0.1-P1/Q4
NVRAM U0.1-P1
Service Processor U0.1-P1
ISA Bridge
Real Time Clock U0.1-P1
(RTC)
Timer U0.1-P1
Interrupt Controller U0.1-P1
DMA Controller U0.1-P1
Diskette controller U0.1-P1-D1 01-D1
Diskette drive U0.1-P1/D1 01-D1-00-00
Keyboard controller / U0.1-P1/K1 01-K1-00
connector
Keyboard U0.1-P1/K1 01-K1-00-00
Mouse controller U0.1-P1/K1 01-K1-01
Mouse connector U0.1-P1-01 01-K1-01
Mouse U0.1-P1-01 01-K1-01-00
Parallel port U0.1-P1/R1 01-R1
connector
Serial port 1 U0.1-P1/S1 01-S1
connector

Code
connector
connector
connector
Thermal sensor U0.1-L1
(ambient)
Thermal sensor (left) U0.1-P1
Thermal sensor U0.1-P1
(right)
Ethernet controller / U0.1-P1/E1 40-58
connector
Internal SCSI U0.1-P1/Z1 40-60
controller
External SCSI U0.1-P1/Z2 40-61
controller
Tape drive U0.1-P1-Z1-A0 40-60-00-0,0
CD drive U0.1-P1-Z1-A1 40-60-00-1,0
Internal DASD 1 U0.1-P1-Z1-A4 40-60-00-4,0
Internal DASD 2 U0.1-P1-Z1-A8 40-60-00-8,0
SPCN controller U0.1-P1
VSCOM connector U0.1-P1/Q1
Primary I/O drawer U0.1-L1
operator panel
System VPD Module U0.1-L1-N1
Battery U0.1-P1-V3
Power Distribution U0.1-X1
Board
PDB Power U0.1-X1/V1
Connector 1
PDB Power U0.1-X1/V2
Connector 2
Fan Controller Card U0.1-X2
Power Supply 1 U0.1-V1 PDB connector
(w/Fan 5) J2
(w/Fan 6) J1
Fan 1 U0.1-F1 Fan connector
P3 on power
supply 1
42 Service Guide
Code
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 2
P3 on power
supply 2
Cooling unit (w/fan 9) U0.1-F9 In cooling unit
System firmware U0.1-P1/Y1
Secondary I/O Drawer 2 Locations
Secondary I/O U0.2
Drawer
Connectors
Secondary I/O drawer U0.2-P1
backplane
50-5C, 50-5E
PCI slot 1 U0.2-P1/I1 50-58
(card) 51-0F
or 52-xx or 53-xx
(card) 54-0F
or 55-xx or 56-xx
(card) 57-0F
or 58-xx or 59-xx
(card) 5A-0F
or 5B-xx or
5C-xx

Code
60-5B, 60-5C,
60-5E
PCI slot 5 U0.2-P1/I5 60-58
(card) 61-0F
or 62-xx or 63-xx
PCI slot 6 (5V) U0.2-P1/I6 60-5A
(card) 64-0F
or 65-xx or 66-xx
PCI slot 7 (5V) U0.2-P1/I7 60-5B
(card) 67-0F
or 68-xx or 69-xx
(card) 6A-0F
or 6B-xx or
6C-xx
PCI slot 9 content U0.2-P1-I9 6D-08 through
(card) 6D-0F
or 6E-xx or
6F-xx
PCI to PCI bridge 3 U0.2-P1 60-60, 60-62,
60-63, 60-64,
60-66
PCI slot 10 U0.2-P1/I10 60-60
(card) 71-0F
or 72-xx or 73-xx
PCI slot 11 (5V) U0.2-P1/I11 60-62
(card) 74-0F
or 75-xx or 76-xx
PCI slot 12 (5V) U0.2-P1/I12 60-63
(card) 77-0F
or 78-xx or 79-xx
PCI slot 13 U0.2-P1/I13 60-64
44 Service Guide
Code
(card) 7A-0F
or 7B-xx or
7C-xx
PCI slot 14 U0.2-P1/I14 60-66
PCI slot 14 content U0.2-P1/I14 7D-08 through
(card) 7D-0F
or 7E-xx or
7F-xx
PCI bus controller 1 U0.2-P1 00-FFF7E09000
PCI bus controller 2 U0.2-P1 00-FFF7E0A000
External SCSI U0.2-P1/Z1
connector
Secondary I/O drawer U0.2-L1-N1
VPD module
(ambient)
(right)
Power distribution U0.2-X1
board
PDB power connector U0.2-X1/V1
1
2
Fan Controller Card U0.2-X2 I/O board
connector J3
(w/Fan 5) J2
(w/Fan 6) J1
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 2

Code
P3 on power
supply 2
SPCN firmware U0.2-P1/Y3
SPCN VPD U0.2-P1/Y4
Secondary I/O U0.3
Drawer
Connectors
backplane
90-5C, 90-5E
PCI slot 1 U0.3-P1/I1 90-58
(card) 91-0F
or 92-xx or 93-xx
(card) 94-0F
or 95-xx or 96-xx
(card) 97-0F
or 98-xx or 99-xx
(card) 9A-0F
or 9B-xx or
9C-xx
PCI to PCI bridge 2 U0.3-P1 A0-58, A0-5A,
A0-5B, A0-5C,
A0-5E
PCI slot 5 U0.3-P1/I5 A0-58
46 Service Guide
Code
PCI slot 5 content U0.3-P1-I5 A1-08 through
(card) A1-0F
or A2-xx or
A3-xx
PCI slot 6 (5V) U0.3-P1/I6 A0-5A
PCI slot 6 content U0.3-P1-I6 A4-08 through
(card) A4-0F
or A5-xx or
A6-xx
PCI slot 7 (5V) U0.3-P1/I7 A0-5B
PCI slot 7 content A0.3-P1-I7 A7-08 through
(card) A7-0F
or A8-xx or
A9-xx
PCI slot 8 A0.3-P1/I8 A0-5C
PCI slot 8 content U0.3-P1-I8 AA-08 through
(card) AA-0F
or AB-xx or
AC-xx
PCI slot 9 U0.3-P1/I9 A0-5E
PCI slot 9 content U0.3-P1-I9 AD-08 through
(card) AD-0F
or AE-xx or
AF-xx
PCI to PCI bridge 3 U0.3-P1 A0-60, A0-62,
A0-63, A0-64,
A0-66
PCI slot 10 U0.3-P1/I10 A0-60
PCI slot 10 content U0.3-P1-I10 B1-08 through
(card) B1-0F
or B2-xx or
B3-xx
PCI slot 11 (5V) U0.3-P1/I11 A0-62
(card) B4-0F
or B5-xx or
B6-xx
PCI slot 12 (5V) U0.3-P1/I12 A0-63
(card) B7-0F
or B8-xx or
B9-xx
PCI slot 13 U0.3-P1/I13 A0-64

Code
PCI slot 13 content U0.3-P1-I13 BA-08 through
(card) BA-0F
or BB-xx or
BC-xx
PCI slot 14 U0.3-P1/I14 A0-66
PCI slot 14 content U0.3-P1/I14 BD-08 through
(card) BD-0F
or BE-xx or
BF-xx
PCI bus controller 1 U0.3-P1 00-FFF7D09000
PCI bus controller 2 U0.3-P1 00-FFF7D0A000
connector
VPD module
(ambient)
(right)
board
1
2
Fan Controller Card U0.3-X2
(w/Fan 5) J2
(w/Fan 6) J1
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 2
48 Service Guide
Code
P3 on power
supply 2
SPCN VPD U0.3-P1/Y4
Secondary I/O U0.4
Drawer
Connectors
backplane
PCI to PCI bridge 1 U0.4-P1 D0-58, D0-5A,
D0-5C, D0-5E
PCI slot 1 U0.4-P1/I1 D0-58
PCI slot 1 content U0.4-P1-I1 D1-08 through
(card) D1-0F
or D2-xx or
D3-xx
PCI slot 2 U0.4-P1/I2 D0-5A
(card) D4-0F
or D5-xx or
D6-xx
PCI slot 3 U0.4-P1/I3 D0-5C
(card) D7-0F
or D8-xx or
D9-xx
PCI slot 4 U0.4-P1/I4 D0-5E
PCI slot 4 content U0.4-P1-I4 DA-08 through
(card) DA-0F
or DB-xx or
DC-xx
PCI to PCI bridge 2 U0.4-P1 E0-58, E0-5A,
E0-5B, E0-5C,
E0-5E
PCI slot 5 U0.4-P1/I5 E0-58

Code
PCI slot 5 content U0.4-P1-I5 E1-08 through
(card) E1-0F
or E2-xx or
E3-xx
PCI slot 6 (5V) U0.4-P1/I6 E0-5A
PCI slot 6 content U0.4-P1-I6 E4-08 through
(card) E4-0F
or E5-xx or
E6-xx
PCI slot 7 (5V) U0.4-P1/I7 E0-5B
PCI slot 7 content A0.4-P1-I7 E7-08 through
(card) E7-0F
or E8-xx or
E9-xx
PCI slot 8 A0.4-P1/I8 E0-5C
PCI slot 8 content U0.4-P1-I8 EA-08 through
(card) EA-0F
or EB-xx or
EC-xx
PCI slot 9 U0.4-P1/I9 E0-5E
PCI slot 9 content U0.4-P1-I9 ED-08 through
(card) ED-0F
or EE-xx or
EF-xx
PCI to PCI bridge 3 U0.4-P1 E0-60, E0-62,
E0-63, E0-64,
E0-66
PCI slot 10 U0.4-P1/I10 E0-60
PCI slot 10 content U0.4-P1-I10 F1-08 through
(card) F1-0F
or F2-xx or
F3-xx
PCI slot 11 (5V) U0.4-P1/I11 E0-62
(card) F4-0F
or F5-xx or
F6-xx
PCI slot 12 (5V) U0.4-P1/I12 E0-63
(card) F7-0F
or F8-xx or
F9-xx
PCI slot 13 U0.4-P1/I13 E0-64
50 Service Guide
Code
PCI slot 13 content U0.4-P1-I13 FA-08 through
(card) FA-0F
or FB-xx or
FC-xx
PCI slot 14 U0.4-P1/I14 E0-66
PCI slot 14 content U0.4-P1/I14 FD-08 through
(card) FD-0F
or FE-xx or
FF-xx
PCI bus controller 1 U0.4-P1 00-FFF7C09000
PCI bus controller 2 U0.4-P1 00-FFF7C0A000
connector
VPD module
(ambient)
(right)
board
1
2
Fan controller card U0.4-X2
Power supply 1 U0.4-V1 PDB connector
(w/Fan 5) J2
Power supply 2 U0.4-V2 PDB connector
(w/Fan 6) J1
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 1
P3 on power
supply 2

Code
P3 on power
supply 2
SPCN VPD U0.4-P1/Y4
SCSI Device Locations
SCSI Adapter U0.x-P1-ly-Zz AB-CD Bus ID 15
x = drawer number Where AB-CD
y = PCI slot number identifies the
z = connector adapter’s slot
Media Device (Bay U0.x-P1-ly-Zz-Ai AB-CD-00-15, 0 Bus ID 15
A1 or A2) When Where AB-CD
connected to PCI identifies the
adapter in slot adapter’s slot
U0.x-P1-ly
x = drawer number
y = PCI slot number
z = connector
SCSI Backplane, U0.x-P1-ly-Zz-Bb AB-CD-00-15, 0 Bus ID 15
Bank C or D Where AB-CD
When connected to identifies the
PCI adapter in slot adapter’s slot
U0.x-P1-ly
x = drawer number
y = PCI slot number
z = connector
52 Service Guide
Cabling the CEC Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s)
The minimum system consists of two drawers. The CEC drawer contains the system
processors, memory and supporting hardware. The primary I/O drawer contains PCI
adapters, operator panel, disk drives, and media drives. The system must have one
primary I/O drawer and it contains the service processor for the system. The system
supports up to three additional I/O drawers in various rack configurations.
To connect the CEC drawer to the I/O drawers, use the following steps:
1. Connect the cables that only connect between the CEC drawer and the primary I/O
drawer such as the JTAG and the V/S COMM cable.
2. Connecting the cables that connect between the CEC drawer and all the I/O
drawers in loops, such as the RIO cables and the SPCN cables.
All power cables connect to the PDU. If a second PDU is specified along with
secondary drawer power supplies for all drawers, the secondary power supplies
connect to the secondary PDU.
Connecting JTAG and V/S COMM Cables

Use the following figure to connect the JTAG and V/S COMM cables.
CEC Drawer Attached to One I/O Drawer
CEC Drawer
JTAG V/S COMM
Primary I/O Drawer
V/S COMM JTAG
Connecting RIO and SPCN Cables

The RIO and SPCN cables provide two functions in the system, remote data bus
connection and power control. Follow these basic rules when connecting these two
types of cables:
v The I/O drawers must be connected in a loop fashion for both the RIO cables and
the SPCN cables. The loop connection provides redundant paths so that if a failure

occurs in part of a cable, the system will continue to operate. If a failure occurs, a
warning message is displayed on the system console but the system continues to
operate.
v One loop is required for the SPCN cabling. This loop begins and ends at the primary
I/O drawer.
v Two loops are possible for the RIO cabling depending on the number and desired
configuration of I/O drawers. These loops begin and end at the primary I/O drawer.
RIO Cabling
The following rules apply to RIO cable connections:
v I/O drawers 0 and 1 are connected using the first RIO loop, which uses RIO ports 0
and 1 on the CEC drawer.
v The primary I/O drawer must be installed and connected to RIO port 0 of the CEC
drawer. The connection must be made from RI0 port 0 of the CEC drawer to RIO
port 0 of the primary I/O drawer. This connection is required to make the primary
drawer the first drawer in the loop, which allows the firmware to initialize the system.
The following figures provide cabling examples for all valid cabling configurations.
Match your configuration to the correct figure and connect your RIO cables as shown.
A0
CEC Drawer
A1
R1
Primary Drawer
R0
54 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Attached to Two I/O Drawers Type A
A0
CEC Drawer
A1
R1
Secondary
I/O Drawer R0
R1
Primary
I/O Drawer R0

CEC Drawer Attached to Two I/O Drawers Type B
A0 B0
CEC Drawer
A1 B1
R1 R1
Primary I/O Secondary I/O

Drawer R0 Drawer R0
56 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Attached to Three I/O Drawers
A0 B0
CEC Drawer
A1 B1
R1 R1
Secondary I/O Secondary I/O

R0 R0
Drawer Drawer
R1
Primary I/O
R0
Drawer

CEC Drawer Attached to Four I/O Drawers
A0 B0
CEC Drawer
A1 B1
R1 R1
Secondary I/O Secondary I/O

Drawer R0 Drawer R0
R1 R1
Primary I/O Secondary I/O
Drawer R0 Drawer R0
58 Service Guide
SPCN Cabling
The following figures provide cabling examples for all valid cabling configurations.
Match your configuration to the correct figure and connect your SPCN cables as shown.
CEC Drawer
V/S COMM
Primary I/O Drawer
V/S COMM
Note: The V/S COMM cable incorporates SPCN wiring.

CEC Drawer Attached to Two I/O Drawers
CEC Drawer
V/S COMM
Primary
I/O Drawer
V/S COMM J15 J16
Secondary
I/O Drawer
J15 J16
60 Service Guide
CEC Drawer Attached to Three I/O Drawers
CEC Drawer
V/S COMM
Primary I/O
Drawer
V/S COMM J15 J16
Secondary I/O
Drawer
J15 J16
Secondary I/O
Drawer
J15 J16

CEC Drawer Attached to Four I/O Drawers
CEC Drawer
V/S COMM
Primary I/O
Drawer
V/S COMM J15 J16
Secondary I/O
Drawer
J15 J16
Secondary I/O
Drawer
J15 J16
Secondary I/O
Drawer
J15 J16
62 Service Guide
System Cable Diagrams
The following diagrams show system cable connections.
CEC Drawer Cable
Fan 1 LED Board

Fan 2
P7
P1 P2
P3 J 12
+12 V G +3.3 V
J3
P 13
J 10 J 11
J 13 J 15
S 14
S 16
System Board
S 17 Power Power
Supply 1 Supply 2
V/S COMM
JTAG
S 15 S 18

Primary I/O Drawer Cable
J21
Diskette
CD-ROM
PCI Board
Optional
3.3 V
Media
Grd
Term 5V
DASD 1
J6 J7
Media Misc.
Power Power B
DASD 2 u
3.3 V
Ground
l
Term
5V k
h
J5
e
DASD I/P
Power J4 a
J3
Fan 3 Fan 4 Base SPCN Op Panel d
Power
J28
Distribution
Power Fan 6 Diskette
Board
Supply 2 or J1
Cooling J2
Unit Fan 9 Base SPCN
Power Fan 5 J2 J3
Supply 1 I/O Board
Fan 1 Fan 2 J9
Fan
JTAG
Controller
Card J5 J30
SCSI
Op Panel J4
V/S COMM
64 Service Guide
Secondary I/O Drawer Cable
J21
Optional
Media
PCI Board
Optional
3.3 V
Media
Grd
Term 5V
B
J6 J7 u
Media Misc.
Power
l
Power
k
3.3 V h
Ground
e
5V
a
d
I/P
J4 J3
Fan 3 Fan 4 Base SPCN Op Panel
Power
Distribution I/O Board
Power Fan 6
Board
Supply 2 or J1
Cooling J2
Power Fan 5 J2 J3
Supply 1
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan SCSI
Controller
Card
Op Panel

DC Power Cable Routings
Power Distribution Panel

B1 A1
B4 A4
PS2
CEC
PS1
Primary I/O Drawer
PS2 PS1
66 Service Guide
Specifications
This section contains specifications for the system. Individual sections are provided for
CEC drawer, rack, and I/O drawer specifications.
CEC Drawer
The mechanical packaging, cooling, power supply, and environmental requirements for
the CEC drawer are shown in the following table:
Dimensions
Height 355.6 mm 14.0 in.
Width 445.5 mm 17.5 in.
Depth 825.5 mm 32.5 in.
Weight
Minimum 69.7 kg 158 lbs.
Maximum 74.6 kg 169 lbs.
Electrical
Power source loading typical in kVA 0.39
Power source loading maximum in kVA 0.6
Voltage range (V ac) 200 to 240
Frequency (hertz) 50 or 60
Thermal output (typical) M80: 1265 Btu/hr
6M1: 772 Btu/hr
Thermal output (maximum) M80: 1877 Btu/hr
6M1: 1378 Btu/hr
Power requirements (typical) M80: 370 watts
6M1: 226 watts
Power requirements (maximum) M80: 550 watts
6M1: 406 watts
Power factor 0.95
Inrush current 34 amps
Maximum altitude 2135 m (7000 ft.)
Temperature Requirements Operating Non-Operating (Power Off)

10 to 40°C 10 to 52°C
(50 to 104°F) (50 to 125°F)
Humidity (Noncondensing) Operating Non-Operating (Power Off)
Without tape drive 8 to 80% 8 to 80%
With tape drive 20 to 80% 8 to 80%
Wet Bulb Requirements
Without tape drive 27°C (80°F) 27°C (80°F)
With tape drive 27°C (80°F) 27°C (80°F)
Noise Emissions1,2 Operating Idle
With M80 CEC drawer only
LWAd 6.4 bels 6.4 bels
LpAm N/A N/A
<LpA>m 48 dBA 48 dBA
Impulsive or prominent No No
discrete tones

With M80 and Primary I/O Drawer
LpAm N/A N/A
discrete tones
Clearances Front Back Left Right
Install/Air Flow Maintenance of a proper service clearance should allow proper air flow.
Service (See service clearances for the 7014 Series Model T00 Rack)
1. See “Noise Emission Notes” on page 71 for definitions of noise emissions positions.
2. Noise emissions data are based on the following configuration: the drawer is mounted in a
7014 Series Model T00 Rack, a power distribution unit is installed in the rack, and the system
is operating in a normal environment of 25 °C (78 °F).
3. Inrush currents occur only at initial application of power; no inrush occurs during normal
power off-on cycle.
7014 Series Model T00 Rack

The mechanical packaging, cooling, power supply, and environmental requirements for
the rack are shown in the following table:
Dimensions
Height 1804 mm 71.0 in.
Width 644 mm 25.5 in.
Depth (including doors) 1098 mm 43.3 in.
Weight1 (Base Rack) 244 kg 535 lbs.
Electrical (see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Temperature Range (see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Humidity Requirements (see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Noise Emissions (see specifications for drawers or enclosures)
Install/Air Flow Maintenance of a proper service clearance should allow proper air
flow.
Service See “System Service Clearances” on page 70.
1. Configuration-dependent, base weight not including weight of drawers.
68 Service Guide
I/O Drawer Specifications
Dimensions
Height 218.0 mm 8.6 in.
Width 445.0 mm 17.5 in.
Depth 820.0 mm 32.3 in.
Weight
Minimum configuration 41 kg 90 lbs.
Maximum configuration 52 kg 115 lbs.
Electrical
Power source loading (typical in kVA) 0.23
Power source loading (maximum in kVA) 0.54
Voltage range 200 to 240 V ac
Frequency (hertz) 50 / 60
Thermal output (typical) 750 Btu/hr
Thermal output (maximum) 1750 Btu/hr
Power requirements (typical) 220 watts
Power requirements (maximum) 515 watts
Power factor 0.95
Inrush current 41 amps
Maximum altitude 2135 m (7000 ft.)
Temperature Requirements Operating Non-Operating

10 to 40°C 10 to 52°C
(50 to 104°F) (50 to 125.6°F)
Humidity (Noncondensing) Operating Non-Operating
Without tape drive 8 to 80% 8 to 80%
With tape drive 20 to 80% 20 to 80%
Wet Bulb Requirements
Without tape drive 27°C (80°F) 27°C (80°F)
With tape drive 23°C (73°F) 27°C (80°F)
LpAm N/A N/A
discrete tones
Install/Air Flow Maintenance of a proper service clearance should allow proper air flow.
Service (See “System Service Clearances” on page 70)
1. See “Noise Emission Notes” on page 71 for definitions of noise emissions positions.
7014 Series Model T00 Rack and a power distribution unit is installed in the rack.
3. Inrush currents occur only at initial application of power; no inrush occurs during normal
power off-on cycle.

System Service Clearances
The amount of space required during service is indicated by the dotted line in the
following figure.
For multiple racks placed side by side, the left and right clearances apply only to the
leftmost and rightmost rack.
Rack Configuration
915 mm (36 in.) 121 (4.8)
80
Rear cover (3.1)
thickness
20 mm (0.8 in.) Caster
Location
2921 mm
915 mm 915 mm (115 in.)
(36 in.) (36 in.)
Front cover
Side cover
thickness
thickness 2x
58 mm (2.4 in.)
10 mm (0.4 in.)
Front
915 mm (36 in.)
2474 mm (97.4 in.)
Note: Rack units are large and heavy and are not easily moved. Because maintenance
activities require access at both the front and back, allow for extra room. The
footprint shows the radius of the swinging doors on the I/O rack. The figure
shows the minimum space required.
70 Service Guide
Noise Emission Notes
1. LWAd is the declared (upper limit) sound power emission level for a production
series of machines.
2. LpAm is the mean value of the A-weighted sound pressure emission levels at the
operator position (if any) for a production series of machines.
3. <LpA>m is the mean value of the space-averaged A-weighted sound pressure
emission levels at the one-meter positions for a production series of machines.
4. N/A = Not Applicable (no operator position).
5. All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in
conformance with ISO 9296.

Power Cables
To avoid electrical shock, a power cable with a grounded attachment plug is provided.
Use only properly grounded outlets.
Power cables used in the United States and Canada are listed by Underwriter’s
Laboratories (UL) and certified by the Canadian Standards Association (CSA). These
power cords consist of the following:
v Electrical cables, Type SVT or SJT
v Attachment plugs complying with National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) 5-15P
″For 230 V operation in the United States use a UL listed cable set consisting of a
minimum 18 AWG, Type SVT or SJT three-conductor cable a maximum of 15 feet in
length, and a tandem blade, grounding type attachment plug rated at 15 A, 250 V.″
v Appliance couplers complying with International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)
Standard 320, Sheet C13
Power cables used in other countries consist of the following:

v Electrical cables, Type HD21
v Attachment plugs approved by the appropriate testing organization for the specific
countries where they are used
″For units set at 230 V (outside of U.S.): use a cable set consisting of a minimum 18
AWG cable and grounding type attachment plug rated 15 A, 250 V. The cable set
should have the appropriate safety approvals for the country in which the equipment will
be installed and should be marked HAR.
Refer to Chapter 11, “Parts Information” on page 523 to find the power cables that are
available.
72 Service Guide
Service Inspection Guide
Perform a service inspection on the system when:
v The system is inspected for a maintenance agreement.
v Service is requested and service has not recently been performed.
v An alterations and attachments review is performed.
v Changes have been made to the equipment that may affect its safe operation.
v External devices with their own power cables have those cables attached.
If the inspection indicates an unacceptable safety condition, the condition must be

corrected before anyone can service the machine.
Note: The owner of the system is responsible to correct any unsafe conditions.
Perform the following checks:

1. Check the covers for sharp edges and for damage or alterations that expose the
internal parts of the system unit.
2. Check the covers for proper fit to the system unit. They should be in place and
secure.
3. Gently rock the system unit from side to side to determine if it is steady.
4. Set the power switch of the system unit to Off.
5. Remove the covers.
6. Check for alterations or attachments. If there are any, check for obvious safety
hazards, such as broken wires, sharp edges, or broken insulation.
7. Check the internal cables for damage.
8. Check for dirt, water, and any other contamination within the system unit.
9. Check the voltage label on the back of the system unit to ensure that it matches
the voltage at the outlet.
10. Check the external power cable for damage.
11. With the external power cable connected to the system unit, check for 0.1 ohm or
less resistance between the ground lug on the external power cable plug and the
metal frame.
12. Perform the following checks on each device that has its own power cables:
a. Check for damage to the power cord.
b. Check for the correct grounded power cable.
c. With the external power cable connected to the device, check for 0.1 ohm or
less resistance between the ground lug on the external power cable plug and
the metal frame of the device.
13. Install the covers.

74 Service Guide
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview
Model M80 and Model 6M1 systems use an integrated set of software diagnostic
procedures to facilitate isolation of failing components and system maintenance. This
book, along with the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple
Bus Systems, are the basis of the diagnostic procedures for Model M80 and Model 6M1
systems. In particular, the following sections in this book are important for the trained
service representative to understand and use when isolating a failure on the system:
v Chapter 4, “Checkpoints” on page 147
v Chapter 5, “Error Code to FRU Index” on page 171
v Chapter 6, “Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode” on page 401
v Chapter 11, “Parts Information” on page 523
The manufacturer recommends that systems configured with 4 GB of memory or

greater have access to a 4 mm or 8 mm tape drive for submission of system dump
information if required. This function can be accomplished through locally attached or
network-attached devices, as appropriate.
Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs)

Maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) guide the trained service person through the
system. These MAPs are the entry point for all isolation and error-recovery procedures.
The MAPs are consistent with existing procedures and methods. The system uses a set
of integrated procedures, mentioned earlier, to which the MAPS are the primary entry
point.
The MAPS are as follows:

v Entry MAP
v Quick Entry MAP
v Problem Determination MAP
v Power MAP
v Minimum Configuration MAP
The Entry Map is the starting point for problem determination. The purpose of this MAP
is to quickly point to the appropriate MAP or service reference information either in this
book, or in the common book set, which includes the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems and the PCI Adapter Placement
Reference.
The Quick Entry MAP is a subset of the Entry MAP and helps to save time for some
types of problems.
The Problem Determination MAP provides a structured analysis method to get an error
code if one is not provided by the customer, or if diagnostics cannot be loaded.
75
The Power MAP deals with isolation of components to diagnose a power problem. The
nature of power problems can be related to powering on and down the system, or
power failures that can occur after power is turned on.
The Minimum Configuration MAP is used to locate defective components not found by
normal diagnostics or error-isolation methods. This MAP provides a systematic method
of isolation to the failing item or items.
Checkpoints
These servers use various types of checkpoints, error codes, and SRNs, which are
referred to throughout this book (primarily in Chapter 4, “Checkpoints” on page 147,
Chapter 5, “Error Code to FRU Index” on page 171, Chapter 6, “Loading the System
Diagnostics In Service Mode” on page 401, and Chapter 11, “Parts Information” on
page 523). These codes may appear in the service processor boot progress log, the
AIX error log, and the operator panel display. Understanding the definition and
relationships of these codes is important to the service personnel who are installing or
maintaining these servers.
Codes that can appear on the operator panel or in error logs are as follows:
Checkpoints
Checkpoints display in the operator panel from the time ac power (dc power in
a dc-powered system) is connected to the system until the AIX login prompt is
displayed after a successful operating system boot. These checkpoints have
the following forms:
8xxx 8xxx checkpoints display from the time ac power (dc power in a
dc-powered system) is connected to the system until the OK prompt is
displayed by the service processor on the operator panel display.
(Several 9xxx checkpoints are displayed just before the OK prompt
displays.)
9xxx 9xxx checkpoints are displayed by the service processor after the
power-on sequence is initiated. A system processor takes over control
when 91FF displays on the operator panel.
Exxx Exxx checkpoints indicate that a system processor is in control and is
initializing the system resources. Control is being passed to AIX when
E105 (normal mode boot) or E15B (service mode boot) displays on the
operator panel.
Note: Location code information may also display on the operator

panel during this time.
0xxx 0xxx codes are AIX checkpoints and configuration codes. Location
codes may also be shown on the operator panel display during this
time.
2xxx 2xxx codes are AIX checkpoints and configuration codes. Location
codes may also be shown on the operator panel display during this
time.
76 Service Guide
Note: Certain checkpoints may remain in the display for long periods of time.
A spinning cursor is visible in the upper-right corner of the display
during these periods to indicate that system activity is continuing.
Error Codes
If a fault is detected, an 8-digit error code is displayed in the operator panel
display. A location may be displayed at the same time on the second line of
the display.
Checkpoints can become error codes if the system fails to advance past the
point at which the code was presented.
For a list of checkpoints, see Chapter 4, “Checkpoints” on page 147. Each
entry provides a description of the event and the recommended action if the
system fails to advance.
SRNs Service request numbers, in the form xxx-xxx or xxx-xxxx, may also be
displayed on the operator panel display and be noted in the AIX error log.
SRNs are listed in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information
for Multiple Bus Systems, order number SA38-0509.
FRU Isolation
For a list of error codes and recommended actions for each code, see Chapter 5, “Error
Code to FRU Index” on page 171. These actions can refer to Chapter 11, “Parts
Information” on page 523, Chapter 3, “Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs)” on
page 81, or provide informational message and directions. If a replacement part is
indicated, direct reference is made to the part name. The respective AIX and physical
location codes are listed for each occurrence as required. For a list of locations codes,
see “AIX and Physical Location Code Reference Tables” on page 33.
To look up part numbers and view component diagrams, see Chapter 11, “Parts
Information” on page 523. The beginning of the chapter provides a parts index with the
predominant field replaceable units (FRUs) listed by name. The remainder of the
chapter provides illustrations of the various assemblies and components which make up
these servers.
Electronic Service Agent for the Eserver pSeries and RS/6000

Service support for your system can be enhanced through the use of the application
program, Electronic Service Agent. This application provides a number of advantages
for the systems customer, including automatic error reporting and analysis without
customer intervention. The Electronic Service Agent kit includes the Electronic Service
Agent for Eserver pSeries and RS/6000 CD, order number LCD4–1060, which
contains documentation to help you set up and use Electronic Service Agent.
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview 77

Using the Service Processor and Electronic Service Agent Features
The service processor and Electronic Service Agent features protect users against
unnecessary system downtime by advising support personnel (both internal and
external) of any unexpected changes in the system environment. In combination, the
two features provide a flexible solution to automated system maintenance.
Service Processor
The service processor runs on its own power boundary and continually monitors
hardware attributes, the AIX operating system, and the environmental conditions within
the system. Any system failure which prevents the system from returning to an
operational state (a fully functional AIX operating system) is reported by the service
processor. The service processor is controlled by firmware and does not require the AIX
operating system to be operational to perform its tasks. If any system failures are
detected, the service processor has the ability to take predetermined corrective actions.
The methods of corrective actions are:
v Surveillance
v Call home
v AIX operating system monitoring
Surveillance is a function in which the service processor monitors the system through
heartbeat communication with the system firmware. The heartbeat is a periodic signal
that the firmware can monitor. During system startup, the firmware surveillance monitor
is automatically enabled to check for heartbeats from the firmware. If a heartbeat is not
detected within a default period, the service processor cycles the system power and
attempts to restart until the system either restarts successfully, or a predetermined retry
threshold is reached. In the event the service processor is unsuccessful in bringing the
system online (or in the event that the user asked to be alerted to any service
processor-assisted restarts), the system can call home to report the error.
The call home function can be initialized to call either a service center telephone
number, a customer administration center, or a digital pager telephone number. The
service processor can be configured to stop at the first successful call to any of the
numbers listed, or can be configured to call every number provided. If connected to the
service center, the service processor transmits the relevant system information (the
system’s serial number and model type) and service request number (SRN). If
connected to a digital pager service, the service processor inputs a customer voice
telephone number defined by the customer. An established sequence of digits or the
telephone number to a phone near the failed system could be used to signal a system
administrator to a potential system failure.
During normal operations, the service processor can also be configured to monitor the
AIX operating system. If AIX does not respond to the service processor heartbeat, the
service processor assumes the operating system is hung. The service processor can
automatically initiate a restart and, if enabled, initiate the call home function to alert the
appropriate people to the system hang. Enabling operating system surveillance also
enables AIX detect any service processor failures and report those failures to the
Electronic Service Agent application.
78 Service Guide
Unlike the Electronic Service Agent, the service processor cannot be configured in a
client/server environment where one system can be used to manage all dial-out
functions for a set of systems.
Prior to installing the Electronic Service Agent feature, ensure that you have the latest
level of system firmware. You also need a properly configured modem. For more
information on configuring a modem, see “Modem Configuration Menu” on page 433.
Electronic Service Agent

The Electronic Service Agent is a software extension to the AIX operating system that
monitors the system while the AIX operating system is running. The Electronic Service
Agent monitors and analyzes all recoverable system failures, and, if needed, can
automatically place a service call to a service center (without user intervention).
The service center receives the machine type/serial number, host name, SRN, and a
problem description. The service center analyzes the problem report and, if warranted,
dispatches a service person to the customer site. The service center also determines if
any hardware components need to be ordered prior to the service person’s arrival.
The Electronic Service Agent code also gives the user the option to establish a single
system as the problem reporting server. A single system, accessible over the user
network, can be used as the central server for all the other systems on the local area
network (LAN) that are running the Electronic Service Agent application. If the
Electronic Service Agent application on a remote client decides a service request needs
to be placed, the client forwards the information to the Electronic Service Agent server
that dials the service center telephone number from its locally attached modem. In this
scenario, the user only needs to maintain a single analog line for providing call-out
capabilities for a large set of servers.
When used in a scalable parallel (SP) environment, a client/server type implementation

is configured. The Electronic Service Agent client code runs on each of the SP nodes.
The server component runs on the control workstation. In the event of any system
failures, the relevant information is transmitted to the control workstation through the
integrated Ethernet. After it has been alerted to the system failure, the control
workstation initiates actions to prepare and send the service request.
A modem is required for enabling automated problem reporting to the service center.
Configuration files for several types of modems are included as part of the Electronic
Service Agent package. Refer to “Modem Configuration Menu” on page 433 for more
information on configuring your modem.
Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview 79

80 Service Guide
Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs)
This chapter contains maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) for the system.
Entry MAP
Use the following table to determine your starting point.
When possible, run online diagnostics in service mode. Online diagnostics perform
additional functions, compared to standalone diagnostics. This ensures that the error
state of the system is captured in NVRAM for your use in fixing the problem. The AIX
error log and SMIT are only available when diagnostics are run from the hard drive.
Notes:
1. Licensed programs frequently rely on system information stored in the VPD module
on the primary I/O drawer operator panel. If the MAPs indicate that the primary I/O
drawer operator panel should be replaced, swap the VPD module from the old
primary I/O drawer operator panel to the new one. If the old VPD module has to be
replaced call technical support for recovery instructions. If recovery is not possible,
notify the system owner that new keys for licensed programs may be required.
2. If a network adapter is replaced, the network administrator must be notified so that
the client IP addresses used by the server can be changed. In addition, the
operating system configuration of the network controller may need to be changed in
order to enable system startup. Also check to ensure that any client or server that
addresses this system is updated.
Symptom Starting Point

You have a problem that does not prevent the Go to the ″Fast Path MAP″ in the RS/6000 and
system from booting and all I/O drawer operator Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
panels are functional. Multiple Bus Systems.
You have a problem that does not prevent the Replace the following parts in the secondary
system from booting and an I/O drawer I/O drawer with the non-functioning operator
operator panel is not functioning. panel, one at a time, in the sequence listed:
1. Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
2. Secondary I/O drawer backplane
You do not have a symptom. Go to ″MAP 0020: Problem Determination
Procedure″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver
pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
You have an SRN. Go to the ″Fast Path MAP″ in the RS/6000 and
Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
The system stops and a 3-digit number is Record SRN 101-xxx, where xxx is the 3-digit
displayed in the operator panel display. number displayed in the operator panel display,
then go to the ″Fast Path MAP″ in the RS/6000
and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information
for Multiple Bus Systems.
81
Symptom Starting Point
The system stops and a 4-digit number Go to the ″Fast Path MAP″ in the RS/6000 and
beginning with 0 or 2 is displayed in the Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
operator panel display. Multiple Bus Systems.
All other symptoms. Go to “Quick Entry MAP”.
Quick Entry MAP
Quick Entry MAP Table of Contents

Problem Description Page No.
Service Actions 82
A Repeating Pattern of Error Code Data Appears on the Primary I/O Drawer 83
Operator Panel Display
OK does not appear in the primary I/O drawer operator panel display before 83
pressing the power on button
There is an 8-Digit Error Code 84
System stops with an 8-digit number displayed in the Primary I/O Drawer 84
Operator Panel Display
Error Indication in Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Display 85
System stops with a 4-Digit Number that does not begin with 0 or 2 85
Displayed
System Stops With a 3-Digit Number Displayed (888 sequence, see below) 85
There is a Display Problem (Distortion, Blurring, Etc.) 85
Power and Cooling Problems 86
888 sequence in Operator Panel Display 86
Other Symptoms or Problems 86
Attention: If you replace FRUs and the problem is still not corrected, go to “MAP
1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122 unless otherwise indicated in the tables.
If you replace FRUs and the problem is corrected, go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″
in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Symptom Action
Service Actions
You have parts to exchange or a corrective 1. Go to Chapter 10, “Removal and
action to perform. Replacement Procedures” on page 467.
2. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
82 Service Guide
Symptom Action
You need to verify that a part exchange or Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
corrective action corrected the problem. RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
You need to verify correct system operation. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
A Repeating Pattern of Error Code Data Appears on the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
Display
A sequence of displays, each appearing for five 1. Record the 8-digit error code seen after the
seconds, repeats continuously as follows: a five second blank display.
blank display, followed by an eight-digit error
code, followed by up to nine full panels of dump 2. Reset the service processor via the pinhole
data. reset.
3. Go to “Checkpoint and Error Code Index”
on page 173 with the error code you have
recorded.
OK does not appear in the primary I/O drawer operator panel display before pressing the
power on button
A bouncing or scrolling ball remains on the If an ASCII terminal is available, connect it to
primary I/O drawer operator panel display or the primary I/O drawer through serial port 1.
the primary I/O drawer operator panel display is 1. If the service processor menu is displayed,
filled with dashes then:
a. Replace the primary I/O drawer operator
panel assembly, location: U0.1-L1. Refer
to Chapter 10, “Removal and
Replacement Procedures” on page 467.
b. Replace the primary I/O drawer
backplane, location: U0.1-P1. Refer to
Chapter 10, “Removal and Replacement
Procedures” on page 467.
2. If the service processor menu is not
displayed, then replace the primary I/O
drawer backplane, location: U0.1-P1. Refer
to Chapter 10, “Removal and Replacement
Procedures” on page 467.
If an ASCII terminal is not available, replace the

following, one at a time, in the sequence listed:
1. Primary I/O drawer operator panel
assembly, location: U0.1-L1.
Refer to Chapter 10, “Removal and
2. Primary I/O drawer backplane, location:
U0.1-P1.
Refer to Chapter 10, “Removal and
You have a blank display on the primary I/O Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
drawer operator panel
Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures 83

Symptom Action
There is an 8-Digit Error Code
You have an 8-digit error code in the form 10n1 The failing drawer is drawer n. Look for the
xxxx and n is greater than the number of I/O drawer with the same value of n in its operator
drawers in the system. panel, either in the form *0n or U0.n. Substitute
2 for n when looking up the error code in
“Checkpoint and Error Code Index” on
page 173.
You have an 8-digit error code of the form 10n1 Shut down the system and remove all but one
xxxx and two or more drawers have the same of the drawers with duplicate drawer numbers.
drawer number. Refer to the steps in “MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration” on page 122 for a procedure to
connect/disconnect I/O drawers. Attempt to
reboot the system.
1. If the system still fails, you have found the
failing drawer. Substitute 2 for n when
looking up the error code in “Checkpoint
and Error Code Index” on page 173.
2. If the system boots, shut down and add
another of the detached drawers back into
the system. Repeat steps 1 and 2 until the
failing drawer is isolated.
Note: As the system successfully boots,

duplicate drawer numbers are resolved into
unique drawer numbers.
You have an 8-digit error code. Look up the error code in the table in
page 173.
System stops with an 8-digit number displayed in the Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel
Display
You have an 8-digit error code of the form 10n1 The failing drawer is drawer n. Look for the
xxxx and n is greater than the number of I/O drawer with the same value of n in its operator
drawers in the system. panel, either in the form *0n or U0.n. Substitute
page 173.
84 Service Guide
Symptom Action
You have an 8-digit error code of the form 10n1 Shut down the system and remove all but one
xxxx and two or more drawers have the same of the drawers with duplicate drawer numbers.
drawer number. Refer to the steps in “MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration” on page 122 for a procedure to
connect/reconnect I/O drawers. Attempt to
reboot the system.
1. If the system fails, you have found the
failing drawer. Substitute 2 for n when
looking up the error code in “Checkpoint
and Error Code Index” on page 173.
2. If the system boots, shut down and add
another of the detached drawers back into
the system. Repeat steps one and two until
the failing drawer is isolated.
Note: As the system successfully boots,

duplicate drawer numbers are resolved into
unique drawer numbers.
The system stops with an 8-digit error code Record the error code. Go to “Checkpoint and
displayed when booting. Error Code Index” on page 173.
Error Indication in Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel Displays
A bouncing or scrolling ball remains on a Replace the following, one at a time, in the
secondary I/O drawer operator panel display or sequence listed:
a secondary I/O drawer operator panel display 1. Secondary I/O drawer backplane
is filled with dashes.
2. Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
assembly
You have an 8-digit error code in the form 10n1 This is the failing drawer. If n is greater than the
xxxx. number of I/O drawers in the system, substitute
page 173.
System stops with a 4-Digit Number that does not begin with 0 or 2 Displayed
The system stops with a 4-digit checkpoint that Go to Chapter 4, “Checkpoints” on page 147.
does not begin with 0 or 2.
System Stops With a 3-Digit Number Displayed (888 sequence, see below)
The system stops with a 3-digit error code. Add 101- to the left of the three digits to create
an SRN. Go to RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
There is a Display Problem (Distortion, Blurring, Etc.)

Symptom Action
All display problems. 1. If using a graphics display:
a. Go to the problem determination
procedures for the display.
b. If you do not find a problem, replace the
display adapter.
c. If you do not find a problem, suspect the
I/O planar. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration” on page 122.
2. If using an ASCII terminal:
a. Make sure that the ASCII terminal is
connected to S1.
b. If problems persist, go to the problem
determination procedures for the
terminal.
c. If you do not find a problem, suspect the
I/O planar. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
Power and Cooling Problems
You cannot power on the system. Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
The power on/off LED on an I/O drawer Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
operator panel does not come on or stay on.
(Both the I/O drawer operator panel
power-on/off LED and the I/O drawer power
supply LEDs do not come on or stay on.)
A rack or a rack mounted unit will not power on. Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
You have a power problem. Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
The system attention LED on the primary I/O Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
drawer operator panel is on and there is no
SRN displayed.
888 sequence in Operator Panel Display
A flashing 888 is displayed in the primary I/O Go to the ″Fast Path MAP″ in the RS/6000 and
drawer operator panel display. Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
Other Symptoms or Problems
The operator panel displays OK. Fans and The service processor (SP) is ready. The
blowers are off. system is waiting for power on.
All of the system POST indicators are displayed Go to “Boot Problems and Concerns” on
on the system console, the system pauses and page 167.
then restarts. POST indicators refers to the
device mnemonics (words memory, keyboard,
network, scsi, and speaker) that appear on the
system console during the power-on self-test
(POST).
86 Service Guide
Symptom Action
The system stops and all of the POST Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on
indicators are displayed on the system console. page 122 to isolate the problem.
POST indicators refers to the device
mnemonics (words memory, keyboard, network,
scsi, and speaker) that appear on the system
console during the power-on self-test (POST).
The system stops and the message STARTING Go to Chapter 4, “Checkpoints” on page 147.
SOFTWARE PLEASE WAIT... is displayed on the
system console.
The system does not respond to the password v If the password is being entered, or the
being entered or the system login prompt is service mode boot is being initiated on a
displayed when booting in service mode. keyboard attached to the system, then the
keyboard or its controller may be faulty. In
this case, replace the following, one at a
time, in the sequence listed:
1. Keyboard
2. Primary I/O backplane, location: U0.1-P1
v If the password is being entered, or the
service mode boot is being initiated, from an
ASCII terminal, first insure that the terminal
is connected to S1 or S2. Use the problem
determination procedures for the ASCII
terminal.
If the problem persists, replace the primary
I/O backplane, location: U0.1-P1.
No codes are displayed on the operator panel Reseat the operator panel cable. If problem not
within a few seconds of turning on the system. resolved, replace these parts, one at a time, in
The operator panel displays OK before the the order listed:
system is powered on. 1. Operator panel assembly. Swap the VPD
module.
2. Primary I/O drawer backplane, location:
U0.1-P1. (See notes on 81.)
The SMS configuration list or boot sequence A device may be set to use the same SCSI bus
selection menu shows more SCSI devices ID as the control adapter. Note the ID being
attached to a controller/adapter than are used by the controller/adapter (this can be
actually attached. checked and/or changed via an SMS utility),
and verify that no device attached to the
controller is set to use that ID.
If settings do not appear to be in conflict:

1. Replace the SCSI cable.
2. Replace the device.
3. Replace the SCSI adapter
Note: In a ″twin-tailed″ configuration where

there is more than one initiator device (normally
another system) attached to the SCSI bus, it
may be necessary to use SMS to change the
ID of the SCSI controller or adapter.

Symptom Action
The System Management Services menu is The device or media you are attempting to boot
displayed. from may be faulty.
1. Check the SMS error log for any errors. To
check the error log:
v Choose error log
v If an error is logged, check the time
stamp.
v If the error was logged during the current
boot attempt, record it.
v Look up the error in Chapter 5, “Error
Code to FRU Index” on page 171 and do
the listed action.
v If no recent error is logged in the error
log, continue to the next step below.
2. Try to boot from an alternate boot device
connected to the same controller as the
original boot device. If the boot succeeds,
replace the original boot device (for
removable media devices, try the media
first).
3. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration”
on page 122.
You suspect a cable problem. Go to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Adapters, Devices, and Cable Information for
All other problems. Go to “MAP 1020: Problem Determination” on
page 89.
88 Service Guide
MAP 1020: Problem Determination
Use this MAP to get an error code if you were not provided one by the customer or you
are unable to load diagnostics. If you are able to load the diagnostics, go to ″MAP
0020: Problem Determination Procedure″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log. If the
system has attempted to boot since an error terminated normal operation, there may be
specific fault information in the service processor error log. Examine this error log
before proceeding (see “System Information Menu” on page 424).
The service processor may have been set by the user to monitor server operations and
to attempt recoveries. You can disable these actions while you diagnose and service
the system. If the system was set up according to the recommendations of the RS/6000
Enterprise Server Model M80, Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1 User’s Guide, all the
settings of the service processor (except language) were saved by using the
SAVE/RESTORE HARDWARE MAINTENANCE POLICIES service aid. You can use the
same service aid to restore the settings at the end of your service action.
Just in case the service processor settings were not saved by the user, if you disable
them, make notes of their current settings for restoration before you leave.
In addition to the parameters in the table below, you can disconnect the modem to
prevent incoming signals that could cause the system to power on.
Following are the service processor settings. The service processor menus are
described in Chapter 8, “Using the Service Processor” on page 411.
Surveillance From the service processor Setup Menu, go to

the Surveillance Setup Menu and disable
surveillance.
Unattended Start From the service processor System Power
Control Menu, disable unattended start mode.
Reboot Policy From the System Power Control Menu, go to
the Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu and set:
1. Number of reboot attempts to 0 (zero)
2. Use OS-Defined restart policy to No
3. Enable supplemental restart policy to No.
Call Out From the Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu, go to
the Serial Port Selection Menu and disable
call-out on both serial ports.
Be prepared to record code numbers and use those numbers in the course of analyzing
a problem. Go to “Step 1020-1” on page 90.

Step 1020-1
The following steps analyze a failure to load the diagnostic programs.
Note: Be prepared to answer questions regarding the operator panel display and
perform certain actions based on displayed POST indicators.
1. Power off the system. Refer to “Powering Off the System” on page 469.
2. Select slow boot mode (select disable fast boot) on the System Power Control
menu from the service processor main menu.
3. Power on the system. Refer to “Powering On the System” on page 469
4. Insert the diagnostic CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
5. When the keyboard indicator is displayed (the word Keyboard), press the 5 key on
the system console.
6. Enter a password, if requested.
7. Wait until the diagnostics are loaded or the system appears to stop.
8. Find your symptom in the following table, then follow the instructions given in the
Action column.
Symptom Action
The system stopped and a code is displayed on Go to the “Entry MAP” on page 81.
the operator panel.
The system stops with a prompt to enter a Enter the password. You are not allowed to
password. continue until a correct password has been
entered. When you have entered a valid
password go to the beginning of this table and
wait for one of the other conditions to occur.
The diagnostic operating instructions are Go to ″MAP 0020: Problem Determination
displayed. Procedure″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver
pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
The primary I/O drawer power on/off LED does Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on page 94.
not come on or does not stay on or you have a
power problem.
The system login prompt is displayed. You may not have pressed the correct key or
you may not have pressed the key soon
enough when you were to trying to indicate a
service mode IPL of the diagnostic programs. If
this is the case, start over at the beginning of
this step.
Note: Perform the system shutdown procedure
before turning off the system.
If you are sure you pressed the correct key in a

timely manner, go to “Step 1020-2” on page 92.
The system does not respond when the Go to “Step 1020-2” on page 92.
password is entered.
90 Service Guide
Symptom Action
The system stopped. A POST indicator is If the POST indicator represents:
displayed on the system console and an 1. Memory, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
eight-digit error code is not displayed. Configuration” on page 122.
2. Keyboard
a. Replace the keyboard.
b. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
3. Network, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4. SCSI, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
5. Speaker, “MAP 1540: Minimum
The System Management Services menu is Go to “Step 1020-4” on page 93.
displayed
All other symptoms. If you were directed here from the Entry MAP,
go to “MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on
page 122. Otherwise, find the symptom in the
“Entry MAP” on page 81.

Step 1020-2
There is a problem with the keyboard.
Find the type of keyboard you are using in the following table; then follow the
instructions given in the Action column.
Keyboard Type Action

Type 101 keyboard (U.S.). Identify by the size Record error code M0KBD001; then go to “Step
of the Enter key. The Enter key is in only one 1020-3”.
horizontal row of keys.
Type 102 keyboard (W.T.). Identify by the size Record error code M0KBD002; then go to “Step
of the Enter key. The Enter key extends into 1020-3”.
two horizontal rows.
Type 106 keyboard. (Identify by the Japanese Record error code M0KBD003; then go to “Step
characters.) 1020-3”.
ASCII terminal keyboard Go to the documentation for this type of ASCII
terminal and continue problem determination.
Step 1020-3
Perform the following:
1. Find the eight-digit error code in Chapter 5, “Error Code to FRU Index” on page 171.
Note: If the eight-digit error code is not listed in the Error Code to FRU Index, look
for it in the following:
v Any supplemental service manuals for attached devices
v The diagnostic problem report screen for additional information
v The Service Hints service aid
v The CEREADME file (by using the Service Hints service aid).
Note: Service aids can be found in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
2. Perform the action listed.
92 Service Guide
Step 1020-4
1. Turn off, then turn on the system unit.
2. When the keyboard indicator (the word keyboard) is displayed, press the 1 key on
the system console.
3. When the System Management Services menus appear, check the error log for any
errors.
a. Choose Error Log
b. If an error is logged, check the time stamp.
c. If the error was logged during the current boot attempt, record it.
d. Look up the error in Chapter 5, “Error Code to FRU Index” on page 171 and do
the listed action.
e. If no recent error is logged in the error log, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum

MAP 1520: Power
This procedure is used to locate power problems in the CEC drawer, I/O drawer(s) or
rack. If a problem is detected, this procedure helps you isolate the problem to a failing
unit.
Observe the following safety notices during service procedures.
DANGER


potentials.
CAUTION:
electrical shock.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Energy hazard, remove power before servicing. Disconnect two power supply
cords.
94 Service Guide
Find the symptom in the following table; then follow the instructions given in the Action
column.
Symptom Action
Power Problems
The primary I/O drawer does not become Go to “Map 1521: Cannot Power On the
powered on, no OK prompt. Primary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Does Not
Show OK Prompt” on page 96.
The CEC drawer does not become powered on. Go to “Map 1522: Cannot Power On the CEC
Drawer” on page 103.
The secondary I/O drawer does not become Go to “Map 1523: Cannot Power On the
powered on, no power present LED. Secondary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Power
Present LED Does Not Come On” on page 110.
You have been directed here by the SPCN Go to “Map 1524: The SPCN Error Codes
Error Codes table and the error code is 1011 Table Directed You Here and the Error Code is
1C0x. 1011 1C0x” on page 118.

Map 1521: Cannot Power On the Primary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Does Not
Show OK Prompt
Step 1521-1
Attempt to power on the primary I/O drawer (see “Powering Off and Powering On the
System” on page 469)
Does the primary I/O drawer power on?

NO Go to “Step 1521-2”.
YES This ends the procedure. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
Step 1521-2
Look at the power supply LEDs at the front of the primary I/O drawer.
Is the primary I/O drawer equipped with two power supplies?

YES Go to “Step 1521-5” on page 97.
Step 1521-3
Is the power supply LED flashing?
NO Go to “Step 1521-7” on page 97.
YES Go to “Step 1521-4”.
Step 1521-4
Use the information in the “I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status” on page 26 to
answer the following question.
Is the power supply LED blinking quickly?
NO Check the SPCN cabling.
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O
backplane. See “Primary I/O Drawer Cables” on page 538.
Replace the I/O drawer power supply.
Replace the primary I/O drawer backplane.
Replace the I/O drawer power distribution card.
This ends the procedure. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
Systems.
YES Replace the power supply with the flashing LED.
96 Service Guide
Systems.
Step 1521-5
Is there a power supply with a flashing LED?
Step 1521-6
Are both I/O drawer power supply LEDs flashing?
NO Replace the power supply with the flashing LED.
Systems.
YES Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O
backplane. See “Primary I/O Drawer Cables” on page 538.
Replace the following, one at a time:
v Primary I/O drawer BACKPLANE
v Power distribution board
Systems.
Step 1521-7
Are all SPCN cables seated firmly and connected correctly between the primary
I/O drawer, secondary I/O drawers, and CEC drawer?
NO Fix the cable connections.
Systems.

Step 1521-8
Is this machine connected to dc power?
Step 1521-9
Are all circuit breakers reset at the rack power distribution panel?
NO Reset the popped breaker by first turning off, then turning on.
Systems.
Step 1521-10
Are all the dc power cables seated firmly and connected correctly from the rack
power distribution panel to the rack drawers?
NO Fix the connection.
Systems.
Step 1521-11
Note: Read the danger and caution notices under “Safety Notices” on page xi before
continuing with this procedure.

1. Disconnect the dc power cable from each power supply of the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the dc voltage at the drawer end of each dc power
cable.
Is the dc voltage from −40 V dc to −60 V dc?

NO There is no power to the drawer. Refer to the rack documentation to isolate the
dc power problem. The 7014 Series Model T00 and T42 Rack Installation and
Service Guide is appropriate for most systems.
This ends the procedure.
98 Service Guide
Step 1521-12
Are all circuit breakers reset at the rack power distribution unit(s)?
NO Reset the popped breaker.
Systems.
Step 1521-13
Are all the ac power cables seated firmly and connected correctly from the rack
power distribution unit(s) to the rack drawers?
Systems.
Step 1521-14
Follow the ac power cable(s) from the primary I/O drawer to the appropriate power
distribution unit.
Is the power distribution unit power LED on?

Step 1521-15

1. Disconnect the ac power cable(s) from the power distribution unit that supplies
power to the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the power distribution unit socket(s)
where the ac power cable(s), just removed, was (were) attached.
Is the ac voltage from 200 V ac to 240 V ac?

NO Replace the power distribution unit
Systems.

Step 1521-16
Reconnect the ac power cable(s) to the power distribution unit.

1. Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply of the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the drawer end of each ac power
cable.

NO Replace the ac power cable(s).
Systems.
Step 1521-17
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to primary I/O backplane.
See “Primary I/O Drawer Cables” on page 538.
Replace the following in the primary I/O drawer, one at a time, disconnecting the ac
power cable (dc power cable for a dc-powered system) to each power supply before
replacement and reconnecting the ac power cable (dc power cable for a dc-powered
system) to each supply after replacement:
v Primary I/O drawer operator panel
v Fan control card
v I/O drawer power supply (including redundant power supply, if present)
v Primary I/O drawer backplane
Does the primary I/O drawer operator panel show the OK prompt?
NO Contact your next level of support for assistance.
Systems.
100 Service Guide

Step 1521-18
Is the ac power cable from the rack power distribution unit to the customer’s ac
power outlet connected and seated correctly at both ends?
NO Connect the ac power cable correctly at both ends.
Systems.
Step 1521-19

1. Disconnect the mainline ac power cable from the power distribution unit that
supplies power to the primary I/O drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the power distribution unit end of the
mainline ac power cable.

YES Replace the power distribution unit.
Systems.

Step 1521-20

1. Disconnect the mainline ac power cable from the customer’s ac power outlet.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the ac voltage at the customer’s ac power outlet.

NO Inform the customer that the ac voltage at the power outlet is not correct.
Systems.
YES Replace the mainline ac power cable.
Systems.
102 Service Guide

Map 1522: Cannot Power On the CEC Drawer
Step 1522-1
Attempt to power on the CEC drawer (see “Powering Off and Powering On the System”
on page 469).
Does the CEC drawer power on?

Systems.
Step 1522-2
Look at the power supply LEDs at the back of the CEC drawer.

Systems.
Step 1522-3
I/O drawer, secondary I/O drawers and CEC drawer?
NO Fix the SPCN cable connections
Systems.
Step 1522-4

Step 1522-5
Systems.
Step 1522-6
Systems.
Step 1522-7

1. Disconnect the dc power cable from each power supply of the CEC drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the adc voltage at the drawer end of each dc power
cable.
Is the ac voltage from −40 V dc to −60 V dc?

Step 1522-8
Systems.
104 Service Guide

Step 1522-9
Systems.
Step 1522-10
Follow the ac power cable(s) from the CEC drawer to the appropriate power distribution
unit.

Step 1522-11

power to the CEC drawer.

NO Replace the power distribution unit.
Systems.

Step 1522-12

1. Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply of the CEC drawer.
cable.

NO Replace the ac power cable(s) unit.
Systems.
Step 1522-13
Disconnect the ac power cable (dc power cable for a dc-powered system) to each
power supply of the CEC drawer and remove the following components from the CEC
drawer, one at a time, in the sequence listed:
1. CEC processor card(s)
2. CEC RIO adapter card
3. CEC memory card(s)
Reconnect the ac power cables (dc power cable for a dc-powered system) to each
power supply of the CEC drawer and attempt to power on the CEC.
Does the CEC power on?

106 Service Guide

Step 1522-14
Reinsert the following components in the CEC drawer, one at a time, disconnecting the
ac power cable (dc power cable in a dc-powered system) to each power supply before
reinsertion and reconnecting the ac power cable (dc power cable for a dc-powered
system) to each power supply after reinsertion:
1. CEC processor card(s)
2. CEC RIO adapter card
3. CEC memory card(s)

NO Replace the defective card just reinserted.
Reinsert any remaining cards in this step.
Systems.
Step 1522-15
Have all cards in this step been reinserted?
YES The symptom has changed. Call your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1522-16
Replace the following in the CEC drawer, one at a time, disconnecting the ac power
cable (dc power cable in a dc-powered system) to each power supply before
system) to each power supply after replacement:
1. CEC regulator card
2. CEC backplane

YES Reinsert the cards removed in “Step 1522-13” on page 106.
Systems.

Step 1522-17
Have all cards in the previous step been replaced?
YES Call your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1522-18
Systems.
Step 1522-19

supplies power to the CEC drawer.

Systems.
Step 1522-20

108 Service Guide

Systems.
Systems.

Map 1523: Cannot Power On the Secondary I/O Drawer, Operator Panel Power
Present LED Does Not Come On
Step 1523-1
Attempt to power on the secondary I/O drawer (see “Powering Off and Powering On the
System” on page 469)
Does the secondary I/O drawer power on?

Systems.
Step 1523-2
Look at the power supply LED(s) at the front of the secondary I/O drawer.
Is the secondary I/O drawer equipped with two power supplies?

YES Go to “Step 1523-5” on page 111
Step 1523-3
Is the power supply LED flashing?
110 Service Guide

Step 1523-4
Use the information in the “I/O Drawer and Power Supply LED Status” on page 26 to
answer the following question.
NO Check the SPCN cabling.
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to secondary I/O
backplane. See “Secondary I/O Drawer Cables” on page 540.
Replace the I/O drawer power supply.
Replace the secondary I/O drawer backplane.
Replace the I/O drawer power distribution card.
Systems.
Systems.
Step 1523-5
Step 1523-6
Are both I/O drawer power supply LEDs flashing?
NO Replace the power supply with the flashing LED.
Systems.
YES Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to secondary I/O
backplane. See “Secondary I/O Drawer Cables” on page 540.
Replace the following, one at a time:
v Secondary I/O drawer backplane
v Power distribution board
Systems.

Step 1523-7
I/O drawer, secondary I/O drawers and CEC drawer?
NO Fix the SPCN cable connections.
Systems.
Step 1523-8
Step 1523-9
Systems.
112 Service Guide

Step 1523-10
Systems.
Step 1523-11

1. Disconnect the dc power cable from each power supply of the secondary I/O
drawer.
2. Use a multimeter to measure the dc voltage at the drawer end of each dc power
cable.
Is the dc voltage from −40 V ac to −60 V ac?

Step 1523-12
Systems.

Step 1523-13
Systems.
Step 1523-14
Follow the ac power cable(s) from the secondary I/O drawer to the appropriate power
distribution unit.

Step 1523-15

power to the secondary I/O drawer.

NO Replace the power distribution unit. Reconnect the ac power cable(s) to the
power distribution unit.
Systems.
114 Service Guide

Step 1523-16

1. Disconnect the ac power cable from each power supply of secondary I/O drawer.
cable.

NO Replace the ac power cable(s).
Systems.
Step 1523-17
Check internal drawer cabling from power distribution card to secondary I/O backplane.
See “Secondary I/O Drawer Cables” on page 540.
Replace the following in the secondary I/O drawer, one at a time, disconnecting the ac
power cable (dc power cable for a dc-powered system) to each power supply before
system) to each supply after replacement:
v Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
v Fan control card
v Power distribution card
v I/O drawer power supply (including redundant power supply, if present)
v Secondary I/O drawer backplane
Does the secondary I/O drawer operator panel turn on the power present LED?
NO Contact your next level of support for assistance.
Systems.

Step 1523-18
Systems.
Step 1523-19

supplies power to the secondary I/O drawer.

Systems.
116 Service Guide

Step 1523-20


Systems.
Systems.

Map 1524: The SPCN Error Codes Table Directed You Here and the Error Code is
1011 1C0x
A CEC power supply is reporting a load fault.
Perform the following steps to isolate the problem.
Step 1524-1
1. Turn off the power.
2. Disconnect the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) from the
CEC drawer.
3. At the top of the CEC drawer, remove the following cards, in the sequence listed:
a. CEC regulator at M01
b. CEC memory riser 1 at M02
c. CEC processor at M03
d. CEC processor at M04 (if present)
e. CEC memory riser 2 at M05 (if present)
f. CEC RIO adapter at M06
4. Reconnect the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) to the
CEC drawer.
5. Turn on the power.
Is the error code 1011 1C0x displayed?

Step 1524-2
CEC drawer.
3. Remove CEC power supply 2.
4. Reconnect the ac power cable (dc power cable in a dc-powered system) to the CEC
power supply 1.

YES Go to “Step 1524-4” on page 119
118 Service Guide

Step 1524-3
2. Reinstall CEC power supply 2 that was removed in “Step 1524-2” on page 118.
power supply 2.

NO The symptom has changed.
YES Replace CEC power supply 2, location: U1.1-V2.
Systems.
Step 1524-4
power supply 2.
4. Disconnect the ac cable (dc power cable in a dc-powered system) to CEC power
supply 1.
5. Remove CEC power supply 1.

NO Replace CEC power supply 1, location: U1.1-V1.
Systems.

Step 1524-5
power supply 2.
4. Remove CEC fan 1. Disregard a CEC fan error code if it occurs during this step.

NO Replace CEC fan 1, location: U1.1-F1.This ends the procedure. Go to ″MAP
0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
Step 1524-6
2. Reinstall CEC fan 1 that was removed in “Step 1524-5”.
3. Remove CEC fan 2. Disregard a CEC fan error code if it occurs during this step.

NO Replace CEC fan 2, location: U1.1-F2.This ends the procedure. Go to ″MAP
YES Replace the CEC backplane, location: U1.1-P1.This ends the procedure. Go
to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
120 Service Guide

Step 1524-7
CEC drawer.
3. Reinstall one of the cards that was removed in “Step 1524-1” on page 118, in the
sequence listed:
a. CEC regulator at M01
b. CEC RIO adapter at M06
c. CEC memory riser 1 at M02
d. CEC memory riser 2 at M05 (if present)
e. CEC processor at M03
f. CEC processor at M04 (if present)
CEC drawer.

YES The last card you installed is defective. Replace the last card you
installed.This ends the procedure. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.
Step 1524-8
Have all the cards that were removed in “Step 1524-7” been reinstalled?
NO Go to “Step 1524-7” and reinstall the next card in the list.
YES Replace the CEC backplane, location: U1.1-P1.
Systems.

MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration
This MAP is used to locate defective FRUs not found by normal diagnostics. For this
procedure, diagnostics are run on a minimally-configured system. If a failure is detected
on the minimally-configured system, the remaining FRUs are exchanged one at a time
until the failing FRU is identified. If a failure is not detected, FRUs are added back until
the failure occurs. The failure is then isolated to the failing FRU.
Notes:
1. Be sure to unplug the power cable from the rack that contains the CEC drawer, the
primary I/O drawer, and any secondary I/O drawer before removing or installing
CPU card(s), memory cards, CEC backplane, or I/O drawer backplane to avoid
damage.
2. This MAP assumes that a CD-ROM drive is installed and connected to the internal
SCSI adapter of the primary I/O drawer, and a diagnostic CD-ROM is available.
3. If a general-access password or privileged-access password is installed, you are
prompted to enter the password before the diagnostic CD-ROM can load.
4. POST indicators refers to the device mnemonics (words memory, keyboard, network,
scsi, and speaker) that appear on the system console during the power-on self-test
(POST).
5. The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log. It
is a good idea to examine that error log before proceeding (see service processor
System Information Menu).
6. The service processor may have been set by the user to monitor server operations
and to attempt recoveries. You can disable these actions while you diagnose and
service the system. If you disable them, make notes of their current settings so that
you can restore them easily. The following table lists the settings:
Surveillance From the service processor Setup Menu, go to

the Surveillance Setup Menu and disable
surveillance.
Unattended Start From the service processor System Power
Control Menu, disable unattended start mode.
Reboot Policy From the System Power Control Menu, go to
the Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu and set:
a. Number of reboot attempts to 0 (zero)
b. Use OS-Defined restart policy to No
c. Enable supplemental restart policy to No.
Call Out From the Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu, go to
the Serial Port Selection Menu and disable
call-out on both serial ports.
122 Service Guide

Step 1540-1
1. Ensure that the diagnostics and the operating system are shut down.
3. Select slow boot mode (select disable fast boot) on the System Power Control
menu from the service processor main menu.
4. Turn on the power to boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
5. Insert the diagnostic CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
Does the CD-ROM appear to operate correctly?

NO Go to “Boot Problems and Concerns” on page 167.
Step 1540-2
1. When the keyboard indicator is displayed (the word keyboard), press the 5 key on
the system console.
2. Enter the appropriate password when you are prompted to do so.
Is the Please define the System Console screen displayed?

Step 1540-3
The system is unable to boot standalone diagnostics.
Check the service processor error log and the primary I/O drawer operator panel for
additional error codes resulting from the slow boot in “Step 1540-1”.
Did the slow boot generate a different error code from the one that originally sent
you to MAP 1540?
YES Restore fast boot mode (select enable fast boot) on the System Power Control
menu from the service processor main menu. Go to “Checkpoint and Error
Code Index” on page 173 and follow the actions for the new error code.
NO Continue “Step 1540-3” below.
The boot attempts that follow will attempt to get the Please define the System Console
prompt on the system console. Ignore any codes that may appear on the operator
panel unless stated otherwise.

Error Codes:
Use the following table to locate, if possible, the error code that sent you to minimum
configuration.
First Four Characters of the Error Code Last Four Characters of the Error Code
406x 0009
00A1
00A3
00A6
00A7
450x 245B
460x 245C
4B2x 245D
24A5
24A6
25B3
25B4
267D
2733
27AA
27AB
288A
B006 1406
1407
1408
B1xx 4601
4602
4648
4660
4690
4691
469E
469F
124 Service Guide

Four-Character Checkpoint:
Use the following table tolocate, if possible, the checkpoint that sent you to minimum
configuration.
91FF 94B1 9503

9380 94B2 9504
94BB 9501 9505
94B0 9502 9506
Did you find the error code or checkpoint that sent you here in the previous
tables or did the action that sent you to MAP 1540 explicitly tell you to run the
CEC drawer minimum configuration?
Step 1540-4
2. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the RIO cable at RIO port 0.
3. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the RIO cable at RIO port 0. The RIO cable
should now be loose and can be removed.
4. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the RIO cable at RIO port 1 and reconnect it to RIO
port 0.
5. Follow the RIO cable you have connected to RIO port 0 of the CEC drawer back to
an I/O drawer, disconnect the I/O drawer end (RIO port 1, note location) of the RIO
cable and reconnect it to the primary I/O drawer RIO port 0.
6. With only one RIO cable connected between the CEC drawer RIO port 0 and the
primary I/O drawer RIO port 0, power the system on to boot standalone diagnostics
from CD.

YES The RIO able you removed in substep 3 above is defective. Replace the RIO
cable. Connect from CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the I/O drawer RIO port 1
noted in substep 5 above. The last item replaced was defective. Return the
machine to the original configuration. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
Systems.
NO Reconnect the RIO cable that was removed in substep 3 above. Connect from
CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the I/O drawer RIO port 1 noted in substep 5 above.
Go to “Step 1540-5” on page 126.

Step 1540-5
CEC drawer.
3. At the top of the CEC drawer, remove the following cards and DIMMs, in the
sequence listed:
a. Memory DIMMs in octals B, C, and D on memory riser card 1 at M02, if present.
This leaves only octal A and memory riser card 1 installed.
b. Memory riser card 2 at M05, if present.
4. With the CEC drawer now configured with only minimum required memory, connect
the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) to the CEC drawer
and turn on the power to boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
5. When the keyboard indicator is displayed (the word keyboard), press the 5 key on
the system console.
Step 1540-6
CEC drawer.
3. Reinsert the following cards and DIMMs, in the sequence listed:
a. Memory DIMMs in octals B, C, and D on memory riser card 1 at M02, if
previously present.
b. Memory riser card 2 at M05, if previously present.
CEC drawer.
6. When the keyboard indicator is displayed (the word Keyboard), press the 5 key on
the system console.
NO The card you just reinserted is defective; replace with a new card. Return the
machine to the original configuration. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
Systems.
126 Service Guide

Step 1540-7
Have all the cards in the list in “Step 1540-6” on page 126 been replaced with new
or original cards?
YES Go to “Step 1540-12” on page 129 to verify the I/O portion of the system.
Step 1540-8
CEC drawer.
3. Replace the memory DIMMs in octal A on memory riser card 1 with memory DIMMs
previously removed, if any, or replace with new memory DIMMs.
4. Connect the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) to the CEC
drawer and turn on the power to boot standalone diagnostics from CD.

YES The memory DIMMs you removed are failing; leave the new memory DIMMs
installed. Return the machine to the original configuration. Go to ″MAP 0410:
Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information
Step 1540-9
CEC drawer.
3. Replace the memory riser card at M02 with a new memory riser card.

YES The memory riser card you removed is failing; leave the new memory riser
card installed. Return the machine to the original configuration. Go to ″MAP

Step 1540-10
CEC drawer.
3. Reinsert the original memory riser card at M02.
4. Replace the CEC RIO bus adapter at M06 with a new CEC RIO bus adapter.

YES The clock I/O card you removed is failing; leave the new clock I/O card
installed. Return the machine to the original configuration. Go to ″MAP 0410:
Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information
Step 1540-11
Attention: Contact your second level of support before performing this action.
CEC drawer.
3. Replace the CEC backplane, processor at M03, and processor at M04 (if installed)
with new components.
4. Reinsert the original CEC RIO bus adapter at M06.

YES The CEC components you removed are failing. Leave the new CEC
components installed. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000
and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
128 Service Guide

Step 1540-12
The system stopped with the Please define the System Console prompt appearing on
the system console.
Standalone diagnostics can be booted. Perform the following:

1. Follow the instructions on the screen to select the system console.
2. When the DIAGNOSTIC OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS screen is displayed, press
Enter.
3. If the terminal type has not been defined, you must use the Initialize Terminal option
of the FUNCTION SELECTION menu to initialize the AIX operating system
environment before you can continue with the diagnostics. This is a separate
operation from selecting the firmware console display.
4. Select Advanced Diagnostic Routines.
5. When the DIAGNOSTIC MODE SELECTION menu displays, select System
Verification and run diagnostics on all resources.
Did running diagnostics produce a different symptom?
NO Go to substep 6 of “Step 1540-9” on page 127.
YES Go to “Entry MAP” on page 81. Use the new symptom.
6. Record any devices missing from the list of all adapters and devices. Continue with
this MAP. When you have fixed the problem, use this record to verify that all
devices appear when you run System Verification.
Are there any devices missing from the list of all adapters and devices?
NO Reinstall all remaining adapters, if any, and reconnect all devices. Return the
system to its original configuration. Be sure to select fast boot mode (select
enable fast boot) on the System Power Control menu from the service
processor main menu. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000
YES The boot attempts that follow will attempt to isolate any remaining I/O drawer
problems with missing devices. Ignore any codes that may appear on the
operator panel unless stated otherwise.

Step 1540-13
You were directed here because the defect seems to be related to the I/O system.
Select fast boot mode (select enable fast boot) on the System Power Control menu
from the service processor main menu.
Look at the rear of the CEC drawer and locate the JTAG cable (connected to the rear
of the CEC drawer connector position shown in Chapter 1).
Follow the JTAG cable back to the primary I/O drawer. Examine SPCN cable
connections at J15 and J16. These cables, if any, go to secondary I/O drawers.
Are any secondary I/O drawers attached to the system?

NO Did you perform “Step 1540-4” on page 125?
YES Did you perform “Step 1540-4” on page 125?
130 Service Guide

Step 1540-14
There is at least one secondary I/O drawer attached to the CEC drawer. Perform the
following steps to isolate a faulty RIO cable.
Note: Before continuing, check the cabling from the CEC drawer to I/O drawer(s) to
ensure that the system is cabled correctly. Refer to “Cabling the CEC Drawer,
Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s)” on page 53 for valid
configurations. Record the current cabling configuration and then continue with
the following steps.
2. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0.
3. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0. The RIO
cable that was connected to RIO port 0 should now be loose and can be removed.
4. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 1 and reconnect it
to RIO port 0.
5. Follow the RIO cable you have connected to RIO port 0 of the CEC drawer back
to a secondary I/O drawer; disconnect the I/O drawer end (RIO port 1, note
location) of the RIO cable and reconnect it to the primary I/O drawer RIO port 0.
6. Verify that primary I/O drawer RIO port 0 is connected to the CEC drawer RIO port
0.
8. If the Please define the System Console screen is displayed, follow directions to
select the system console.
9. Use the Display Configuration and Resource List to list all attached devices and
adapters (refer to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
Multiple Bus Systems if necessary).
10. Check that all attached devices and adapters are listed.
Did the Please define the System Console screen display and are all attached
devices and adapters listed?
YES The RIO cable that was removed in step 3 above is defective. Replace the
RIO cable. Connect the new RIO cable from CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the
secondary I/O drawer RIO port 1 noted in step 5 above. Reconfigure the
system to its original condition. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
Systems.

Step 1540-15
To isolate the primary I/O drawer perform the following steps.
2. Select fast boot mode (select enable fast boot) on the System Power Control menu
from the service processor main menu.
3. Verify that primary I/O drawer RIO port 0 is connected to CEC drawer RIO port 0.
4. At the primary I/O drawer, remove the cable connected to RIO port 1.
5. Verify that the primary I/O drawer V/S COMM port is connected to CEC drawer V/S
COMM port.
6. Verify that the primary I/O drawer JTAG port is connected to the CEC drawer JTAG
port.
Note: The primary I/O drawer should be cabled as shown in “Cabling the CEC
Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s)” on page 53. Be
sure to look at both RIO cables and SPCN cables.
7. Disconnect ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) from
remaining I/O drawer(s).
Attention: For ac-powered systems, the rack that you are working on may have
I/O drawers that are connected to other CEC drawers or other third-party drawers
attached to the power distribution unit. To avoid removing power from drawers that
are used by other systems, when you are instructed to unplug power from an I/O
drawer, remove only the power distribution unit (PDU) side of the single ac cables
connected to the I/O drawer in question.
8. All I/O drawers except the primary I/O drawer should now be physically
disconnected from the CEC drawer.
Go to “Step 1540-16”.
Step 1540-16
The primary I/O drawer is the only remaining I/O drawer connected to the CEC drawer.
If the Please define the System Console prompt did not display or all attached devices
and adapters are not listed, the problem is in the primary I/O drawer.
132 Service Guide

Step 1540-17
To deconfigure the primary I/O drawer perform the following steps.
2. If you have not already done so, reset the service processor settings with the
instructions in step 6 on page 122, then return here and continue.
3. Exit the service processor menus and remove the ac power cables (dc power
cables in a dc-powered system) from the CEC drawer and the primary I/O drawer.
Attention: For ac-powered systems, the rack that you are working on may have
I/O drawers that are connected to other CEC drawers or other third-party drawers
attached to the power distribution unit. To avoid removing power from drawers that
are used by other systems, when you are instructed to unplug power from an I/O
drawer, remove only the power distribution unit (PDU) side of the single ac cables
connected to the I/O drawer in question.
4. If a display adapter with keyboard and mouse connected to the primary I/O drawer
is being used as the console, locate a stand-alone serial terminal (possibly a 3151)
and connect it to the S1 serial port.
5. Remove the keyboard and mouse if attached to the primary I/O drawer.
6. Remove (unplug) the tape drive (if installed) and the two internal hard drives (if
installed) from the internal SCSI bus cable. Leave the CD-ROM attached.
7. Leave the remaining external cables (RIO-port 0, V/S COMM, RIO-port 1, and
JTAG) connected.
8. Disconnect the diskette drive cable from the diskette drive connector on the primary
I/O drawer backplane.
9. Plug in the ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered system) for the CEC
drawer and the primary I/O drawer. The primary I/O drawer operator panel should
momentarily display an OK prompt.
Are there any adapters in slots 1, 2, 3, or 4?


Step 1540-18
Are there any adapters in slots 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9?
Step 1540-19
Are there any adapters in slots 10, 11, 12, 13 or 14?
Step 1540-20
1. If it is not already off, turn off the power.
2. Remove all adapters from slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 that are not attached to the boot
device.
3. Label and record the location of any cables attached to the adapters.
4. Record the slot number of the adapters.
6. If the TTY screen displays Enter 0 to select this console, press the 0 key on the
TTY terminal’s keyboard.
134 Service Guide

Step 1540-21
2. Remove all adapters from slots 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 that are not attached to the boot
device.
Step 1540-22
2. Remove all adapters from slots 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 that are not attached to the
boot device.

Step 1540-23
If the Please define the System Console screen does display and all attached devices
and adapters are listed, the problem is with one of the adapter cards or devices that
was removed or disconnected from the primary I/O drawer.
2. Reinstall one adapter or device that was removed. Use the original adapter cards in
their original slots when reinstalling adapters.
YES Reinstall the next adapter or device and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until an adapter or device causes the Please
define the System Console screen to not display or all attached devices and
adapters to not be listed.
After installing all of the adapters and the Please define the System Console
screen does display and all attached devices and adapters are listed, return
the system to its original configuration. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
Systems.
136 Service Guide

Step 1540-24
Replace the adapter you just installed with a new adapter and retry the boot to
standalone diagnostics from CD.
NO The I/O drawer backplane is defective. Replace the I/O drawer backplane; then
continue below.
YES The adapter was defective. Continue below.

Step 1540-25
2. Disconnect the I/O drawer ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered
system).
3. Replace the following parts, one at a time, in the sequence listed:
a. Boot device SCSI cable
b. Boot device
c. I/O drawer backplane
d. I/O drawer RIO adapter
e. I/O drawer operator panel
f. SPCN fan control card
g. Both power supplies
h. Power distribution card
4. Reconnect the I/O drawer ac power cables (dc power cables in a dc-powered
system).
6. Boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
NO Replacel the next part in the list and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until a part causes the Please define the
System Console screen to be displayed and all attached devices and adapters
to be listed.
If you have replaced all the items listed above and the Please define the
System Console screen does not display or all attached devices and adapters
are not listed, check any external devices and cabling. If you do not find a
problem, contact your next level of support for assistance.
138 Service Guide

Step 1540-26
2. The item just replaced fixed the problem.
3. If a display adapter with keyboard and mouse were used, reinstall the display
adapter card, keyboard, and mouse.
4. Reconnect the diskette drive cable to the primary I/O drawer backplane.
5. Reconnect the tape drive (if previously installed) and the two internal hard drives (if
previously installed) to the internal SCSI bus cable.
6. Plug in all adapters that were previously removed but not reinstalled.
7. Reconnect the primary I/O drawer ac power cables (dc power cables in a
dc-powered system) that were previously disconnected.
Reconfigure the system to its original condition. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Step 1540-27
and adapters are listed, the problem is with a remaining secondary I/O drawer. Turn off
the power.
Is the primary I/O drawer the only drawer connected at this time?
YES Reconnect a secondary I/O drawer in the configuration that you recorded
earlier in this MAP.
Note: The I/O drawers should be cabled as shown in “Cabling the CEC
Drawer, Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s)” on page 53.
Be sure to look at both RIO cables and SPCN cables.
1. Connect ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) to this secondary
I/O drawer.
2. All I/O drawers except the primary I/O drawer and one secondary I/O
drawer should now be physically disconnected from the CEC drawer.

Step 1540-28
The last I/O drawer connected was a secondary I/O drawer. If the power is on, turn off
the power. Reconnect the next I/O drawer in the configuration you recorded earlier in
this MAP.
Note: The I/O drawers should be cabled as shown in “Cabling the CEC Drawer,
Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s)” on page 53. Be sure to look
at both RIO cables and SPCN cables.
Go to “Step 1540-29”
Step 1540-29
NO Is the SRC that sent you to MAP 1540 20FB99xy?
YES Is there another I/O drawer to connect?
NO The problem has changed. Call your next level of support.
Step 1540-30
The problem is in the last secondary I/O drawer that was connected. To deconfigure
this secondary I/O drawer, perform the following steps.
Are there any adapters in slots 1, 2, 3, or 4?

140 Service Guide

Step 1540-31
Are there any adapters in slots 5, 6, 7, 8 or 9?
Step 1540-32
Are there any adapters in slots 10, 11, 12, 13, or 14?
Step 1540-33
2. Remove all adapters from slots 1, 2, 3, and 4 that are not attached to the boot
device.

Step 1540-34
2. Remove all adapters from slots 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 that are not attached to the boot
device.
Step 1540-35
2. Remove all adapters from slots 10, 11, 12, 13, and 14 that are not attached to the
boot device.
142 Service Guide

Step 1540-36
and adapters are listed, the problem is with one of the adapter cards or devices that
was removed or disconnected from the I/O drawer.
2. Replace one adapter or device that was removed. Use the original adapter cards in
their original slots when reinstalling adapters.
YES Reinstall the next adapter or device and return to number 1 in this step.
Continue repeating this process until an adapter or device causes the Please
define the System Console screen to not be displayed or all attached devices
and adapters to not be listed.
Step 1540-37
Replace the adapter or device that is causing the Please define the System Console
screen to not be displayed or all attached devices and adapters to not be listed with a
new adapter.
Reinstall all remaining adapters and reconnect all devices. Return the system to its
original configuration. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and
Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.

Step 1540-38
system).
3. Replace the remaining parts (listed below) in this drawer, one at a time.
a. I/O drawer backplane
b. I/O drawer RIO adapter
c. Secondary drawer operator panel
d. SPCN fan control card
e. Both power supplies
f. Power distribution board
system).
5. Turn the power on.
NO Replace the next part in the list and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until a part causes the boot to be successful.
If you have replaced all the items listed above and the boot is not successful,
check any external devices and cabling. If you do not find a problem, contact
your next level of support for assistance.
Step 1540-39
2. The item just replaced fixed the problem.
3. Plug in all adapters that were previously removed but not reinstalled.
Reconfigure the system to its original condition. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
144 Service Guide

Step 1540-40
The primary I/O drawer is the only I/O drawer that was connected to the CEC drawer.
To isolate a faulty RIO cable perform the following steps.
Note: Before continuing, check the cabling from the CEC drawer to I/O drawer(s) to
ensure that the system is cabled correctly. Refer to “Cabling the CEC Drawer,
Primary I/O Drawer, and Secondary I/O Drawer(s)” on page 53 for valid
configurations. Record the current cabling configuration and then continue with
the following steps.
2. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0.
3. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 0. The RIO
cable that was connected to RIO port 0 should now be loose and can be removed.
4. At the CEC drawer, disconnect the cable connection at RIO port 1 and reconnect it
to RIO port 0.
5. At the primary I/O drawer, disconnect the RIO connection at RIO port 1. Reconnect
this RIO cable end to RIO port 0.
6. Verify that primary I/O drawer RIO port 0 is connected to the CEC drawer RIO port
0.
7. Turn the power on to boot standalone diagnostics from CD.
NO Go to “Step 1540-17” on page 133
YES The RIO cable that was removed in step 3 above is defective. Replace the
RIO cable. Connect the new RIO cable from CEC drawer RIO port 1 to the
primary I/O drawer RIO port 1. Reconfigure the system to its original condition.
Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries

Step 1540-41
system).
3. Replace the remaining parts (listed below) in this drawer, one at a time.
a. RIO bus adapter, location: U0.x-P1.1
b. Secondary I/O drawer backplane, location: U0.x-P1
system).
5. Turn the power on.
NO Replace the next part in the list and return to the beginning of this step.
Continue repeating this process until a part causes the Please define the
System Console screen to be displayed and all attached devices and adapters
to be listed
If you have replaced all the items listed above and the Please define the
System Console screen does not display or all attached devices and adapters
are not listed, check any external devices and cabling. If you do not find a
problem, contact your next level of support for assistance.
YES The last item that was replaced in step 3 above was defective. Reconfigure the
system to its original condition. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
Systems.
146 Service Guide

Chapter 4. Checkpoints
Checkpoints display on the primary I/O drawer operator panel while the system is
powering on and going through the initial program load (IPL). This chapter explains the
IPL flow of the system and provides a table that lists checkpoints that you might see in
the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
IPL Flow
The IPL process starts when ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is connected
to the system. The IPL process has four phases:
v Phase 1: Service Processor Initialization
Phase 1 starts when ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is connected to
the system and ends when OK is displayed in the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
8xxx checkpoints are displayed during this phase. Several 9xxx codes may also be
displayed. Service processor menus are available at the end of this phase by
pressing any key on the console keyboard.
v Phase 2: Hardware Initialization by the Service Processor
Phase 2 starts when system power up is initiated by pressing the power on button on
the primary I/O drawer operator panel. 9xxx checkpoints are displayed during this
time. 91FF, the last checkpoint in this phase, indicates the transition to Phase 3 is
taking place.
v Phase 3: System Firmware initialization
At Phase 3, a system processor takes over control and continues initializing system
resources. During this phase, checkpoints in the form Exxx are displayed. E105, the
last checkpoint in this phase, indicates that control is being passed to the AIX boot
program. Location codes may also be displayed in the second line of the primary I/O
drawer operator panel.
v Phase 4: AIX Boot
When AIX starts to boot, checkpoints in the form 0xxx are displayed. Location codes
may also be displayed in the second line of the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
This phase ends when the AIX login prompt appears on the AIX console. The
primary I/O drawer operator panel should be blank.
147
The following table outlines the IPL phases from power-on to the AIX login prompt,
matching the phases to corresponding operator-panel checkpoints for a typical system
boot. Also listed are the approximate boot times for each phase, along with their
dependencies for each phase.
Note: The following table lists the major checkpoints only.
Phase # Checkpoints on Time in phase Major contributors to time in phase

Operator Panel (minutes)
Phase 1 8xxx => OK Approx. 1

Phase 2 9xxx => 91FF 3 to 6 Number of I/O drawers
Phase 3 Exxx => E105 1 to 3 Number of bootable adapters
Phase 4 0xxx => blank 2 to 30+ Number of SSA drives
Number of SCSI drives
Number of Async sessions
Number of processors
Number of adapters
Amount of memory
148 Service Guide

Checkpoints enable users and service personnel to know what the server is doing, with
some detail, as it initializes. These checkpoints are not intended to be error indicators,
but in some cases a server could hang at one of the checkpoints without displaying an
8-character error code. It is for these hang conditions, only, that any action should be
taken with respect to checkpoints. The most appropriate action is included with each
checkpoint.
Before taking actions listed with a checkpoint, check for additional symptoms in the
service processor error log. See the “System Information Menu” on page 424 for
information on how to access the service processor error log.
Note: Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122 for any of the following
checkpoint conditions. If mentioned as an action, remember to run the System
Rack Minimum Configuration:
v A four-digit code in the range of 8xxx through EFFF not listed in the
checkpoint tables.
v A four-digit code is in the checkpoint tables, but does not contain a repair
action or FRU listing.
v All of the FRUs listed in the repair action have been replaced and the problem
has not been corrected.
Checkpoints listed in the following tables are in the format 8xxx, 9xxx, Axxx,
Bxxx, or Exxx, where x is any hexadecimal digit from 1-9 or A-F. If your system
hangs with a displayed checkpoint that begins with anything other than 8, 9, A,
B, or E, go to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
Use the following table to determine where to find the checkpoint.
Symptom Action
You have a code that is of the form 8xxx, 9xxx, Go to “Service Processor Checkpoints” on
Axxx, or Bxxx. page 150.
You have a code of the form Exxx. Go to “Firmware Checkpoints” on page 156.
You have a four-character code that is not of Refer to the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
the form 8xxx, 9xxx, Axxx, Bxxx, or Exxx. Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems
manual.
Chapter 4. Checkpoints 149

Service Processor Checkpoints
Service processor checkpoints are in the range 8xxx to Bxxx. OK in the primary I/O
drawer’s operator panel indicates successful service processor testing and initialization.
Firmware checkpoints are listed in “Firmware Checkpoints” on page 156.
Note: A spinning (or twirling) slash will be shown in the upper-right corner of the
operator panel display while some checkpoints are being displayed. If the slash
stops spinning, a hang condition is indicated.
Table 1. Service Processor Checkpoints

Checkpoint Description Action/
Possible Failing FRU
8000 Test of the service processor DRAM See note 1 on page 154
8004 Verify base code checksum See note 1 on page 154
8008 Verify base code mirror checksum See note 1 on page 154
8009 Set NVRAM configuration in TITAN See note 1 on page 154
800F Start base code See note 1 on page 154
8010 Start supervisor in base code See note 1 on page 154
8012 Initialize hardware interrupts See note 1 on page 154
8014 Allocate and initialize area in DRAM See note 1 on page 154
8016 Initialize debugger and build VPD See note 1 on page 154
8018 Initialize service processor interfaces See note 1 on page 154
801A Initialize external FLASH load See note 1 on page 154
801B Initialize and test ISA hub chip See note 1 on page 154
801C Initialize and test SUPER I/O chip See note 1 on page 154
801F Initialize diskette, verify VDASD and See note 1 on page 154
start operational loader
809x Related to recovery mode system See note 3 on page 154
firmware update from diskette
8092 Diskette initialization during recovery See note 3 on page 154
mode system firmware update
8098 Firmware image being read during See note 3 on page 154
recovery mode system firmware
update
809C Firmware image being written during See note 3 on page 154
recovery mode system firmware
update
809F Diskette error during recovery mode See note 3 on page 154
system firmware update
8100 Start operational loader See note 1 on page 154
81xx Load code into DRAM from VDASD See note 1 on page 154
(where xx = number of loads)
150 Service Guide

Table 1. Service Processor Checkpoints (continued)
81FE Load service processor operating See note 1 on page 154
system
81FF Start service processor operating See note 1 on page 154
system
9000 Primary service processor task See note 1 on page 154
initializing
9009 System processor IPL has started See note 1 on page 154
9010 Primary service processor thread See note 1 on page 154
waiting for response
9020 Service processor state set to See note 1 on page 154
pre-standby
9021 Service processor state set to standby See note 1 on page 154
9022 Service processor state set to IPL See note 1 on page 154
9030 Waiting for secondary thread See note 1 on page 154
acknowledge
9033 I/O base initialization See note 1 on page 154
9034 I2C initialization See note 1 on page 154
9035 ISA initialization See note 1 on page 154
9036 Mailbox initialization See note 1 on page 154
9037 SLLA initialization (VPD) See note 1 on page 154
9038 NVRAM initialization See note 1 on page 154
9039 Serial port initialization See note 1 on page 154
903A Serial I/O initialization See note 1 on page 154
903B SPCN initialization See note 1 on page 154
9051 End of reset/reload operation: service See note 1 on page 154
processor dump has completed
9060 Checking/configuring modem on serial See note 4 on page 154
port 1
9061 Checking/configuring modem on serial See note 4 on page 154
port 2
906A Create mailbox processing thread See note 1 on page 154
906B Create menu interface thread See note 1 on page 154
906C Create general thread See note 1 on page 154
906D Create SPCN thread See note 1 on page 154
9080 Start VPD collection program See note 1 on page 154
9081 Start SC VPD data collection See note 1 on page 154
9082 I2C/SPCN VPD data collection See note 1 on page 154
9083 End SC VPD data collection See note 1 on page 154

9084 End I2C VPD data collection See note 1 on page 154
90FD Waiting for IBIST to complete See note 1 on page 154
9101 Create CEC box See note 1 on page 154
9102 Open load source See note 1 on page 154
9103 Verify open status of load source See note 1 on page 154
9104 Load IPL LIDs See note 1 on page 154
9105 System flush See note 1 on page 154
9106 Scan interface BATs See note 1 on page 154
9107 ABIST See note 1 on page 154
9108 LBIST See note 1 on page 154
9109 LBIST See note 1 on page 154
910A Configure and initialize processors See note 1 on page 154
910B Configure main storage (system See note 1 on page 154
memory)
910C Initialize main storage (system See note 1 on page 154
memory)
910D Configure and initialize I/O See note 1 on page 154
910E Test main storage (system memory) See note 1 on page 154
910F Free IPL LIDS See note 1 on page 154
9110 Load runtime LIDS See note 1 on page 154
9111 Load dump LIDS See note 1 on page 154
9112 Enable attention See note 1 on page 154
9113 Enable function 22 See note 1 on page 154
9114 Load system IPL program See note 1 on page 154
9115 Load system data areas See note 1 on page 154
(NACA/PACA)
9116 Start system IPL program See note 1 on page 154
9118 Waiting for VPD collection to complete See note 1 on page 154
9184 Firmware image being loaded into 1. Remove, then reapply power to the
service processor’s control storage system. If the service processor
during firmware update enters recovery mode, (indicated
by A1FD 0000 in the display),
attempt to update the firmware
again in recovery mode. If the
service processor comes up to the
OK prompt, try again to update the
firmware using the service
processor menus.
2. Call service support
152 Service Guide

91FF Control being handed to system See note 2 on page 154
processor from service processor
9380 Built-in-self-test (BIST) See note 2 on page 154
94B0 Wire test faulty driver status refcode See note 2 on page 154
94B1 Wire test shorted net status refcode See note 2 on page 154
94B2 Wire test L2 cache status refcode See note 2 on page 154
94BB Wire test status SRC refcode See note 2 on page 154
9501 Main storage initialization See note 2 on page 154
9502 Main storage L3 cache march test See note 2 on page 154
9503 Main storage L3 connections test See note 2 on page 154
9504 Main storage L3 cache march test See note 2 on page 154
9505 MS extra testing (RIO, etc.) See note 2 on page 154
9506 MS cleanup See note 2 on page 154
99FD Service processor receiving firmware See note 1 on page 154
update module
99FF Service processor writing firmware See note 1 on page 154
update module
A800 Start service processor dump process See note 1 on page 154
A801 Start dump to debug port See note 1 on page 154
A802 Start dump to debug port See note 1 on page 154
A803 NVRAM not usable See note 1 on page 154
A804 NVRAM dump done See note 1 on page 154
A805 Start dump to flash See note 1 on page 154
A806 Flash dump area done See note 1 on page 154
A807 Flash area not usable See note 1 on page 154
A808 Flash error log to debug port See note 1 on page 154
A809 Flash erase start See note 1 on page 154
A80A Flash erase end See note 1 on page 154
A80B Reserved; not used See note 1 on page 154
A80C Reserved; not used See note 1 on page 154
A80D Reserved; not used See note 1 on page 154
A80E Reserved; not used See note 1 on page 154
A80F Service processor dump done See note 1 on page 154
B00B Firmware delaying to determine if 1. Remove, then reapply power to the
MOPs error is the result of power system.
disturbance. After delay, SPCN is 2. Call service support.
queried for CEC power status.

B0F5 Delayed power-off sequence has See note 1
begun
B0FA Delayed power-off acknowledged See note 1
B0FF Power-off requested program See note 1
executing
Notes:
1. If the system fails to progress after this checkpoint is put in the display, do the
following:
a. Activate the service processor pinhole reset switch on the system’s operator
panel.
b. If the hang repeats, check with service support to see if there is a firmware
update that fixes the problem.
c. If not, or the update does not fix the problem, change the primary I/O backplane.
d. If this procedure does not fix the problem, call service support.
2. If the system fails to progress after this checkpoint is put in the display, do the
following:
panel.
c. If not, or the update does not fix the problem, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
3. Recovery mode flash update has failed. Do the following:
panel and try the recovery mode flash update again.
b. If the system hangs again, make a new set of firmware update diskettes, using
new, blank diskettes. Retry the flash update with the new diskettes.
c. If the same hang occurs with the new diskettes, replace the following FRUs one
at a time in this order:
1) Diskette drive
2) I/O backplane in the primary I/O drawer
4. The service processor was unable to configure the modem(s) attached to the serial
port(s). Do the following:
a. Check the modem, modem cable, and serial port for loose or unconnected
cables. Reset the service processor using the pinhole reset switch on the
primary I/O drawer operator panel.
c. If there is not, or the update does not fix the problem, replace the following
FRUs one at a time in this order:
1) Modem cable
154 Service Guide

2) Modem
3) I/O backplane in the primary I/O drawer

Firmware Checkpoints
System firmware uses checkpoints (progress codes) in the range of Exxx to EFFF.
These checkpoints occur during system startup and can be useful in diagnosing certain
problems. Service processor checkpoints are listed in “Service Processor Checkpoints”
on page 150.
Attention: If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not
corrected, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122 unless otherwise
indicated in the tables.
If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected, go to ″MAP
0410: Repair Checkout″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information
Note:
Firmware can hang due to multiple causes. In many cases, it can be caused by
the primary processor or a memory problem in the first 64 MB of real memory. If
a location code is not provided with the checkpoint, the following procedure will
use the primary processor and low memory as the probable FRUs.
1. If firmware is hung (E100 through EFFF) and a location code is displayed on
the second line of the operator panel, use that location code as the primary
FRU.
2. If no location code is present or if replacing the primary FRU indicated in the
location code did not fix the problem, then perform the following actions:
a. Power off the system and go to the service processor menus.
b. From the service processor main menu, select option 3, System
Information Menu, then select option 5, Read NVRAM.
c. Enter 330 when prompted for an address.
d. Look at the byte of data at address 330. If the value is FF, go to note 3. If
the value is 00-0F, replace the processor card, location: U1.1-P1-C1.
Attempt to reboot the system. If the system hangs at the same
checkpoint, go to 3. If the system hangs at a new checkpoint, perform the
actions associated with the new checkpoint.
3. Power off the system. From the service processor main menu, select option
3, System Information Menu, then option 8, Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu. Identify the first configured memory
riser card and octal of DIMMs. Replace the first octal of DIMMs.
4. If replacing the first octal of configured DIMMs does not fix the problem,
replace the memory riser card. If the problem is still not fixed, go to “MAP
1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122
156 Service Guide

Table 2. Firmware Checkpoints
E100 Reserved See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E101 Create RTAS See the note on page See the note on page “Note” on
node page 149.
E102 Load/Init RTAS See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E105 Transfer control to operating system See “Boot Problems and Concerns” on
(normal boot). page 167.
E10A Load RTAS device tree See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E10B Set RTAS device properties See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E122 RTAS sensor on page setup complete See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E130 Build device tree See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E134 Create memory node See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E137 Create openprom node See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E138 Create options node See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E139 Create node aliases and system See the note on page “Note” on
aliases page 149.
E13A Create packages node See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E140 Operating system load See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E149 Create boot mgr node See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E14C Create terminal-emulator node See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.
E14D Loading boot image See “Boot Problems and Concerns” on
page 167.
E14F NVRAM initialization See the note on page “Note” on
page 149.

Table 2. Firmware Checkpoints (continued)
E150 Create host (primary) PCI controller 1. If a location code is associated
node with the checkpoint, replace the
adapter identified by the location
code. See “Determining Location
Code” on page 172.
If a network adapter is replaced,
see “Replacing the Network
Adapter” on page 171.
2. Replace the drawer I/O backplane.
E151 Probing primary PCI bus 1. If a location code is associated
with the checkpoint, replace the
FRU identified by the location
code. See “Determining Location
Code” on page 172.
If a network adapter is replaced,
see “Replacing the Network
Adapter” on page 171.
2. Replace the drawer I/O backplane.
E152 Probing for adapter FCODE, evaluate Follow the repair action listed for
if present checkpoint E151.
E153 End adapter FCODE, probe/evaluate See “Note” on page 149.
E154 Create PCI bridge node Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E155 Probing PCI bridge secondary bus Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E156 Create PCI ethernet node Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E15A Create 64-bit host (primary) PCI See “Note” on page 156.
controller node
E15B Transferring control to operating See “Boot Problems and Concerns” on
system (service mode boot) page 167.
E15C Probe primary 64-bit PCI bus See “Note” on page 156.
E15D Create host PCI controller node See “Note” on page 156.
E15F Adapter VPD probe Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E162 SP node VPD creation See “Note” on page 156.
E163 Create CPU VPD See “Note” on page 156.
E165 Create planar-clock VPD See “Note” on page 156.
E166 Create CEC VPD See “Note” on page 156.
E167 Collect power cards VPD. See “Note” on page 156.
E170 Start of PCI bus probe Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
158 Service Guide

E172 First pass PCI device probe Follow the repair action listed for
checkpoint E151.
E174 Establishing host connection If the system is not connected to an
active network or if the target server is
inaccessible (this can also result from
incorrect IP parameters being
supplied), the system will still attempt
to boot. Because time-out durations
are necessarily long to accommodate
retries, the system may appear to be
hung.
Restart the system and access the

Firmware SMS utilities. In the utilities
check:
v Is the intended boot device correctly
specified in the boot list?
v Are the IP parameters correct?
v Verify the network connection
(network could be down).
v Have network administrator verify
the server configuration for this
client.
v Attempt to “Ping” the target server
using the SMS “Ping” utility.
E175 BootP request Refer to checkpoint E174.
E176 TFTP file transfer See “Boot Problems and Concerns” on
page 167.
E177 Transfer failure due to TFTP error See “Boot Problems and Concerns” on
condition page 167.
E17B Processor clock speed check Primary I/O backplane.
measurement
See “Note” on page 149.
E180 Service processor command setup See “Note” on page 149.
E183 Service processor post See “Note” on page 149.
E186 Request PS1 VPD See “Note” on page 149.
E187 Add PS1 VPD to NVRAM and device See “Note” on page 149.
tree
E188 Request PS2 VPD See “Note” on page 149.
E189 Add PS2 VPD to NVRAM and device See “Note” on page 149.
tree
E18C VPD and data communications with See “Note” on page 149.
I/O planar complete
E190 Create ISA node See “Note” on page 149.
E191 Create ISA reserved node See “Note” on page 149.

E193 Initialize Super I/O See “Note” on page 149.
E196 Probe ISA bus See “Note” on page 149.
E199 Reboot after flash Try to boot system a second time. If
this does not work, replace the primary
I/O backplane.

E19B Create service processor node See “Note” on page 149.
E19C Create tablet node See “Note” on page 149.
E19D Create NVRAM node See “Note” on page 149.
E19E Real-time clock (RTC) initialization Refer to error code 28030xxx in
“Firmware/POST Error Codes” on
page 212.
E1AD See description of checkpoint E1DE See “Note” on page 149.
E1B0 Create lpt node See “Note” on page 149.
E1B1 Create serial node See “Note” on page 149.
E1B2 Create audio node See “Note” on page 149.
E1B3 Create 8042 node See “Note” on page 149.
E1B6 Probe for (ISA) keyboard See “Note” on page 149.
E1BD Probe for (ISA) mouse See “Note” on page 149.
E1BF Create pwr-mgmt node See “Note” on page 149.
E1C4 Build ISA timer chip node See “Note” on page 149.
E1C5 Create ISA interrupt controller (pic) See “Note” on page 149.
node
E1C6 Create DMA node See “Note” on page 149.
E1D0 Create PCI SCSI node Perform Repair actions from
checkpoint E156.
E1D3 Create SCSI block device node (SD) Perform Repair actions from
checkpoint E156.
E1D4 Create SCSI byte device node (ST) Perform Repair actions from
checkpoint E156.
E1DB Create floppy controller (FDC) node Replace the primary I/O backplane.
160 Service Guide

E1DC Dynamic console selection. If a console is attached but nothing is
displayed on it, follow the steps
associated with ″All display problems″
in the Entry MAP.
If selection screen(s) can be seen on

the terminals and the appropriate key
on the input device associated with the
desired display or terminal is pressed,
within 60 seconds, but there is no
response to the keystroke:
v If selecting the console with a
keyboard attached to the system,
replace the keyboard. If replacing
the keyboard does not fix the
problem, replace the primary I/O
backplane.
v If selecting the console with an
ASCII terminal, suspect the ASCII
terminal. Use the problem
determination procedures for the
terminal. Replace the primary I/O
backplane if these procedures do
not reveal a problem.
Note: Terminal settings should be
set to:
– 9600 Baud
– No Parity
– 8 Data bits
– 1 Stop bit
E1DE Alternating pattern of E1DE and E1AD See “Note” on page 149.
is used to indicate a Default Catch
condition before the firmware
″checkpoint″ word is available.
E1DF Create diskette drive (disk) node See “Note” on page 149.
E1F0 Start O.B.E. See “Note” on page 149.
E1F1 Begin selftest sequence on boot See “Note” on page 149.
device(s). Begin SMS.
E1F2 Power-on password prompt. Prompt should be visible on the
system console.
If a console is attached but nothing is

displayed on it, go to the “Entry MAP”
on page 81 with the symptom ″All
display problems.″

E1F3 Privileged-access password prompt Prompt should be visible on the
system console.
If a console is attached but nothing is

displayed on it, go to the “Entry MAP”
on page 81 with the symptom ″All
display problems.″
E1F5 Build boot device list See “Note” on page 149.
E1F6 Determine boot device sequence See “Note” on page 149.
E1F7 No boot image located Follow the repair actions listed for
error code 20EE000B.
E1FB Scan SCSI bus for attached devices If a location code is available, follow
the repair actions listed for error code
21A000XX.
162 Service Guide

E1FD The operator panel will alternate Checkpoint E1FD indicates that an
between the code E1FD and another error has occurred during system
Exxx code, where Exxx is the point at startup. The display alternates
which the error occurred. between E1FD and another
checkpoint, Exxx, where the error
occurred. Check the list of checkpoints
for Exxx. If the description for that
checkpoint does not resolve the
problem, return here for more
instruction.
Checkpoint E1FD may be displayed

when an adapter or peripheral is
malfunctioning. To find which device is
most likely to have caused the error,
follow these steps.
1. Check the ″progress codes from
last boot″ in the service
processor’s Information menu.
Look for the last location code that
was displayed before the E1FD
error code.
2. The device pointed to by this
location is suspect.
3. If the progress code listing only
contains the E1FD and Exxx
checkpoints, restart the system
and power off when the E1FD and
Exxx codes are displayed. Repeat
step 1.
4. Try removing the suspect device (if
it is not integrated). Remove power
from the system before changing
the hardware configuration.
5. Restart the system. If it now boots
normally, without stopping at
checkpoint E1FD, the device that
was removed in the previous step
should be replaced.
6. If the above steps have not
resolved the problem, go to “MAP
1540: Minimum Configuration” on
page 122.
E440 Validate NVRAM, initialize partitions as 1. Verify that the system firmware
needed levels are at the current release
levels. Update as necessary.
2. Replace primary I/O backplane if
problem persists.

E441 Generate/options node NVRAM 1. Verify that the system firmware
configuration variable properties levels are at the current release
problem persists.

E442 Validate NVRAM partitions 1. Verify that the system firmware
levels are at the current release
problem persists.

E443 Generate NVRAM configuration Suspect a system firmware problem if
variable dictionary words problem persists. Verify that the
system firmware is at current release
level. Update downlevel system
firmware.

E500 Configure remote I/O subsystem 1. Configure I/O subsystem.
2. The appearance of this code
indicates that the I/O subsystem
configuration has started or
progressed to the point where the
code can be displayed.
164 Service Guide

E5xy Configure remote I/O subsystem The E5xy (E511 to E5FF) codes are
(E511 - E5FF) components reserved for activities relating to
Where x is not equal to configuration or testing of the I/O
0, and y is not equal to subsystem, or remote I/O subsystem.
0. A hang at one of these codes implies
that a severe error occurred during the
programming of I/O subsystem
registers or when interacting with
adapters plugged into the system. The
last two digits in the checkpoint can be
used to help isolate the location of the
I/O activity that caused the problem.
“x” indicates the I/O drawer number.

“y” indicates the PCI bus occurrence.
If y =_, then the PCI bus is:

Y = PCI bus
1 = 0
2 = 1
3 = 2
4 = 3
See “AIX and Physical Location Code

Tables” in Chapter 1, for location
codes.
Using the information above, go to

“MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration”
on page 122.
E600 SSA PCI adapter open firmware has Replace the adapter. See “Determining
run successfully. Location Code” on page 172 for
location code information related to
this error.
E601 SSA PCI adapter BIST has started but Replace the adapter. See “Determining
failed to complete after four seconds. Location Code” on page 172 for
this error.
E602 SSA PCI adapter open firmware has Replace the adapter. See “Determining
started. Location Code” on page 172 for
this error.
E603 SSA PCI adapter BIST has completed Replace the adapter. See “Determining
with an error. Location Code” on page 172 for
this error.

E604 SSA PCI adapter BIST and Replace the adapter. See “Determining
subsequent POSTs have completed Location Code” on page 172 for
successfully. location code information related to
this error.
E605 SSA PCI adapter BIST has completed Replace the adapter. See “Determining
successfully but the subsequent Location Code” on page 172 for
POSTs have failed. location code information related to
this error.
E60E SSA PCI adapter open firmware about Replace the adapter. See “Determining
to exit (no stack corruption). Location Code” on page 172 for
this error.
E60F SSA PCI adapter open firmware has Replace the adapter. See “Determining
run unsuccessfully. Location Code” on page 172 for
this error.
E6FF SSA PCI adapter open firmware about Replace the adapter. See “Determining
to exit (with stack corruption). Location Code” on page 172 for
this error.
E700 Create system firmware VPD Replace the primary I/O drawer
backplane.
E701 Create memory VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E702 Create processor card VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E703 Create operator panel VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E704 Create CEC VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E705 Create clock card VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E706 Create RIO extender card VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E707 Create system VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E708 Create RIO to PCI adapter VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E709 Create VPD via SPCN. See “Note” on page 149.
E70A Create service processor VPD. See “Note” on page 149.
E8xx RTAS initialization problem. Call for support.
EAA1 Probe PCI-PCI bridge. Follow the repair actions for
checkpoint E151.
Note: If you receive a four-digit code in the range of E1xx to EFFF that is not listed in
the table above, go to “MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122.
166 Service Guide

Boot Problems and Concerns
Depending on the boot device, a checkpoint may be displayed on the operator panel for
an extended period of time while the boot image is retrieved from the device. This is
particularly true for tape and network boot attempts. If booting from CD-ROM or tape,
watch for activity on the drive’s LED indicator. A blinking LED indicates that the loading
of either the boot image or additional information required by the operating system
being booted is still in progress. If the checkpoint is displayed for an extended period of
time and the drive LED is not indicating any activity, there might be a problem loading
the boot image from the device.
Note: For network boot attempts, if the system is not connected to an active network or
if the target server is inaccessible (this can also result from incorrect IP
parameters being supplied), the system will still attempt to boot. Because
time-out durations are necessarily long to accommodate retries, the system may
appear to be hung.
This procedure assumes that a CD-ROM drive is connected to the internal SCSI
connector and a diagnostics CD-ROM is available.
Step 1
Restart the system and access the firmware SMS Main Menu. Select Multiboot.
1. If the intended boot device is correctly specified in the boot list:
a. Remove all removable media from devices in the boot list from which you do not
want to boot.
b. If attempting to boot from the network, go to “Step 2”.
c. If attempting to boot from a disk drive or CD-ROM, go to “Step 3” on page 168.
2. If the intended boot device is not correctly identified in the boot sequence, add it to
the boot sequence using the SMS menus. If the intended boot device cannot be
added to the boot sequence, go to “Step 3” on page 168.
3. Remove all removable media from devices in the boot list from which you do not
want to boot.
4. If attempting to boot from the network, go to “Step 2”.
5. If attempting to boot from a disk drive or CD-ROM, go to “Step 3” on page 168.
Step 2
If attempting to boot from the network:
1. Verify that IP parameters are correct.
2. Attempt to ″ping″ the target server using the SMS Ping utility. If the ping is not
successful, have the network administrator verify the server configuration for this
client.
3. Check with the network administrator to ensure that the network is up.
4. Check the network cabling to the adapter.
5. Turn the power off, then on and retry the boot operation.

Step 3
Try to boot and run standalone diagnostics against the system, particularly against the
intended boot device.
If diagnostics boot successfully:

1. Go to the Task Selection Menu and select Display Configuration and Resource List.
If the intended boot device is not listed, go to ″MAP 0290: Missing Resource
Problem Resolution″ in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information
2. If an SRN, not an 8-digit error code, is reported, go to the RS/6000 and Eserver
pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems manual.
3. If the diagnostics are successful, it may be necessary to perform an operating
system-specific recovery process, or reinstall the operating system.
If diagnostics do not boot successfully:

1. Verify proper SCSI bus termination.
2. Check SCSI cabling.
3. It is possible that another attached SCSI device is causing the problem. Do the
following:
a. Disconnect the signal and power cables from the disk drive cage backplane.
b. Disconnect the disk drive(s) in the disk drive cage from the backplane.
c. Disconnect the signal and power cables from any other SCSI devices attached
to the SCSI adapter that the CD-ROM drive is attached to.
d. Try to boot the standalone diagnostics again.
e. If you are still unable to load standalone diagnostics, go to “Step 4”.
f. If standalone diagnostics load, one of the disconnected devices is causing the
problem. Reconnect the devices one at a time and retry the boot operation until
the problem recurs and replace the device that caused the problem. (If the
problem appears to be one of the disk drives in the disk drive cage, be aware it
could be either the disk drive or the backplane.) Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair
Checkout″ in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.
Step 4
It is possible that another installed adapter is causing the problem. Do the following:
1. Remove all installed adapters except the one the CD-ROM drive is attached to and
the one used for the console.
2. Try to boot the standalone diagnostics again.
3. If unable to load standalone diagnostics, go to “Step 5” on page 169.
4. If standalone diagnostics load, reinstall adapters (and attached devices as
applicable) one at a time and retry the boot operation until the problem recurs. Then
replace the adapter or device that caused the problem. (The system board can also
cause the device or adapter to fail.) Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
168 Service Guide

Step 5
The CD-ROM drive, SCSI cable, SCSI adapter, graphics adapter, or the primary I/O
planar is most likely defective. A TTY terminal attached to the serial port also can be
used to determine if the graphics adapter is causing the problem. This is done by
removing the graphics adapter, attaching a TTY to the serial port, and retrying
standalone diagnostics. If the standalone diagnostics load, replace the graphics
adapter.
1. Replace the CD-ROM drive.
3. If the CD-ROM drive is attached to a SCSI adapter rather than the integrated SCSI
on the system board, replace the SCSI adapter.
4. Replace the primary I/O planar.
5. If you replaced the indicated FRUs and the problem is still not corrected, or the
above descriptions did not address your particular situation, go to “MAP 1540:
Minimum Configuration” on page 122.
6. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair Checkout″ in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
Information for Multiple Bus Systems

170 Service Guide
Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index
Attention: Start your activity in this chapter by going to “Checkpoint and Error Code
Index” on page 173. In this table, you may be asked to perform additional procedures
before looking up the actions for a 4-character checkpoint or 8-character error code.
The Error Code to FRU Index lists fault symptoms and possible causes. The most likely
cause is listed first. Use this index to help you decide which FRUs to replace when
servicing the system.
v If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not corrected, go to
“MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122 unless otherwise indicated in the
tables.
v If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected, go to ″MAP
0410: Repair Checkout″ in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
Note: Do not shut down the system if the FRU was replaced by hot swap.
Four-Character Checkpoints
Four-character progress codes and checkpoints in the form 8xxx, 9xxx, Axxx, Bxxx, and
Exxx are listed in “Firmware Checkpoints” on page 156. If you have a four-character
code that begins with any character other than 8, 9, A, B, or E, refer to the RS/6000
Replacing the Primary Drawer Operator Panel

Licensed programs frequently rely on system information that is stored in the VPD
module on the primary drawer’s operator panel. If the MAPs indicate that the operator
panel should be replaced, the pluggable VPD module must be swapped. If the old
module is defective, or cannot be recovered, contact service support.
Replacing the Network Adapter

If a network adapter is replaced, the network administrator must be notified so that the
client IP addresses used by the server can be updated. In addition, the operating
system configuration of the network controller may need to be changed in order to
enable system startup. Also check to ensure that any client or server that accesses this
system is updated.
171
Analyzing SPCN Errors on Secondary Drawers
The drawer number of a secondary I/O drawer (which displays in the operator panel in
the form U0.n, where n is the drawer number) does not change unless a repair action
or a configuration change has occurred. However, after a secondary I/O drawer has
been removed, added, or had its backplane replaced, there is a window of time during
the IPL process in which the drawer number may appear to be out of range. For
example, if there is one I/O drawer in the system and one is added, it may temporarily
be assigned a drawer number of 5 or greater. The drawer numbers are reallocated and
finalized during the latter stages of the boot process.
If a fatal SPCN error occurs while the drawer has a temporary number, the system halts
with an 8-character error code displayed in the form 10n1xxxx, where n is the drawer
number. To determine the error, if n is not equal to 1, substitute the number 2 for n,
then look up the error code in Chapter 5, “Error Code to FRU Index” on page 171.
Perform the indicated actions on the failing drawer.
If a nonfatal SPCN error occurs while the drawer has a temporary number, this
temporary number may appear as part of a location code in the service processor error
log or while running AIX diagnostics. If the nonfatal error became fatal or is the cause of
a fatal error, the drawer address will have been resolved and the original error log entry
can be ignored.
Isolating the I/O Drawer Failure

The primary I/O drawer is drawer number 1, although it is not displayed on the operator
panel.
To determine which I/O drawer is failing, you may find the attention LED on an I/O
drawer indicates a fault. Check the LEDs on the front of each I/O drawer to isolate
failures to a single drawer. See “Primary I/O Drawer Operator Panel” on page 22 and
“Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel” on page 22 for the location and meaning of the
LEDs on the I/O drawer operator panels.
Determining Location Code

If you have an error code in the form 2xxx xxxx or Exxx, and no location code
associated with it, the location code may possibly be found in three places, depending
on the state of the system:
v If the system will boot into AIX, the location code will be reported when error log
analysis is run under AIX diagnostics.
v If the system will boot into the system management services (SMS) menus, the SMS
error log will contain the location code associated with the error code. See “Display
Error Log” on page 457.
v If the system halted when the error occurred, the error code and location can be
found in the LCD progress indicator log, which can be accessed using the service
processor menus. See “System Information Menu” on page 424, then select ″Read
Progress Indicator From Last System Boot″. Find the error code that directed you to
this note in the list, and the location code should be a part of the entry in the log.
172 Service Guide

Checkpoint and Error Code Index
The table below is an index to the checkpoints or error codes that you may receive to
help diagnose a failure. Locate the code you received and follow the instructions to
determine your next step.
Table 3. Checkpoint and Error Code Index

First 4 characters What You Should Do
of code
0000 xxxx Operator Panel Error Codes
Go to “Operator Panel Error Codes” on page 176 and follow the instructions
in the operator panel error code table.
1xxx xxxx System Power Control Network (SPCN) Error Codes
Go to “SPCN Error Codes” on page 177 and follow the instructions in the
SPCN error code table.
2xxx xxxx Firmware Error Codes
Go to “Firmware/POST Error Codes” on page 212 and follow the instructions

in the firmware error code table.
4xxx xxxx Service Processor Error Codes
1. Perform slow boot, see “Performing Slow Boot” on page 174.
2. If the error codes are 406x xxxx or 450x xxxx, and if their actions call
out memory DIMMs or cards containing memory DIMMs, go to
“Memory-Related Error Codes” on page 175. For all other error codes,
go to “Confirming Initial Error Code” on page 174.
3. Go to “Service Processor Error Codes” on page 233 and follow the
instructions in the Service Processor Error Codes table.
8xxx Service Processor Checkpoints
9xxx
Axxx Go to “Service Processor Checkpoints” on page 150 for more information on
Bxxx these checkpoints.
B006 xxxx Common Firmware Error Codes
B1xx xxxx 1. Go to “Common Firmware Error Codes” on page 389 and follow the
instructions in the Common Firmware Error Codes table.
2. Perform slow boot, see “Performing Slow Boot” on page 174.
3. Confirm this is the first error code that caused the failure as described in
“Confirming Initial Error Code” on page 174.
Exxx Firmware Checkpoints
Go to “Firmware Checkpoints” on page 156 for more information on these

checkpoints.
Mxxx xxxx Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes
Go to “Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes” on page 398 and

follow the instructions in the More General Error Code table.
Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index 173

Performing Slow Boot
On this system, the error code displayed in the operator panel may not indicate the root
cause of the problem. To fully analyze all of the available information, perform the
following steps before doing a hardware repair or replacement:
1. Record the 8-character error code (and location code if present) in operator panel.
2. Do a slow-mode boot to the SMS menus. This can be specified using the System
Power Control Menu on the service processor main menu. (A fast-mode boot skips
much of the built-in diagnostic testing.) A slow-mode boot may yield a new
8-character error code on the operator panel and new errors in the service
processor error log. If a new error code is reported, use it in subsequent steps to
continue problem analysis. If the system hangs with the same error code, continue
with the next step in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index. If no 8-character error
code is displayed on the operator panel, use the original error code and continue
with the next step in the Checkpoint and Error Code Index.
3. A slow boot in service mode should result in the Diagnostic Operating Instructions
panel being displayed.
4. Press Enter to continue to the Function Selection menu.
5. Enter option 5, ″Single User Mode.″
6. When prompted, enter the root password.
7. At the prompt, issue the shutdown -F command.
8. At this point, the service processor menus should be available to examine the
service processor error log.
Confirming Initial Error Code

The service processor may have recorded one or more symptoms in its error log. If the
system has attempted to boot since an error terminated normal operation, there may be
specific fault information in the service processor error log. Examine this error log
before proceeding (see “System Information Menu” on page 424).
In the service processor error log, the most recent error is at the top of the list and the
oldest error is at the bottom. Examine the time stamp associated with each error. (The
time stamps in the service processor error log reflect coordinated universal time (UTC),
which is also referred to as Greenwich mean time.)
On this system, the error code displayed in the operator panel may not be indicative of
the root cause of the problem. This is also true of the most recent error in the service
processor error log.
Find the error code in the service processor error log that directed you to this note. (If
the error code is not in the error log, perform the service actions for the error code that
was first reported.) Examine the time stamps to look for a group of failures that
happened within minutes prior to this error code. In this group, start at the error code
with the earliest time stamp. To get a list of possible FRUs, select the detail screen for
each error code and perform the listed repair actions. If the repair actions for an error
code are ineffective, continue to work upward through this group of error codes (which
is forward in time from the earliest time stamp to the latest) until the problem is fixed, or
you reach the error code that was first reported. If the system is still not fixed, go to
“MAP 1540: Minimum Configuration” on page 122.
174 Service Guide

Memory-Related Error Codes
You have been directed here because you have an 8-character error code that
indicates a problem with system memory. This section will help you isolate to the failing
FRU.
v If the location code or the service action calls out one DIMM, do the following:
1. Replace the memory DIMM.
2. Replace the memory group (pair, quad, or octal).
3. Replace the memory card.
v If more than one DIMM is called out, go to the service processor Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu to verify memory DIMMs state (see ″Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu″ on page 426 for more information) then do the
following:
1. From the Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu, select the card(s)
specified by the location code(s) of the failing DIMM(s). If the first character of the
error status of any DIMM is 1, 2, or 3 (but not 0 or 4), this is a suspect DIMM.
Record its location. See “System Information Menu” on page 424 for more
information on the error status of the DIMMs.
2. If only one DIMM was recorded in the previous step:
a. Replace the DIMM.
b. Replace the memory group (pair, quad, or octal).
c. Replace the memory card.
3. If more than one DIMM was recorded, and the DIMMs reside in more than one
group (pair, quad, or octal):
a. Replace the memory card.
b. Replace all of the failing DIMMs.
4. If more than one DIMM was recorded, and the DIMMs reside in one group (pair,
quad, or octal):
a. Replace all of the failing DIMMs.
b. Replace the memory card.
Boot the system to the SMS menus. Power off the system and go to the service
processor Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu to verify that all memory
DIMMs are in the configured state after the repair action. Go to ″MAP 0410: Repair
Checkout″ in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus
Systems.

Operator Panel Error Codes
in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Table 4. Operator Panel Error Codes

Error Code Description Action/
0000 1111 At power on, failure of power-good 1. Primary I/O backplane
signal from power supply Location: U0.1-P1
2. Primary I/O power supply
Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
0000 1112 At power off, failure of power-good 1. Primary I/O backplane
signal from power supply Location: U0.1-P1
Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
0000 1113 While power on, failure of 1. Primary I/O backplane
power-good signal from power supply Location: U0.1-P1
Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
0000 1114 Primary I/O drawer operator panel Information message
and service processor have been
reset after main power disturbance
0000 2222 Primary I/O drawer operator panel 1. If system cannot be powered off,
not communicating with service reset the service processor (by
processor the pinhole reset or by
disconnecting then reconnecting
power).
2. Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
0000 3333 SPCN communications error Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
0000 3334 I2C repeater error Primary I/O backplane
Location: UO.1-P1
0000 BBBB TOD battery malfunction TOD battery
Location: U0.1-P1-V3
176 Service Guide

SPCN Error Codes
Attention: If a power supply or fan is hot-swapped, wait five minutes, then recheck
the AIX error log. If the system has to be shut down to replace a power supply or fan,
reboot the system, wait five minutes after the AIX login prompt appears, then recheck
the AIX error log. If the detailed information for the most recent error with the same
identifier indicates that the original problem has not been fixed by performing the first
action in the action column, continue with the next action in the action column.
Table 5. SPCN Error Codes

1011 00AC ac loss or brownout detected Information message
1011 00EF Room emergency power off detected Information message
1011 1510 Power supply 1 power source failure 1. Check input power to power
supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
2. Primary I/O drawer power supply
1
Location: U0.1-V1
3. Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1511 Power supply 1 fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1512 Power supply 1 non-power fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1513 Power supply 1 domain fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1

Table 5. SPCN Error Codes (continued)
1011 1514 Power supply 1 cooling fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1516 Swapped power supply and cooling 1. Verify correct installation of power
unit supply and cooling unit
or Location: U0.1-V1
power supply 1 missing 2. Primary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.1-V1
1011 1520 Power supply 2 power source failure 1. Check input power to Power
Supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
2. Primary I/O drawer power supply
2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1521 Power supply 2 fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1522 Power supply 2 non-power fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1523 Power supply 2 domain fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1524 Power supply 2 cooling fault 1. Primary I/O drawer power supply
2
Location: U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1526 Power supply 2 missing I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
1011 1611 CEC regulator 1 fault Regulator card
1011 1612 CEC regulator 1 non-power fault Regulator card
1011 1613 CEC regulator 1 domain fault Regulator card
178 Service Guide

1011 1621 CEC regulator 2 fault Regulator card
1011 1622 CEC regulator 2 non-power fault Regulator card
1011 1623 CEC regulator 2 domain fault Regulator card
1011 1631 CEC regulator 3 fault RIO expander card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
1011 1632 CEC regulator 3 non-power fault 1. RIO expander card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1633 CEC regulator 3 domain fault RIO expander card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
1011 1910 Power supply 1 power source failure 1. Check input to power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
2. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1911 Power supply 1 fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1912 Power supply 1 non-power fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1913 Power supply 1 domain fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1914 Power supply 1 cooling fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 1
Location: U1.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1920 Power supply 2 power source failure 1. Check input power to Power
Supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
2. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1

1011 1921 Power supply 2 fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1922 Power supply 2 non-power fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1923 Power supply 2 domain fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1924 Power supply 2 cooling fault 1. CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1926 Power supply 2 missing CEC drawer power supply 2
Location: U1.1-V2
1011 1B01 Load fault on +12V 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.1-V1
2. If power supply U0.1-V2 present
(no cooling unit), use the power
supply you removed from
U0.1-V1 to replace U0.1-V2
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1B03 Load fault on +3.3V 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
180 Service Guide

1011 1B04 Load fault on -12V 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 1C01 Load fault on the +12V bus Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on
page 94.
1011 1C03 Load fault on the +3.3V bus Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on
page 94.
page 94.
page 94.
page 94.
page 94.
1011 1F00 Power system communication fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1

1011 1F01 Secondary serial number write failed 1. Check for system firmware
update
2. Call second level of support
1011 2600 Pgood fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2601 Pgood fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2602 CEC power domain fault 1. Check VS COMM and SPCN
connections
2. Reseat CEC drawer
3. Check input power to power
supplies
Locations: U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4. CEC power supplies
Locations: U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
5. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2603 Primary I/O drawer power domain 1. Check input power to power
fault supplies
Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
2. Check VS COMM and SPCN
connections
3. Reseat CEC drawer
4. Primary I/O drawer power
supplies
Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
5. I/O Drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2604 Power domain fault in CEC and See error codes 1011 2602 and 1011
primary I/O drawers 2603
1011 2610 Missing or unplugged memory Inspect system memory in the CEC
drawer for proper installation of
DIMMs and memory riser cards.
Location: U1.1
1011 2612 SPCN problem Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 2613 Power configuration fault 220V ac required
182 Service Guide

1011 3100 I2C controller fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3101 I2C bus 1 fault 1. Primary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3102 I2C bus 2 fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3104 I2C bus 4 fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3105 I2C bus 5 fault 1. Fan controller card
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
3. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 3113 RIO bus adapter fault Primary I/O drawer RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
1011 3114 PCI backplane fault Primary I/O PCI backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3115 Primary drawer operator panel fault Primary I/O drawer operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
1011 3116 Fan controller fault 1. Fan controller card
Location: U0.1-X2
Location: U0.1-P1
board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 3117 System power/cooling control fault I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 3118 System power control network fault I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 311C Thermal sensor fault 1. Primary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.1-L1
2. I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1

1011 7610 Slow I/O drawer fan 1 1. Fan 1
Location: U0.1-F1
2. Primary fan controller
Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7611 Missing I/O drawer fan 1 Fan 1
Location: U0.1-F1
Location: U0.1-F2
Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-F2
Location: U0.1-F3
Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-F3
Location: U0.1-F4
Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
Location: U0.1-F4
1011 7650 Slow I/O drawer fan 5 in I/O drawer 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
power supply 1 Location: U0.1-V1
Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7651 Missing I/O drawer fan 5 in I/O I/O drawer power supply 1
drawer power supply 1 Location: U0.1-V1
184 Service Guide

Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7661 Missing I/O drawer fan 6 I/O drawer power supply 2
Location: U0.1-V2
1011 7690 Slow I/O drawer fan 9 in cooling unit 1. Fan 9 (Cooling unit)
Location: U0.1-F9
Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
1011 7691 Missing I/O drawer fan 9 in cooling Fan 9 (cooling unit)
unit Location: U0.1-F9
1011 7710 Slow CEC fan 1 1. Fan 1
Location: U1.1-F1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 7711 Missing CEC fan 1 Fan 1
Location: U1.1-F1
Note: If the primary I/O drawer
planar has been replaced recently,
verify that the I/O type is set correctly
before changing this fan. For more
information on setting the I/O type,
see ″Power Control Network Utilities
Menu″ on page430.
1011 7720 Slow CEC fan 2 1. Fan 2
Location: U1.1-F2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 7721 Missing CEC fan 2 Fan 2
Location: U1.1-F2
1011 7731 Missing CEC fan 3 - invalid error on If this error code occurs, it indicates
this system that the I/O type of the primary I/O
drawer planar is not correct. For
more information on setting the I/O
type, see ″Power Control Network
Utilities Menu″ on page430.
1011 8400 VPD configuration problem Ignore all location codes.
Go to MAP 1540 and run CEC
minimum configuration.

1011 8401 VPD access problem Ignore all location codes.
1011 8402 VPD access problem Ignore all location codes.
1011 8403 VPD level mismatch Ignore all location codes.
1011 8404 PU 2 mismatch 1. Processor card
Location: U1.1-P1-C2
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 8409 Processor card VPD problem 1. Ensure that the processor card(s)
are the right type for the system
and that they are properly
installed.
2. CEC processor card
Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
1011 840A VPD +5 stuck high Ignore all location codes.
1011 840B VPD +5 stuck low Ignore all location codes.
1011 840C Memory DIMM misplugged Inspect system memory in the CEC
drawer for proper installation of
DIMMs and memory riser cards.
Location: U1.1
1011 840D I/O type mismatch 1. Check cabling
2. From the main service processor
menu, select the System
Information Menu, then select
the Power Control Network
Utilities Menu. Use option three
to set the I/O type to 84. Reboot
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
186 Service Guide

1011 840E SPCN default configuration loaded 1. Check cabling
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 840F I/O type not recognized 1. Check cabling
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 8413 Invalid processor 1 VPD Processor card
1011 8414 Invalid processor 2 VPD Processor card
1011 8423 No processor 1 VPD Processor card
1011 8424 No processor 2 VPD Processor card
1011 8430 V/S COMM cable not connected Check cabling
properly
1011 8431 Frame ID error 1. Check cabling
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 8441 Internal SPCN error in a drawer 1. Check the internal SPCN cables
in the CEC drawer Location: U1.1
2. Check the internal SPCN cables
in the I/O drawer Location: U0.x

1011 8450 The CEC processor(s) is (are) If a CEC processor or CEC regulator
incompatible with the CEC regulator was recently changed or if new
firmware was recently loaded, check
the part numbers or CCIN of the
CEC processors and CEC regulator.
CEC regulator
Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
1011 8A00 A different I/O drawer is connected to Informational only
the CEC
1011 9012 Invalid address 1. Check SPCN cabling
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9014 Invalid address mode Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
1011 9038 Node fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9039 Node fault Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9042 EEPROM failure Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9043 Download failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
1011 9046 QDS packet sequence error 1. Check for system firmware
update
1011 9047 QDS block sequence error 1. Check for system firmware
update
1011 9080 Undefined status code received Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 90F0 CEC drawer not present in 1. Check SPCN cabling
configuration table 2. Reset system and reboot
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9101 SPCN failed to respond to service Primary I/O backplane
processor in time Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9102 Permanent address assignment failed Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
188 Service Guide

1011 9103 Download initialize timeout Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9104 Download completion timeout Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9105 Load damaged timeout Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9109 Download failure Primary I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9111 Network too large for service 1. Check for system firmware
processor update
1011 9114 Firmware image corrupted 1. Reinstall system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
1011 9116 SPCN communication with operator 1. Primary I/O drawer operator
panel failure panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
1021 00AA System power control network Informational message
firmware update started (no error)
supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
2. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
3. Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1511 Power supply 1 fault 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1512 Power supply 1 non-power fault 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1513 Power supply 1 domain fault 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1514 Power supply 1 cooling fault 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1

unit or power supply 1 missing supply and cooling unit
Location: U0.2-V1
2. Primary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.2-V1
supply 2
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V2
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
2. If power supply U0.2-V2 is
present (no cooling unit), use the
power supply you removed from
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
190 Service Guide

Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 1B04 Load fault on -12V 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-V1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 2600 Pgood fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-P1

1021 2603 Secondary I/O drawer power domain 1. Check input power to power
fault supplies
Locations: U0.2-V1
U0.2-V2
2. I/O drawer power supplies
Locations: U0.2-V1
U0.2-V2
3. I/O Drawer Power Distribution
Board
Location: U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 2612 SPCN problem Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3100 I2C controller fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3101 I2C bus 1 fault 1. Secondary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3102 I2C bus 2 fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-X2
Location: U0.2-P1
board
Location: U0.2-X1
1021 3113 RIO bus adapter fault RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.2-P1.1
1021 3114 PCI backplane fault Secondary I/O PCI backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 3115 Operator panel fault Operator panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-X2
Location: U0.2-P1
board
Location: U0.2-X1
192 Service Guide

1021 3118 System power control network fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 311C Thermal sensor fault 1. Secondary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-F1
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F1
Location: U0.2-F2
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F2
Location: U0.2-F3
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F3
Location: U0.2-F4
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
Location: U0.2-F4

1021 7650 Slow I/O drawer fan 5 in power 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
supply 1 Location: U0.2-V1
2. Primary fan controller card
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
1021 7651 Missing I/O drawer fan 5 in power I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
1021 7690 Slow secondary I/O drawer fan 9 in 1. Fan 9 (cooling unit)
cooling unit Location: U0.2-F9
Location: U0.2-X2
board
Location: U0.2-X1
1021 7691 Missing secondary I/O drawer fan 9 Fan 9 (cooling unit)
in cooling unit Location: U0.2-F9
1021 8400 VPD configuration problem 1. Check for system firmware
update
1021 8401 VPD access problem 1. Check for system firmware
update
1021 840A VPD +5 stuck high Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 840B VPD +5 stuck low Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
194 Service Guide

the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the CEC
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
Note: Allow up to 30 minutes for this
update to take effect.
1021 9021 SPCN temporary internal error Information only
1021 9022 Secondary I/O drawer not present Check cabling
1021 9023 Secondary I/O drawer is present but Information only
off

1021 902D Secondary I/O drawer not present Information only
1021 9038 I/O drawer node fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9042 EEPROM failure Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
update
update
update
1021 9080 Undefined status code received Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 90F0 Drawer not present in configuration 1. Check SPCN cabling
table 2. Reset system and reboot
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 90F1 Drawer added to configuration table Information only
1021 9102 Permanent address assignment failed Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9109 Download failure Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9113 Firmware image corrupted Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 9116 SPCN communication with operator 1. Secondary I/O drawer operator
panel failure panel
Location: U0.2-L1
Location: U0.2-P1
1021 C62E Polling error 1. Check cabling
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
1031 00AA System power control network Information message
196 Service Guide

Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 1512 Power supply non-power fault 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 1513 Power supply domain fault 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
unit supply and cooling unit
or Location: U0.3-V1
power supply 1 missing 2. Primary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.3-V1
supply 2
Location: U0.3-V2
2. Secondary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.3-V2
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V2
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V2
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V2
Location: U0.3-P1

Location: U0.3-V2
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V2
1031 1B01 Load fault on +12 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 1B03 Load fault on +3.3 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 1B04 Load fault on -12 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 1B05 Load fault on 1.8 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
198 Service Guide

Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-V1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
fault supplies
Locations: U0.3-V1
U0.3-V2
Locations: U0.3-V1
U0.3-V2
Board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 3100 I2C controller fault 1. Secondary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.3-L1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1

Location: U0.3-X2
Location: U0.3-P1
board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-P1.1
1031 3114 PCI backplane fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 3115 Operator panel fault Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
Location: U0.3-L1
Location: U0.3-X2
Location: U0.3-P1
board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-P1
1031 311C Thermal sensor fault 1. Secondary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.3-L1
Location: U0.3-P1
Locaton: U0.3-F1
2. Fan controller card
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-F1
Locaton: U0.3-F2
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-F2
200 Service Guide

Locaton: U0.3-F3
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-F3
Locaton: U0.3-F4
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1
Location: U0.3-F4
1031 7650 Slow I/O drawer fan 5 in power 1. I/O drawer power supply 1
supply 1 Locaton: U0.3-V1
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1
power supply 2 Locaton: U0.3-V2
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1
1031 7690 Slow I/O drawer fan 9 in cooling unit 1. Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Locaton: U0.3-F9
Locaton: U0.3-X2
board
Location: U0.3-X1

update
update
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the CEC
Location: U0.3-P1
202 Service Guide

Location: U0.3-P1
off
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
update
update
update
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1

panel failure panel
Location: U0.3-L1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.3-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
1041 00AA System power control network Information message
Location: U.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-P1
unit or power supply 1 missing supply and cooling unit
Location: U0.4-V1
2. Primary I/O power supply 1
Location: U0.4-V1
supply 2
Location: U0.4-V2
2. Secondary I/O drawer power
supply 2
Location: U0.4-V2
Location: U0.4-P1
204 Service Guide

Locaton: U0.4-V2
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V2
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V2
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-V2
Locaton: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-V2
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1
1041 1B03 Load fault on +3.3 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1

1041 1B04 Load fault on -12 1. I/O drawer power supply
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-V1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
fault supplies
Locations: U0.4-V1
U0.4-V2
Locations: U0.4-V1
U0.4-V2
Board
Location: U0.4-X1
Location: U0.4-P1
206 Service Guide

Location: U0.4-P1
1041 3100 I2C controller fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.4-P1
1041 3101 I2C bus 1 fault 1. Secondary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.4-L1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-X2
Location: U0.4-P1
board
Location: U0.4-X1
Location: U0.4-P1.1
1041 3114 PCI backplane fault Secondary I/O backplane
Location: U0.4-P1
1041 3115 Operator panel fault Secondary I/O drawer operator panel
Location: U0.4-L1
1041 3116 Fan controller fault 1. Fan controller
Location: U0.4-X2
Location: U0.4-P1
board
Location: U0.4-X1
Location: U0.4-P1
1041 311C Thermal sensor fault 1. Secondary I/O operator panel
Location: U0.4-L1
Location: U0.4-P1
Locaton: U0.4-F1
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1

Location: U0.4-F1
Locaton: U0.4-F2
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1
Location: U0.4-F2
Locaton: U0.4-F3
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1
Location: U0.4-F3
Locaton: U0.4-F4
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1
Location: U0.4-F4
1041 7650 Slow I/O drawer fan 5 in power 1. Fan 5 I/O drawer power supply 1
supply 1 Locaton: U0.4-V1
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1
power supply 2 Locaton: U0.4-V2
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1
208 Service Guide

1041 7690 Slow I/O drawer fan 9 in cooling unit 1. Fan 9 (cooling unit)
Locaton: U0.4-F9
Locaton: U0.4-X2
board
Location: U0.4-X1
update
update
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the system.
Location: U0.1-P1

the system.
Location: U0.1-P1
the CEC
2. Secondary I/O Backplane
Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.2-P1
off
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
update
update
update
Location: U0.4-P1
210 Service Guide

Location: U0.2-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
panel failure panel
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.4-P1
Location: U0.1-P1

Firmware/POST Error Codes
in the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems.
Table 6. Firmware Error Codes.

2011 00xy I/O drawer Power Supply failure 1. Replace power supply “y” in I/O
drawer “x”.
If y=_, then the power supply is:
y = power supply
3 = Both power supplies
(I/O drawer)
2 = Reserved
1 = Reserved
See “AIX and Physical Location

Code Tables” in Chapter 1 for
location codes.
2. Check ac power source (dc
power source in a dc powered
system) to I/O drawer “x”.
location codes.
2022 0000 The I/O bus is running slowly 1. Check cabling
212 Service Guide

Table 6. Firmware Error Codes. (continued)
203w 0xyz Remote I/O (RIO) configuration This code indicates that an RIO
warning. configuration was detected that does
not result in complete loops. The
system continues to boot, however
performance or recovery capability
may be reduced. In some cases, the
problem may result in missing I/O.
Remote I/O drawers are connected in
loops. Use the letters w, y, and z in
the error code to isolate the location
of the open loop. Check RIO cables
for loose connections, and verify
power on the I/O drawers by the
presence of fan motion.Go to “MAP
1540: Minimum Configuration” on
page 122.
Note:
The following numbers may be used

to help isolate the failing component.
v w = loop number, this is either 0 or
1 in a system with 2 RIO loops.
v x = Always 0.
v y is either 1 or 2 on a system with
2 loops. y indicates the nearest
associated RIO port number on
the CEC drawer according to the
following table:
y = Nearest RIO Port
1 = 0
2 = 1
3 = 2
4 = 3
v z = B, indicates a missing return
line from the I/O drawer to the
CEC drawer.
v z = C, indicates a missing link
between two I/O drawers.
v z = E, indicates an I/O drawer was
found connected to RIO port 3 with
no return to the CEC drawer, and
no I/O drawer was found
connected to RIO port 2. In this
case, the I/O connected to RIO
port 3 is removed from the
configuration since the cause of
the error and the proper location of
the I/O cannot be determined.
20A8 0000 Insufficient information to boot. Verify the IP address.

20A8 0001 Client IP address is already in use by Change IP address.
other network device
20A8 0002 Cannot get gateway IP address Refer to Table 2 on page 157 using
code E174.
20A8 0003 Cannot get server hardware address Refer to Table 2 on page 157 using
code E174.
20A8 0004 Bootup failed Refer to Table 2 on page 157 using
code E175.
20A8 0005 File transmission (TFTP) failed. Check network connection, try again.
20A8 0006 Boot image too large Contact your next level of support for
assistance.
20D0 0xxx Unknown/unrecognized device
20D0 000F Selftest failed on device, no error Refer to “Determining Location Code”
and/or location code information on page 172 to see if a location
available code is available for the device the
error was reported against.
1. Replace device indicated by the
location code (if available).
2. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration” on page 122
20D0 0010 Selftest failed on device, can’t locate Contact your service support
package representative for assistance.
20D0 0011 Firmware RTAS attempt to allocate Contact your next level of support for
memory failed. assistance.
20E0 0xxx Security
20E0 0001 Privileged-access password entry The password has been entered
error. incorrectly. Retry installing the
password.
20E0 0004 Battery drained or needs replacement 1. Replace battery
2. Replace Primary I/O drawer
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20E0 0009 Invalid password entered - system The password has been entered
locked incorrectly 3 times.
Turn off, then turn on the system unit,

then enter the password correctly.
20EE 0xxx Informational
20EE 0003 IP parameter requires 3 dots ″.″ Enter valid IP parameter.
Example: 000.000.000.000
214 Service Guide

20EE 0004 Invalid IP parameter Enter valid IP parameter.
Example: 000.000.000.000
20EE 0005 Invalid IP parameter (>255) Enter valid IP parameter.
Example: 255.192.002.000
20EE 0006 No recognized SCSI adapter present This warning occurs when the
selected SMS function cannot locate
any SCSI adapter supported by the
function. If a supported SCSI adapter
is installed:
1. Replace SCSI adapter(s).
2. Replace the I/O drawer
backplane in drawer(s) containing
SCSI adapter(s).
20EE 0007 Keyboard not found 1. Plug in keyboard.
2. Replace primary I/O drawer
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20EE 0008 No configurable adapters were found This warning occurs when the remote
in the system by the remote IPL IPL menu in the SMS utilities cannot
menu in the SMS utilities locate any LAN adapters that are
supported by the remote IPL function.
If a supported device is installed:
1. Replace the device or adapter.
2. Replace the I/O drawer planar in
thedrawer(s) containing the
adapter.
20EE 0009 Unable to communicate with the Replace primary I/O drawer
service processor backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20EE 000B The system was not able to find an Go to “Boot Problems and Concerns”
operating system boot record on the on page 167.
devices listed in the boot list. This
can be caused by the wrong devices
being in the boot record, a problem
that prevents the system from
communicating with the device that
contains the boot record, or the boot
record being corrupted.

20EE 000C Pointer to the operating system not Values normally found in non-volatile
found in non-volatile storage. storage that point to the location of
an operating system were not found.
This can happen for two reasons;
either your installed operating system
does not support storing the values
or some event occurred that caused
the system to lose non-volatile
storage information (drainage or
replacement of the battery). If you
are running AIX, this information can
be reconstructed by running the
bootlist command specifying the
device that the operating system is
installed on. Refer to your AIX
documentation for the exact syntax
and usage of the bootlist command.
To boot the operating system so that

the above mentioned values can be
reconstructed, power the system
down and power it back up again.
This should cause the system to look
for the operating system in the
devices contained in the custom boot
list or in the default boot list,
depending on the condition of the
system. If this is not successful, use
the System Management Services
menus to modify the boot sequence
(also known as boot list) to include
devices that are known to contain a
copy of the operating system. For
example, select a hard disk known to
have a copy of the operating system
as the first and only device in the
boot sequence (boot list) and attempt
to boot again.
20FB 0xxx Permanent addressing to map SPCN
addresses to match RIO addresses.
Note: 20FB 0xxx error codes will
cause the system to hang.
20FB 0010 Failed to find the keyword offset of 1. Check RIO cable connections
SPCN configuration table in NVRAM 2. Clear NVRAM and retry
3. Check for system firmware
update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
216 Service Guide

20FB 0020 Invalid SPCN configuration table flag 1. Check RIO cable connections
before SPCN table update 2. Clear NVRAM and retry
update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20FB 0021 Invalid SPCN configuration table flag 1. Check RIO cable connections
after SPCN table update 2. Clear NVRAM and retry
update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20FB 0025 The number of I/O drawers reported 1. If there is an error indication in
by System Power Control Network any secondary I/O drawer
(SPCN) is not equal to the number of operator panel, follow the repair
I/O drawers reported by Remote I/O action for that error indication.
(RIO). 2. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration” on page 122 to
isolate the failing I/O drawer, then
to isolate the failure within that
drawer.
20FB 0030 Failure to read I/O drawer SPCN 1. Check RIO cable connections
address 2. Check for system firmware
update
Uninitialized--failed to read SPCN 3. Replace RIO card assembly
address 4. Replace I/O backplane if not
already replaced (location code
indicates which drawer)
update
Initialization in Process--SPCN 3. Replace RIO card assembly
initializing the VPD segments 4. Replace I/O backplane if not
update
Initialization Unsuccessful 3. Replace RIO card assembly
4. Replace I/O backplane if not

20FB 003A Failure to read I/O drawer SPCN 1. Check RIO cable connections
update
Invalid RIO or I/O drawer number. 3. Replace RIO card assembly
20FB 0040 Failed to match SPCN address to 1. Check RIO cable connections
SPCN node entry address. 2. Check for system firmware
update
3. Replace RIO card assembly
20FB 0050 CSP mailbox failed to update SPCN 1. Check RIO cable connections
configuration table. 2. Check for CSP firmware update
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
20FB 99xy The number of I/O drawers reported 1. Check RIO and SPCN cabling.
by RIO does not match the number 2. If there is an error code displayed
of I/O drawers reported by SPCN, by any of the secondary I/O
where x is the number of drawers drawers, perform the actions for
reported by RIO and y is the number that error code.
of drawers reported by SPCN. This 3. If there is no error code displayed
error code should cause the system by any of the secondary I/O
to hang. drawers, examine the service
processor error logs to obtain an
error code.
20FC 0xxx Retrieving power, package, cooling
VPD via SPCN for the CEC and I/O
drawers
20FC 0010 Failed to match RIO addressing with Replace I/O backplane if not already
SPCN node entry address. replaced (location code indicates
which drawer)
20FC 0020 Failed to retrieve power, package, 1. Check RIO cable connection
cooling VPD via SPCN for the 2. Check for CSP firmware update
corresponding drawer. Service 3. Replace corresponding I/O
processor mailbox failed to get VPD backplane (location code
backplane if not already replaced
Location: U0.1-P1
20FC 0021 Failed to retrieve power, package, 1. Check for CSP firmware update
cooling VPD via SPCN. Service 2. Replace primary I/O drawer
processor mailbox failed to get VPD backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
218 Service Guide

20FC 0030 Corrupted VPD format in the SPCN 1. Check for system firmware
configuration table. update
2. Replace the I/O drawer
backplane (location code
2100 0001 Unsupported SCSI bus mode Before replacing any system
components, refer to the notes in
error code 21A0 0xxx.
1. Disconnect the SCSI cable from
the SCSI controller the location
code identifies and reboot the
system.
2. If the error code persists, replace
the SCSI controller (or I/O planar
if SCSI controller is integrated).
3. Reconnect the SCSI cable
disconnected in step 1, and
remove all the SCSI devices
attached to the cable and reboot
the system.
the SCSI cable.
5. One at a time, reconnect the
SCSI devices disconnected in
step 3. If the error code returns,
replace the last SCSI device you
reconnected.
If all SCSI devices have been

reattached and the error code has
not been returned, there may have
been a bad connection. Go to ″MAP
0410: Repair Checkout″ in the
RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostic Information for Multiple
Bus Systems.

2100 0002 Unsupported SCSI bus mode - high Before eplacing any system
voltage differential components, refer to the notes in
system.
the system.
the SCSI cable.
reconnected.

Bus Systems.
220 Service Guide

2100 0004 Cannot determine SCSI bus mode Before eplacing any system
components, refer to the notes in
system.
the system.
the SCSI cable.
reconnected.

Bus Systems.
21A0 0xxx SCSI device errors Note: Before replacing any system
components:
1. Ensure that the controller and
each device on the SCSI bus is
assigned a unique SCSI ID.
2. Ensure SCSI bus is properly
terminated:
3. Ensure SCSI signal and power
cables are securely connected
and not damaged.
4. The location code information is
required to identify the ID of SCSI
device failures as well as to
indicate the location of the
controller to which the device is
attached. Check the system error
logs to determine the location
code information associated with
the error code.

21A0 0001 Test unit ready failed - hardware error Refer to the notes in error code
21A000xxx.
1. Replace the SCSI device.
3. Replace the SCSI controller.
21A0 0002 Test unit ready failed - sense data Refer to the notes in error code
available 21A000xxx.
1. Replace the media (removable
media devices).
2. Replace the SCSI device.
21A0 0003 Send diagnostic failed Refer to the notes in error code
21A000xxx.
Replace the SCSI device.
21A0 0004 Send diagnostic failed - devofl cmd Refer to the notes in error code
21A000xxx.
Replace the SCSI device.
21E0 0xxx SCSI tape Refer to 21A00xxx for a description
and repair action for the xxx value.
21ED 0xxx SCSI changer Refer to 21A00xxx for a description
21EE 0xxx Other SCSI device type Refer to 21A00xxx for a description
21F0 0xxx SCSI CD-ROM Refer to 21A00xxx for a description
21F2 0xxx SCSI read/write optical Refer to 21A00xxx for a description
2200 0001 PCI Ethernet BNC/RJ-45 or PCI Replace the Adapter
Ethernet AUI/RJ-45 adapter See note “Determining Location
internal wrap test failure Code” on page 172 for location code
information related to this error.
2200 1001 10/100 Mbps Ethernet PCI adapter Replace the Adapter
internal wrap test failure See “Determining Location Code” on
page 172 for location code
2201 0001 PCI auto LANstreamer token ring Replace the Adapter
adapter See “Determining Location Code” on
Adapter failed to complete hardware page 172 for location code
initialization. information related to this error.
2201 1001 PCI token ring adapter Replace the Adapter
Adapter failed to complete hardware See “Determining Location Code” on
initialization. page 172 for location code
222 Service Guide

25A0 0001 Cache L2 controller failure 1. Replace the processor card.
See “Determining Location Code”
on page 172 for processor card
location information.
2. Replace the CEC backplane.
Location: U1.1-P1.
25A1 0001 Cache L2 SRAM failure 1. Replace the processor card.
on page 172 for processor card
location information.
25A8 0xxx NVRAM problems Errors reported against NVRAM can
be caused by low battery voltage and
(more rarely) power outages that
occur during normal system usage.
With the exception of the 25A80000
error, these errors are warnings that
the NVRAM data content had to be
reestablished and do not require any
FRU replacement unless the error is
persistent. When one of these errors
occurs, any system customization (for
example, boot device list) information
has been lost, the system may need
to be reconfigured.
If the error is persistent, replace

primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
25A8 0000 Initialization failed, device test failed Refer to Action under error code
25A80xxx.
25A8 0001 Init-NVRAM invoked, all of NVRAM Refer to Action under error code
initialized 25A80xxx.
25A8 0002 Init-NVRAM invoked, some data Refer to Action under error code
partitions may have been preserved. 25A80xxx.
25A8 0011 Data corruption detected, all of Refer to Action under error code
NVRAM initialized 25A80xxx.
25A8 0012 Data corruption detected, some data Refer to Action under error code
partitions may have been preserved. 25A80xxx.
25A8 0100 NVRAM data validation check failed. Turn off, turn on system unit and
retry the operation before replacing
any system component.
Refer to Action under error code

25A80xxx.
25A8 0201 Unable to expand target partition - Refer to Action under error code
Saving configuration variable. 25A80xxx.

Writing error log entry. 25A80xxx.
Writing VPD data. 25A80xxx.
25A8 0210 Setenv/$Setenv parameter error - Refer to Action under error code
name contains a null character. 25A80xxx.
25A8 0211 Setenv/$Setenv parameter error - Refer to Action under error code
value contains a null character. 25A80xxx.
224 Service Guide

25A8 0998 NVRAMRC script evaluation error - Execution of a command line within
command line execution error the nvram configuration variable
“nvramrc” (script) resulted in a
“throw” being executed. This script
can be modified by the system
firmware SMS utilities, the operating
system, PCI adapter rom code or
utility, or an operator (via the open
firmware script editing command
“nvedit”). It may not be possible to
resolve the problem without a
detailed analysis of the nvram script,
the current system configuration, and
device tree contents.
1. The problem can be caused by a
SCSI adapter, whose SCSI bus
ID has been changed from the
default setting, no longer
appearing in the system. This can
be caused either by removing a
SCSI adapter, or a problem with
a SCSI adapter.
a. Select the SCSI ID utility from
the SMS menu(s).
1) Verify the list of SCSI
controllers/adapters. If the
list is not correct, suspect
a problem with the
adapter(s) installed but
not listed.
2) Select the option to Save
the configuration
information.
3) Restart the system.
b. If the problem persists, boot
the operating system and
verify the SCSI bus IDs of
any installed/available SCSI
controllers (change as
necessary), and restart the
system.
2. Contact your support
representative for further
assistance.
25A8 0999 NVRAMRC script evaluation error - This is a firmware debug environment
stack unbalanced on completion error. There is no user action or FRU
replacement for this error.

25Cy y001 Memory DIMM is not supported Replace unsupported memory
DIMM(s). Note that memory DIMM
are in groups, but you may only
receive an error for a single memory
DIMM. Verify that all memory DIMMs
in the group containing the specified
memory DIMM are of the same type.
yy describes the memory DIMM as

follows:
00 Unrecognized/Unsupported
memory DIMM
28 512 MB memory DIMM

78 1 GB memory DIMM
Notes:
1. Refer to “System Memory” on
page 24 for the memory DIMM
configuration rules. Memory
DIMMs must be replaced with a
supported type of memory DIMM,
and all memory DIMMs in a
group must be of the same size.
2. Check the system error logs to
determine the location code
associated with the error code.
Refer to the “Logical and Physical
Locations” on page 29 to locate
the memory DIMM and the rest of
its group.
226 Service Guide

25Cy y002 Memory DIMM failure If one memory DIMM is called out:
1. Replace the memory DIMM.
Refer to “Memory Riser Card and 2. Replace the entire octal that
Memory DIMM Locations” on page 20 contains the memory DIMM.
to determine the octal DIMMs. 3. Replace the memory riser card.
See “System Information Menu” on If more than one memory DIMM is

page 424 for more information on the called out, go to the ″Memory
error status of memory DIMMs. Configuration/Deconfiguration menu″,
which is under the ″System
Information Menu″ on the main
service processor menu:
1. From the memory
configuration/deconfiguration
menu, select the card(s) specified
by the location code(s) of the
failing memory DIMM(s). If the
first character of the error status
of any memory DIMM is 1, 2, or 3
(but not 0 or 4), this is a suspect
memory DIMM. Record its
location.
2. If only one DIMM was recorded in
step one:
a. Replace DIMM
b. Replace the entire octal that
contains the memory DIMM.
c. Replace the memory riser
card
3. If more than one DIMM was
recorded in step one and the
DIMMs reside in more than one
octal:
a. Replace the memory riser
card
b. Replace all failing DIMMs
4. If more than 1 DIMM was
recorded in step one and they
reside in one octal:
a. Replace all failing DIMMs
b. Replace the memory riser
card

2602 0001 Invalid PCI adapter vendor ID 1. Move adapter to another slot.
2. Check for available firmware
updates for adapter. Apply update
if available.
3. Run AIX diagnostics on adapter.
Replace if indicated.
4. Replace adapter.
updates. Apply if update
available.
6. Replace I/O drawer backplane
(See notes on Chapter 5, “Error
Code to FRU Index” on
page 171.)
2602 0002 Invalid PCI adapter device ID 1. Move adapter to another slot.
if available.
4. Replace adapter.
available.
6. Replace I/O drawer backplane.
page 171.)
2602 0003 Invalid PCI adapter class code 1. Move adapter to another slot.
if available.
4. Replace adapter.
available.
page 171.)
228 Service Guide

2602 0007 Failed to allocate bus resources to 1. Move adapter to another slot.
PCI adapter 2. Check for available firmware
if available.
4. Replace adapter.
available.
page 171.)
2680 0Axy MX-PCI bridge Bist failure The problem is associated with
bridge ″y″ in I/O drawer ″x.″
“x” indicates the I/O drawer
number.
location codes.
2680 0Cxx Machine check occurred 1. Replace the part identified by the
location code associated with this
error code.
2. If the location code associated
with this error code identifies an
adapter, and replacing the
adapter does not correct the
problem, replace the I/O drawer
planar.
See “Determining Location Code” on

2803 0xxx RTC errors

2803 0001 RTC not updating - RTC initialization Errors reported against the Rreal
required time clock can be caused by low
battery voltage and (more rarely)
power outages that occur during
normal system usage. These errors
are warnings that the real time clock
data content needs to be
re-established and do not require any
FRU replacement unless the error is
persistent. When one of these errors
occurs, the time and date information
has been lost.
To set/restore the time and date, use

the operating system facility.
If the error is persistent:

1. Replace the battery
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2803 0002 Bad time/date values 1. Set time and date
2. Refer to Action under error code
28030001.
2803 0003 RTC not updating - not correctable 1. Replace primary I/O drawer
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2803 0004 RTC operating mode parameters (eg. 1. Set time and date
data mode) changed 2. Refer to Action under error code
28030001.
2803 0005 RTC battery error 1. Replace the battery
Location: U0.1-P1-V3.
Note: Password, time, and date
need to be set.
2. Refer to Action under error code
28030001.
2900 0002 Keyboard/mouse controller failed Replace primary I/O drawer
self-test backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
29A0 0003 Keyboard not present/detected 1. Keyboard
2. Keyboard cable
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
230 Service Guide

29A0 0004 Keyboard stuck key detected 1. Keyboard
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
29B0 0004 Mouse not present/detected 1. Mouse
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2B2x xx11 Processor is manually disabled. Use the service processor menus to
re-enable the processor and reboot
the system.
2B20 0022 Processor is deconfigured by the 1. Replace the processor card at the
system. location specified in the error log.
on page 172 for location code
2. CEC backplane
Location: U1.1-P1
2B2x xx31 Processor is failing POST Replace the processor card at the
location specified in the error log.
2B20 0031 Processor is failing POST or is 1. If the processor is not enabled,
manually disabled. then use the service processor
menus to enable the processor.
Then reboot the system.
2. If the processor is failing POST,
then replace the processor card
at the location specified in the
error log.

2B20 0042 Unknown processor card Remove the unknown processor
card.
2BA0 0000 Service processor POST failure Replace primay I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0012 Service processor reports self test Replace primary I/O drawer
failure backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0013 Service processor reports bad If problem persists, replace primary
NVRAM CRC I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1

2BA0 0017 Service processor reports bad or low 1. Replace the battery
battery. Location: U0.1-P1-V3
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2BA0 0041 Service processor VPD is corrupted. Replace primary I/O drawer
backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
232 Service Guide

Service Processor Error Codes
Attention: Follow the procedure defined in “Checkpoint and Error Code Index” on
page 173. If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not
If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is corrected, go to ″MAP
0410: Repair Checkout″ in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for
Table 7. Service Processor Error Codes
4066 0001 Scan interface basic assurance tests CEC backplane
detected CEC backplane failure Location: U1.1-P1
4066 0003 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. Verify loose or defective JTAG
detected processor fault cable or connector.
2. All processors
U1.1-P1-C2
4066 0009 Scan interface basic assurance tests All memory
detected memory fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
4066 00A0 Scan interface basic assurance tests Update system firmware
detected CSP service processor Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
firmware fault
4066 00A1 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. Check for AIX updates
detected AIX or system firmware fault 2. Check for system firmware
updates
4066 00A2 Scan interface basic assurance tests Check for system firmware updates
detected service processor firmware Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
(processor runtime diagnostics) fault
4066 00A3 Scan interface basic assurance tests All pluggable memory
detected memory plugging fault
4066 00A4 Scan interface basic assurance tests Application software
detected application-caused fault
4066 00A5 Scan interface basic assurance tests Verify system components are
detected invalid system configuration supported and properly installed.

Table 7. Service Processor Error Codes (continued)
4066 00A6 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
detected no usable memory properly installed.
2. If more than one DIMM is called
out, go to the service processor
Memory
Configuration/Deconfiguration
Menu to verify memory DIMMs
state. See ″Memory
Menu″ on page 426 for more
information.
4066 00A7 Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
detected hardware problem Configuration” on page 122.
4066 00B0 Scan interface basic assurance tests RIO bus adapter
detected bus controller lock-unlock Location: U0.1-P1.1
failure
4066 00B1 Scan interface basic assurance tests RIO bus adapter
detected bus controller failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
4066 00B3 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. Clock card
detected clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
2. CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4066 00B7 Scan interface basic assurance tests This error code appears after the
detected insufficient hardware initial testing by the service processor
resources to continue IPL firmware on the CEC was completed
correctly, but a problem occurred
when the firmware tried to
communicate outside the CEC.
Suspect a problem with the RIO
interface, either cables or adapters.
4066 0200 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory riser card 1
detected memory riser card fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
4066 0201 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
detected memory DIMM fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1
234 Service Guide

4066 020D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal A, riser 1
detected memory DIMM group fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8
4066 020E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad A odd, riser 1
detected memory DIMM group fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4
4066 020F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad A even, riser 1
4066 021D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal B, riser 1
4066 021E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad B odd, riser 1
detected memory DIMM group pair A Location: U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4
fault
4066 021F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad B even, riser 1

4066 022D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal C, riser 1
4066 022E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad C odd, riser 1
detected memory DIMM group pair A Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4
fault
4066 022F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad C even, riser 1
4066 023D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal D, riser 1
4066 023E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad D odd, riser 1
4066 023F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad D even, riser 1
236 Service Guide

4066 02FF Scan interface basic assurance tests All memory on riser 1
detected memory on riser fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
Memory failure on riser card 1 that
cannot be automatically isolated. go
to “MAP 1540: Minimum
Configuration” on page 122 and run
CEC drawer minimum configuration
for further isolation.
4066 0300 Scan interface basic assurance tests Processor card
detected processor card fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
4066 0400 Scan interface basic assurance tests Processor card
4066 0500 Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory riser card 2
4066 050D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal A, riser 2
4066 050E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad A odd, riser 2
fault
4066 050F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad A even, riser 2

4066 051D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal B, riser 2
4066 051E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad B odd, riser 2
4066 051F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad B even, riser 2
4066 052D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal C, riser 2
4066 052E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad C odd, riser 2
fault
4066 052F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad C even, riser 2
238 Service Guide

4066 053D Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory octal D, riser 2
4066 053E Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad D odd, riser 2
4066 053F Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory quad D even, riser 2
4066 05FF Scan interface basic assurance tests Memory failure on riser card 2 that
detected memory on riser fault cannot be automatically isolated. go
4066 0600 Scan interface basic assurance tests CEC RIO bus adapter
detected CEC RIO bus adapter Location: U1.1-P1.1
4066 0601 Scan interface basic assurance tests CEC clock card
detected clock card fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
detected RIO port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4066 3121 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. RIO cable on port 0
detected RIO cable on port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1/Q1
Location: U1.1-P1.1

Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
detected RIO hub 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4066 31FF Scan interface basic assurance tests CEC RIO bus adapter
detected RIO port fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4066 3200 Scan interface basic assurance tests Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
detected primary I/O drawer fault Configuration” on page 122.
4066 3201 Scan interface basic assurance tests Primary I/O drawer backplane
detected primary I/O drawer Location: U0.1-P1
backplane fault
4066 3280 Scan interface basic assurance tests Primary RIO adapter
detected primary RIO adapter fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
4066 3281 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. Check RIO cable
detected primary RIO port 0 fault Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q1
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4066 3282 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4066 3283 Scan interface basic assurance tests RIO bus adapter
detected primary RIO ports fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
4066 3284 Scan interface basic assurance tests 1. RIO bus adapter
detected PCI controller PHB0 Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
detected PCI controller PHB1 fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
240 Service Guide

Location: U0.1-P1
4067 0001 6xx bus processor runtime CEC backplane
diagnostics detected CEC backplane Location: U1.1-P1
failure
4067 0003 6xx bus processor runtime All processors
diagnostics detected processor fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
4067 0009 6xx bus processor runtime All memory
diagnostics detected memory fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
4067 00A0 6xx bus processor runtime Update system firmware
diagnostics detected CSP service Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
processor firmware fault
4067 00A1 6xx bus processor runtime 1. Check for AIX updates
diagnostics detected AIX or system 2. Check for system firmware
firmware fault updates
4067 00A2 6xx bus processor runtime Check for system firmware updates
diagnostics detected service Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
processor firmware (processor
runtime diagnostics) fault
4067 00A3 6xx bus processor runtime All pluggable memory
diagnostics detected memory
plugging fault
4067 00A4 6xx bus processor runtime Application software
diagnostics detected application
caused fault
4067 00A5 6xx bus processor runtime Verify system components are
diagnostics detected invalid system supported and properly installed.
configuration
4067 00A6 6xx bus processor runtime 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
diagnostics detected no usable properly installed.
memory 2. If more than one DIMM is called
Memory
information.
4067 00A7 6xx bus processor runtime Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
diagnostics detected hardware Configuration” on page 122 run CEC
problem minimum configuration

4067 00B0 6xx bus processor runtime RIO bus adapter
diagnostics detected bus controller Location: U0.1-P1.1
lock-unlock failure
4067 00B1 6xx bus processor runtime RIO bus adapter
failure
4067 00B3 6xx bus processor runtime 1. Clock card
diagnostics detected clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4067 00B7 6xx bus processor runtime This error code appears after the
diagnostics detected insufficient initial testing by the service processor
hardware resources to continue IPL firmware on the CEC was completed
4067 0200 6xx bus processor runtime Memory riser card 1
diagnostics detected memory riser Location: U1.1-P1-M1
card fault
4067 0201 6xx bus processor runtime Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
diagnostics detected memory DIMM Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
242 Service Guide

4067 020D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal A, riser 1
diagnostics detected memory DIMM Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8
group fault
4067 020E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad A odd, riser 1
diagnostics detected memory DIMM Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4
group fault
4067 020F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad A even, riser 1
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4067 021D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal B, riser 1
group fault
4067 021E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad B odd, riser 1
group pair A fault
4067 021F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad B even, riser 1
group fault
fault

fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4067 022D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal C, riser 1
group fault
4067 022E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad C odd, riser 1
group pair A fault
4067 022F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad C even, riser 1
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
244 Service Guide

fault
fault
fault
4067 023D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal D, riser 1
group fault
4067 023E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad D odd, riser 1
group fault
4067 023F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad D even, riser 1
group fault
4067 02FF 6xx bus processor runtime All memory on riser 1
diagnostics detected memory on riser Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
fault Memory failure on riser card 1 that
4067 0300 6xx bus processor runtime Processor card
diagnostics detected processor card Location: U1.1-P1-C1
fault
4067 0400 6xx bus processor runtime Processor card
fault
4067 0500 6xx bus processor runtime Memory riser card 2
card fault
fault
fault
fault

fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4067 050D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal A, riser 2
group fault
4067 050E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad A odd, riser 2
group pair A fault
4067 050F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad A even, riser 2
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
246 Service Guide

fault
4067 051D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal B, riser 2
group fault
4067 051E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad B odd, riser 2
group fault
4067 051F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad B even, riser 2
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4067 052D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal C, riser 2
group fault
4067 052E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad C odd, riser 2
group pair A fault
4067 052F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad C even, riser 2
group fault

fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4067 053D 6xx bus processor runtime Memory octal D, riser 2
group fault
4067 053E 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad D odd, riser 2
group fault
4067 053F 6xx bus processor runtime Memory quad D even, riser 2
group fault
4067 05FF 6xx bus processor runtime Memory failure on riser card 2 that
diagnostics detected memory on riser cannot be automatically isolated. go
fault to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4067 0600 6xx bus processor runtime CEC RIO bus adapter
diagnostics detected CEC RIO bus Location: U1.1-P1.1
adapter
4067 0601 6xx bus processor runtime CEC clock card
diagnostics detected clock card fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
248 Service Guide

diagnostics detected RIO port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4067 3121 6xx bus processor runtime 1. RIO cable on port 0
diagnostics detected RIO cable on Location: U1.1-P1.1/Q1
port 0 fault 2. CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
diagnostics detected RIO hub 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4067 31FF 6xx bus processor runtime CEC RIO bus adapter
diagnostics detected RIO port fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4067 3200 6xx bus processor runtime Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
diagnostics detected primary I/O Configuration” on page 122.
drawer fault
4067 3201 6xx bus processor runtime Primary I/O drawer backplane
diagnostics detected primary I/O Location: U0.1-P1
drawer backplane fault
4067 3280 6xx bus processor runtime Primary RIO adapter
diagnostics detected primary RIO Location: U0.1-P1.1
adapter fault
4067 3281 6xx bus processor runtime 1. Check RIO cable
diagnostics detected primary RIO Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q1
port 0 fault 2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1

4067 3282 6xx bus processor runtime 1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4067 3283 6xx bus processor runtime RIO bus adapter
ports fault
4067 3284 6xx bus processor runtime 1. RIO bus adapter
diagnostics detected PCI controller Location: U0.1-P1.1
PHB0 2. Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
4068 0001 Other bus processor runtime CEC backplane
diagnostics detected CEC backplane Location: U1.1-P1
failure
4068 0003 Other bus processor runtime All processors
diagnostics detected processor fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
4068 0009 Other bus processor runtime All memory
diagnostics detected memory fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
4068 00A0 Other bus processor runtime Update system firmware
diagnostics detected CSP service Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
processor firmware fault
4068 00A1 Other bus processor runtime 1. Check for AIX updates
diagnostics detected AIX or system 2. Check for system firmware
firmware fault updates
4068 00A2 Other bus processor runtime Check for system firmware updates
diagnostics detected service Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
processor firmware (processor
4068 00A3 Other bus processor runtime All pluggable memory
diagnostics detected memory
plugging fault
4068 00A4 Other bus processor runtime Application software
diagnostics detected application
caused fault
250 Service Guide

4068 00A5 Other bus processor runtime Verify system components are
diagnostics detected invalid system supported and properly installed.
configuration
4068 00A6 Other bus processor runtime 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
diagnostics detected no usable properly installed.
memory 2. If more than one DIMM is called
Memory
information.
4068 00A7 Other bus processor runtime Go to minimum configuration and
diagnostics detected hardware also run CEC minimum configuration
problem
4068 00B0 Other bus processor runtime RIO bus adapter
lock-unlock failure
4068 00B1 Other bus processor runtime RIO bus adapter
failure
4068 00B3 Other bus processor runtime 1. Clock card
diagnostics detected clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4068 00B7 Other bus processor runtime This error code appears after the
diagnostics detected insufficient initial testing by the service processor
hardware resources to continue IPL firmware on the CEC was completed
4068 0200 Other bus processor runtime Memory riser card 1
card fault
4068 0201 Other bus processor runtime Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
fault
fault

fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4068 020D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal A, riser 1
group fault
4068 020E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad A odd, riser 1
group fault
4068 020F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad A even, riser 1
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
252 Service Guide

fault
fault
4068 021D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal B, riser 1
group fault
4068 021E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad B odd, riser 1
group pair A fault
4068 021F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad B even, riser 1
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4068 022D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal C, riser 1
group fault
4068 022E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad C odd, riser 1
group pair A fault

4068 022F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad C even, riser 1
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4068 023D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal D, riser 1
group fault
4068 023E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad D odd, riser 1
group fault
4068 023F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad D even, riser 1
group fault
4068 02FF Other bus processor runtime All memory on riser 1
diagnostics detected memory on riser Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
fault Memory failure on riser card 1 that
254 Service Guide

4068 0300 Other bus processor runtime Processor card
fault
4068 0400 Other bus processor runtime Processor card
fault
4068 0500 Other bus processor runtime Memory riser card 2
card fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4068 050D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal A, riser 2
group fault
4068 050E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad A odd, riser 2
group pair A fault
4068 050F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad A even, riser 2
group fault
fault

fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4068 051D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal B, riser 2
group fault
4068 051E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad B odd, riser 2
group fault
4068 051F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad B even, riser 2
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
256 Service Guide

fault
fault
fault
4068 052D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal C, riser 2
group fault
4068 052E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad C odd, riser 2
group pair A fault
4068 052F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad C even, riser 2
group fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
fault
4068 053D Other bus processor runtime Memory octal D, riser 2
group fault

4068 053E Other bus processor runtime Memory quad D odd, riser 2
group fault
4068 053F Other bus processor runtime Memory quad D even, riser 2
group fault
4068 05FF Other bus processor runtime Memory failure on riser card 2 that
diagnostics detected memory on riser cannot be automatically isolated. go
fault to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4068 0600 Other bus processor runtime CEC RIO bus adapter
diagnostics detected CEC RIO bus Location: U1.1-P1.1
adapter
4068 0601 Other bus processor runtime CEC clock card
diagnostics detected clock card fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
4068 3121 Other bus processor runtime 1. RIO cable on port 0
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
258 Service Guide

4068 31FF Other bus processor runtime CEC RIO bus adapter
diagnostics detected RIO port fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4068 3200 Other bus processor runtime Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
diagnostics detected primary I/O Configuration” on page 122.
drawer fault
4068 3201 Other bus processor runtime Primary I/O drawer backplane
diagnostics detected primary I/O Location: U0.1-P1
drawer backplane fault
4068 3280 Other bus processor runtime Primary RIO adapter
adapter fault
4068 3281 Other bus processor runtime 1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4068 3282 Other bus processor runtime 1. Check RIO cable
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4068 3283 Other bus processor runtime RIO bus adapter
ports fault
4068 3284 Other bus processor runtime 1. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
4069 0001 Memory test detected CEC CEC backplane
backplane failure Location: U1.1-P1
4069 0003 Memory test detected processor fault All processors
4069 0009 Memory test detected memory fault All memory
Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
4069 00A0 Memory test detected CSP service Update system firmware
processor firmware fault Location: U0.1-P1/Y1

4069 00A1 Memory test detected AIX or system 1. Check for AIX updates
firmware fault 2. Check for system firmware
updates
4069 00A2 Memory test detected service Check for system firmware updates
processor firmware (processor Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
4069 00A3 Memory test detected memory All pluggable memory
plugging fault
4069 00A4 Memory test detected application Application software
caused fault
4069 00A5 Memory test detected invalid system Verify system components are
configuration supported and properly installed.
4069 00A6 Memory test detected no usable 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
memory properly installed.
Memory
information.
4069 00A7 Memory test detected hardware Go to minimum configuration and
problem also run CEC minimum configuration
4069 00B0 Memory test detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
lock-unlock failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 00B1 Memory test detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 00B3 Memory test detected clock fault 1. Clock card
Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 00B7 Memory test detected insufficient This error code appears after the
hardware resources to continue IPL initial testing by the service processor
firmware on the CEC was completed
4069 0200 Memory test detected memory riser Memory riser card 1
card fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
4069 0201 Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1
260 Service Guide

4069 020D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 1
group fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8
4069 020E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 1
group fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4
4069 020F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 1
4069 021D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 1
4069 021E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 1
group pair A fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4
4069 021F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 1

4069 022D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 1
4069 022E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 1
group pair A fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4
4069 022F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 1
4069 023D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 1
4069 023E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 1
262 Service Guide

4069 023F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 1
4069 02FF Memory test detected memory on All memory on riser 1
riser fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
4069 0300 Memory test detected processor card Processor card
fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
4069 0400 Memory test detected processor card Processor card
4069 0500 Memory test detected memory riser Memory riser card 2
4069 050D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 2
4069 050E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 2
4069 050F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 2

4069 051D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 2
4069 051E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 2
4069 051F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 2
4069 052D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 2
4069 052E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 2
4069 052F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 2
264 Service Guide

4069 053D Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 2
4069 053E Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 2
4069 053F Memory test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 2
4069 05FF Memory test detected memory on Memory failure on riser card 2 that
riser fault cannot be automatically isolated. go
4069 0600 Memory test detected CEC RIO bus CEC RIO bus adapter
adapter Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 0601 Memory test detected clock card fault CEC clock card
4069 3101 Memory test detected RIO port 0 CEC RIO bus adapter
fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 3121 Memory test detected RIO cable on 1. RIO cable on port 0
port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1/Q1
Location: U1.1-P1.1

Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 3140 Memory test detected RIO hub 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 3141 Memory test detected RIO hub 1 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 31FF Memory test detected RIO port fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
4069 3200 Memory test detected primary I/O Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
drawer fault Configuration” on page 122.
4069 3201 Memory test detected primary I/O Primary I/O drawer backplane
drawer backplane fault Location: U0.1-P1
4069 3280 Memory test detected primary RIO Primary RIO adapter
adapter fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 3281 Memory test detected primary RIO 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 3282 Memory test detected primary RIO 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 3283 Memory test detected primary RIO RIO bus adapter
ports fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
4069 3284 Memory test detected PCI controller 1. RIO bus adapter
PHB0 Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
266 Service Guide

Location: U0.1-P1
406A 0001 Self test detected CEC backplane CEC backplane
failure Location: U1.1-P1
406A 0003 Self test detected processor fault All processors
406A 0009 Self test detected memory fault All memory
406A 00A0 Self test detected CSP service Update system firmware
406A 00A1 Self test detected AIX or system 1. Check for AIX updates
updates
406A 00A2 Self test detected service processor Check for system firmware updates
firmware (processor runtime Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
diagnostics) fault
406A 00A3 Self test detected memory plugging All pluggable memory
fault
406A 00A4 Self test detected application caused Application software
fault
406A 00A5 Self test detected invalid system Verify system components are
406A 00A6 Self test detected no usable memory 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
properly installed.
Memory
information.
406A 00A7 Self test detected hardware problem Go to minimum configuration and
also run CEC minimum configuration
406A 00B0 Self test detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
406A 00B1 Self test detected bus controller RIO bus adapter

406A 00B3 Self test detected clock fault 1. Clock card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406A 00B7 Self test detected insufficient This error code appears after the
406A 0200 Self test detected memory riser card Memory riser card 1
fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
406A 0201 Self test detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
406A 020D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 1
406A 020E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 1
406A 020F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 1
268 Service Guide

406A 021D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 1
406A 021E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 1
406A 021F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 1
406A 022D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 1
406A 022E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 1
406A 022F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 1

406A 023D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 1
406A 023E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 1
406A 023F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 1
406A 02FF Self test detected memory on riser All memory on riser 1
fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
406A 0300 Self test detected processor card Processor card
406A 0400 Self test detected processor card Processor card
406A 0500 Self test detected memory riser card Memory riser card 2
270 Service Guide

406A 050D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 2
406A 050E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 2
406A 050F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 2
406A 051D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 2
406A 051E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 2
406A 051F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 2

406A 052D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 2
406A 052E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 2
406A 052F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 2
406A 053D Self test detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 2
406A 053E Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 2
406A 053F Self test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 2
406A 05FF Self test detected memory on riser Memory failure on riser card 2 that
fault cannot be automatically isolated. go
272 Service Guide

406A 0600 Self test detected CEC RIO bus CEC RIO bus adapter
406A 0601 Self test detected clock card fault CEC clock card
406A 3101 Self test detected RIO port 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406A 3121 Self test detected RIO cable on port 1. RIO cable on port 0
0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1/Q1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406A 3140 Self test detected RIO hub 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406A 3141 Self test detected RIO hub 1 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406A 31FF Self test detected RIO port fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406A 3200 Self test detected primary I/O drawer Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault Configuration” on page 122.
406A 3201 Self test detected primary I/O drawer Primary I/O drawer backplane
backplane fault Location: U0.1-P1
406A 3280 Self test detected primary RIO Primary RIO adapter
406A 3281 Self test detected primary RIO port 0 1. Check RIO cable
fault Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q1
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1

406A 3282 Self test detected primary RIO port 1 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406A 3283 Self test detected primary RIO ports RIO bus adapter
406A 3284 Self test detected PCI controller 1. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
406B 0001 Wire test detected CEC backplane CEC backplane
406B 0003 Wire test detected processor fault All processors
406B 0009 Wire test detected memory fault All memory
406B 00A0 Wire test detected CSP service Update system firmware
406B 00A1 Wire test detected AIX or system 1. Check for AIX updates
updates
406B 00A2 Wire test detected service processor Check for system firmware updates
firmware (processor runtime Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
diagnostics) fault
406B 00A3 Wire test detected memory plugging All pluggable memory
fault
406B 00A4 Wire test detected application caused Application software
fault
406B 00A5 Wire test detected invalid system Verify system components are
274 Service Guide

406B 00A6 Wire test detected no usable memory 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
properly installed.
Memory
information.
406B 00A7 Wire test detected hardware problem Go to minimum configuration and
also run CEC minimum configuration
406B 00B0 Wire test detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
406B 00B1 Wire test detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
406B 00B3 Wire test detected clock fault 1. Clock card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406B 00B7 Wire test detected insufficient This error code appears after the
406B 0200 Wire test detected memory riser card Memory riser card 1
406B 0201 Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM 1, riser 1

406B 020D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 1
406B 020E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 1
406B 020F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 1
406B 021D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 1
406B 021E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 1
406B 021F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 1
276 Service Guide

406B 022D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 1
406B 022E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 1
406B 022F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 1
406B 023D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 1
406B 023E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 1
406B 023F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 1
406B 02FF Wire test detected memory on riser All memory on riser 1
406B 0300 Wire test detected processor card Processor card

406B 0400 Wire test detected processor card Processor card
406B 0500 Wire test detected memory riser card Memory riser card 2
406B 050D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 2
406B 050E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 2
406B 050F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 2
278 Service Guide

406B 051D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 2
406B 051E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 2
406B 051F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 2
406B 052D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 2
406B 052E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 2
406B 052F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 2

406B 053D Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 2
406B 053E Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 2
406B 053F Wire test detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 2
406B 05FF Wire test detected memory on riser Memory failure on riser card 2 that
406B 0600 Wire test detected CEC RIO bus CEC RIO bus adapter
406B 0601 Wire test detected clock card fault CEC clock card
406B 3101 Wire test detected RIO port 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406B 3121 Wire test detected RIO cable on port 1. RIO cable on port 0
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406B 3140 Wire test detected RIO hub 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
280 Service Guide

406B 3141 Wire test detected RIO hub 1 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406B 31FF Wire test detected RIO port fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406B 3200 Wire test detected primary I/O drawer Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault Configuration” on page 122.
406B 3201 Wire test detected primary I/O drawer Primary I/O drawer backplane
406B 3280 Wire test detected primary RIO Primary RIO adapter
406B 3281 Wire test detected primary RIO port 0 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 3282 Wire test detected primary RIO port 1 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406B 3283 Wire test detected primary RIO ports RIO bus adapter
406B 3284 Wire test detected PCI controller 1. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
406C 0001 IPL MOPS detected CEC backplane CEC backplane
406C 0003 IPL MOPS detected processor fault All processors
406C 0009 IPL MOPS detected memory fault All memory
406C 00A0 IPL MOPS detected CSP service Update system firmware
406C 00A1 IPL MOPS detected AIX or system 1. Check for AIX updates
updates

406C 00A2 IPL MOPS detected service Check for system firmware updates
406C 00A3 IPL MOPS detected memory All pluggable memory
plugging fault
406C 00A4 IPL MOPS detected application Application software
caused fault
406C 00A5 IPL MOPS detected invalid system Verify system components are
406C 00A6 IPL MOPS detected no usable 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
Memory
information.
406C 00A7 IPL MOPS detected hardware Go to minimum configuration and
406C 00B0 IPL MOPS detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
406C 00B1 IPL MOPS detected bus controller RIO bus adapter
406C 00B3 IPL MOPS detected clock fault 1. Clock card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406C 00B7 IPL MOPS detected insufficient This error code appears after the
406C 0200 IPL MOPS detected memory riser Memory riser card 1
406C 0201 IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
282 Service Guide

406C 020D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 1
406C 020E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 1
406C 020F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 1
406C 021D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 1
406C 021E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 1
406C 021F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 1

406C 022D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 1
406C 022E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 1
406C 022F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 1
406C 023D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 1
406C 023E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 1
406C 023F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 1
284 Service Guide

406C 02FF IPL MOPS detected memory on riser All memory on riser 1
406C 0300 IPL MOPS detected processor card Processor card
406C 0400 IPL MOPS detected processor card Processor card
406C 0500 IPL MOPS detected memory riser Memory riser card 2
406C 050D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal A, riser 2
406C 050E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad A odd, riser 2
406C 050F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad A even, riser 2

406C 051D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal B, riser 2
406C 051E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad B odd, riser 2
406C 051F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad B even, riser 2
406C 052D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal C, riser 2
406C 052E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad C odd, riser 2
406C 052F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad C even, riser 2
286 Service Guide

406C 053D IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory octal D, riser 2
406C 053E IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad D odd, riser 2
406C 053F IPL MOPS detected memory DIMM Memory quad D even, riser 2
406C 05FF IPL MOPS detected memory on riser Memory failure on riser card 2 that
406C 0600 IPL MOPS detected CEC RIO bus CEC RIO bus adapter
406C 0601 IPL MOPS detected clock card fault CEC clock card
406C 3101 IPL MOPS detected RIO port 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406C 3121 IPL MOPS detected RIO cable on 1. RIO cable on port 0
Location: U1.1-P1.1

Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406C 3140 IPL MOPS detected RIO hub 0 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406C 3141 IPL MOPS detected RIO hub 1 fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406C 31FF IPL MOPS detected RIO port fault CEC RIO bus adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406C 3200 IPL MOPS detected primary I/O Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
drawer fault Configuration” on page 122.
406C 3201 IPL MOPS detected primary I/O Primary I/O drawer backplane
drawer backplane fault Location: U0.1-P1
406C 3280 IPL MOPS detected primary RIO Primary RIO adapter
406C 3281 IPL MOPS detected primary RIO port 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3282 IPL MOPS detected primary RIO port 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3283 IPL MOPS detected primary RIO RIO bus adapter
ports fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406C 3284 IPL MOPS detected PCI controller 1. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
288 Service Guide

Location: U0.1-P1
406D 0001 Attention handler detected CEC CEC backplane
406D 0003 Attention handler detected processor All processors
406D 0009 Attention handler detected memory All memory
fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
406D 00A0 Attention handler detected CSP Update system firmware
service processor firmware fault Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
406D 00A1 Attention handler detected AIX or 1. Check for AIX updates
system firmware fault 2. Check for system firmware
updates
406D 00A2 Attention handler detected service Check for system firmware updates
406D 00A3 Attention handler detected memory All pluggable memory
plugging fault
406D 00A4 Attention handler detected application Application software
caused fault
406D 00A5 Attention handler detected invalid Verify system components are
system configuration supported and properly installed.
406D 00A6 Attention handler detected no usable 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
Memory
information.
406D 00A7 Attention handler detected hardware Go to minimum configuration and
406D 00B0 Attention handler detected bus RIO bus adapter
controller lock-unlock failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
406D 00B1 Attention handler detected bus RIO bus adapter
controller failure Location: U0.1-P1.1

406D 00B3 Attention handler detected clock fault 1. Clock card
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406D 00B7 Attention handler detected insufficient This error code appears after the
406D 0200 Attention handler detected memory Memory riser card 1
riser card fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
406D 0201 Attention handler detected memory Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
DIMM fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1
406D 020D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal A, riser 1
DIMM group fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8
406D 020E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad A odd, riser 1
DIMM group fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4
406D 020F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad A even, riser 1
290 Service Guide

406D 021D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal B, riser 1
406D 021E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad B odd, riser 1
DIMM group pair A fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4
406D 021F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad B even, riser 1
406D 022D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal C, riser 1
406D 022E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad C odd, riser 1
DIMM group pair A fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4
406D 022F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad C even, riser 1

406D 023D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal D, riser 1
406D 023E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad D odd, riser 1
406D 023F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad D even, riser 1
406D 02FF Attention handler detected memory All memory on riser 1
on riser fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
406D 0300 Attention handler detected processor Processor card
card fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
406D 0400 Attention handler detected processor Processor card
card fault Location: U1.1-P1-C2
406D 0500 Attention handler detected memory Memory riser card 2
riser card fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
292 Service Guide

406D 050D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal A, riser 2
406D 050E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad A odd, riser 2
406D 050F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad A even, riser 2
406D 051D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal B, riser 2
406D 051E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad B odd, riser 2
406D 051F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad B even, riser 2

406D 052D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal C, riser 2
406D 052E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad C odd, riser 2
406D 052F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad C even, riser 2
406D 053D Attention handler detected memory Memory octal D, riser 2
406D 053E Attention handler detected memory Memory quad D odd, riser 2
406D 053F Attention handler detected memory Memory quad D even, riser 2
406D 05FF Attention handler detected memory Memory failure on riser card 2 that
on riser fault cannot be automatically isolated. go
294 Service Guide

406D 0600 Attention handler detected CEC RIO CEC RIO bus adapter
bus adapter Location: U1.1-P1.1
406D 0601 Attention handler detected clock card CEC clock card
fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
406D 3101 Attention handler detected RIO port 0 CEC RIO bus adapter
406D 3121 Attention handler detected RIO cable 1. RIO cable on port 0
on port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1/Q1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406D 3140 Attention handler detected RIO hub 0 CEC RIO bus adapter
406D 3141 Attention handler detected RIO hub 1 CEC RIO bus adapter
406D 31FF Attention handler detected RIO port CEC RIO bus adapter
406D 3200 Attention handler detected primary Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
I/O drawer fault Configuration” on page 122.
406D 3201 Attention handler detected primary Primary I/O drawer backplane
I/O drawer backplane fault Location: U0.1-P1
406D 3280 Attention handler detected primary Primary RIO adapter
RIO adapter fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406D 3281 Attention handler detected primary 1. Check RIO cable
RIO port 0 fault Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q1
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1

406D 3282 Attention handler detected primary 1. Check RIO cable
RIO port 1 fault Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q2
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406D 3283 Attention handler detected primary RIO bus adapter
RIO ports fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406D 3284 Attention handler detected PCI 1. RIO bus adapter
controller PHB0 Location: U0.1-P1.1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
406E 0001 Scan control routines detected CEC CEC backplane
406E 0003 Scan control routines detected All processors
processor fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
406E 0009 Scan control routines detected All memory
memory fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
406E 00A0 Scan control routines detected CSP Update system firmware
service processor firmware fault Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
406E 00A1 Scan control routines detected AIX or 1. Check for AIX updates
system firmware fault 2. Check for system firmware
updates
406E 00A2 Scan control routines detected Check for system firmware updates
service processor firmware Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
406E 00A3 Scan control routines detected All pluggable memory
memory plugging fault
406E 00A4 Scan control routines detected Application software
application caused fault
406E 00A5 Scan control routines detected invalid Verify system components are
system configuration supported and properly installed.
296 Service Guide

406E 00A6 Scan control routines detected no 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
usable memory properly installed.
Memory
information.
406E 00A7 Scan control routines detected Go to minimum configuration and
hardware problem also run CEC minimum configuration
406E 00B0 Scan control routines detected bus RIO bus adapter
controller lock-unlock failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 00B1 Scan control routines detected bus RIO bus adapter
controller failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 00B3 Scan control routines detected clock 1. Clock card
fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406E 00B7 Scan control routines detected This error code appears after the
insufficient hardware resources to initial testing by the service processor
continue IPL firmware on the CEC was completed
406E 0200 Scan control routines detected Memory riser card 1
memory riser card fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
406E 0201 Scan control routines detected Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
memory DIMM fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1

406E 020D Scan control routines detected Memory octal A, riser 1
memory DIMM group fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x8
406E 020E Scan control routines detected Memory quad A odd, riser 1
memory DIMM group fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x4
406E 020F Scan control routines detected Memory quad A even, riser 1
406E 021D Scan control routines detected Memory octal B, riser 1
406E 021E Scan control routines detected Memory quad B odd, riser 1
memory DIMM group pair A fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.3 x4
406E 021F Scan control routines detected Memory quad B even, riser 1
298 Service Guide

406E 022D Scan control routines detected Memory octal C, riser 1
406E 022E Scan control routines detected Memory quad C odd, riser 1
memory DIMM group pair A fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4
406E 022F Scan control routines detected Memory quad C even, riser 1
406E 023D Scan control routines detected Memory octal D, riser 1
406E 023E Scan control routines detected Memory quad D odd, riser 1
406E 023F Scan control routines detected Memory quad D even, riser 1
406E 02FF Scan control routines detected All memory on riser 1
memory on riser fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
406E 0300 Scan control routines detected Processor card
processor card fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1

406E 0400 Scan control routines detected Processor card
processor card fault Location: U1.1-P1-C2
406E 0500 Scan control routines detected Memory riser card 2
memory riser card fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1
406E 050D Scan control routines detected Memory octal A, riser 2
406E 050E Scan control routines detected Memory quad A odd, riser 2
406E 050F Scan control routines detected Memory quad A even, riser 2
300 Service Guide

406E 051D Scan control routines detected Memory octal B, riser 2
406E 051E Scan control routines detected Memory quad B odd, riser 2
406E 051F Scan control routines detected Memory quad B even, riser 2
406E 052D Scan control routines detected Memory octal C, riser 2
406E 052E Scan control routines detected Memory quad C odd, riser 2
406E 052F Scan control routines detected Memory quad C even, riser 2

406E 053D Scan control routines detected Memory octal D, riser 2
406E 053E Scan control routines detected Memory quad D odd, riser 2
406E 053F Scan control routines detected Memory quad D even, riser 2
406E 05FF Scan control routines detected Memory failure on riser card 2 that
memory on riser fault cannot be automatically isolated. go
406E 0600 Scan control routines detected CEC CEC RIO bus adapter
RIO bus adapter Location: U1.1-P1.1
406E 0601 Scan control routines detected clock CEC clock card
card fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
406E 3101 Scan control routines detected RIO CEC RIO bus adapter
port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
406E 3121 Scan control routines detected RIO 1. RIO cable on port 0
cable on port 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1/Q1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
hub 0 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
302 Service Guide

hub 1 fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
406E 31FF Scan control routines detected RIO CEC RIO bus adapter
port fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
406E 3200 Scan control routines detected Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
primary I/O drawer fault Configuration” on page 122.
406E 3201 Scan control routines detected Primary I/O drawer backplane
primary I/O drawer backplane fault Location: U0.1-P1
406E 3280 Scan control routines detected Primary RIO adapter
primary RIO adapter fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 3281 Scan control routines detected 1. Check RIO cable
primary RIO port 0 fault Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q1
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 3282 Scan control routines detected 1. Check RIO cable
primary RIO port 1 fault Location: U0.1-P1.1/Q2
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 3283 Scan control routines detected RIO bus adapter
primary RIO ports fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406E 3284 Scan control routines detected PCI 1. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
406F 0001 Error code generation/logging CEC backplane
detected CEC backplane failure Location: U1.1-P1
406F 0003 Error code generation/logging All processors
detected processor fault Location: U1.1-P1-C1
406F 0009 Error code generation/logging All memory
detected memory fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1 x2
406F 00A0 Error code generation/logging Update system firmware
detected CSP service processor Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
firmware fault

406F 00A1 Error code generation/logging 1. Check for AIX updates
detected AIX or system firmware fault 2. Check for system firmware
updates
406F 00A2 Error code generation/logging Check for system firmware updates
detected service processor firmware Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
406F 00A3 Error code generation/logging All pluggable memory
detected memory plugging fault
406F 00A4 Error code generation/logging Application software
detected application caused fault
406F 00A5 Error code generation/logging Verify system components are
detected invalid system configuration supported and properly installed.
406F 00A6 Error code generation/logging 1. Ensure that CEC memory is
detected no usable memory properly installed.
Memory
information.
406F 00A7 Error code generation/logging Go to minimum configuration and
detected hardware problem also run CEC minimum configuration
406F 00B0 Error code generation/logging RIO bus adapter
detected bus controller lock-unlock Location: U0.1-P1.1
failure
406F 00B1 Error code generation/logging RIO bus adapter
detected bus controller failure Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 00B3 Error code generation/logging 1. Clock card
detected clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406F 00B7 Error code generation/logging This error code appears after the
detected insufficient hardware initial testing by the service processor
resources to continue IPL firmware on the CEC was completed
406F 0200 Error code generation/logging Memory riser card 1
304 Service Guide

406F 0201 Error code generation/logging Memory DIMM 1, riser 1
406F 020D Error code generation/logging Memory octal A, riser 1
406F 020E Error code generation/logging Memory quad A odd, riser 1
406F 020F Error code generation/logging Memory quad A even, riser 1
406F 021D Error code generation/logging Memory octal B, riser 1

406F 021E Error code generation/logging Memory quad B odd, riser 1
fault
406F 021F Error code generation/logging Memory quad B even, riser 1
406F 022D Error code generation/logging Memory octal C, riser 1
406F 022E Error code generation/logging Memory quad C odd, riser 1
detected memory DIMM group pair A Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.5 x4
fault
406F 022F Error code generation/logging Memory quad C even, riser 1
306 Service Guide

406F 023D Error code generation/logging Memory octal D, riser 1
406F 023E Error code generation/logging Memory quad D odd, riser 1
406F 023F Error code generation/logging Memory quad D even, riser 1
406F 02FF Error code generation/logging All memory on riser 1
detected memory on riser fault Location: U1.1-P1-M1.1 x32
406F 0300 Error code generation/logging Processor card
406F 0400 Error code generation/logging Processor card
406F 0500 Error code generation/logging Memory riser card 2
406F 050D Error code generation/logging Memory octal A, riser 2
406F 050E Error code generation/logging Memory quad A odd, riser 2
fault

406F 050F Error code generation/logging Memory quad A even, riser 2
406F 051D Error code generation/logging Memory octal B, riser 2
406F 051E Error code generation/logging Memory quad B odd, riser 2
406F 051F Error code generation/logging Memory quad B even, riser 2
406F 052D Error code generation/logging Memory octal C, riser 2
308 Service Guide

406F 052E Error code generation/logging Memory quad C odd, riser 2
fault
406F 052F Error code generation/logging Memory quad C even, riser 2
406F 053D Error code generation/logging Memory octal D, riser 2
406F 053E Error code generation/logging Memory quad D odd, riser 2
406F 053F Error code generation/logging Memory quad D even, riser 2
406F 05FF Error code generation/logging Memory failure on riser card 2 that
detected memory on riser fault cannot be automatically isolated. go
406F 0600 Error code generation/logging CEC RIO bus adapter
detected CEC RIO bus adapter Location: U1.1-P1.1
406F 0601 Error code generation/logging CEC clock card
detected clock card fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1

406F 3121 Error code generation/logging 1. RIO cable on port 0
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
Location: U1.1-P1.1
406F 31FF Error code generation/logging CEC RIO bus adapter
detected RIO port fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
406F 3200 Error code generation/logging Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
detected primary I/O drawer fault Configuration” on page 122.
406F 3201 Error code generation/logging Primary I/O drawer backplane
detected primary I/O drawer Location: U0.1-P1
backplane fault
406F 3280 Error code generation/logging Primary RIO adapter
detected primary RIO adapter fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 3281 Error code generation/logging 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 3282 Error code generation/logging 1. Check RIO cable
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 3283 Error code generation/logging RIO bus adapter
detected primary RIO ports fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
406F 3284 Error code generation/logging 1. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1
310 Service Guide

Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
4506 245B Memory system and scan interface Processor card
basic assurance tests detected 2W Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
4M processor fault U1.1-P1-C2
4506 245C Memory system and scan interface Processor card
4506 245D Memory system and scan interface Processor card
4506 248B Memory system and scan interface Operator Panel
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-L1
primary I/O drawer operator panel
fault
4506 24A5 Memory system and scan interface Processor card
500 MHz processor fault U1.1-P1-C2
4506 24A6 Memory system and scan interface Processor card
4506 25AB Memory system and scan interface 400 MHz clock
basic assurance tests detected 400 Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
MHz clock fault
4506 25AD Memory system and scan interface 540 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4506 25B1 Memory system and scan interface 750 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4506 25B3 Memory system and scan interface Processor card
4506 25B4 Memory system and scan interface Processor card
4506 25DA Memory system and scan interface 500 MHz clock
MHz clock fault

4506 267D Memory system and scan interface 8W regulator card
basic assurance tests detected an Location: U1.1-P1-V1
8W, 750 MHz regulator fault
4506 2687 Memory system and scan interface Remote I/O bus adapter
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-P1.1
remote I/O bus adapter fault
4506 271A Memory system and scan interface Primary I/O planar
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-P1
primary I/O planar fault
4506 271D Memory system and scan interface Secondary I/O planar
basic assurance tests detected Locations: U0.2-P1
secondary I/O planar fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4506 2733 Memory system and scan interface CEC RIO bus adapter
basic assurance tests detected I/O Location: U1.1-P1.1
clock fault
4506 27AA Memory system and scan interface 2W/4W regulator card
basic assurance tests detected a Location: U1.1-P1-V1
2W/4W regulator fault
4506 27AB Memory system and scan interface 8W regulator card
8W regulator fault
4506 281C Memory system and scan interface CEC backplane
basic assurance tests detected CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault
4506 281D Memory system and scan interface CEC backplane
basic assurance tests detected Model Location: U1.1-P1
6M1 CEC backplane fault
4506 285D Memory system and scan interface 1. SPCN fan controller
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-X2
SPCN fan controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4506 288A Memory system and scan interface 1. Go to the service processor
basic assurance tests detected Memory
memory riser card fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
information.
2. Memory riser card
Locations: U1.1-P1-M1
U1.1-P1-M2
312 Service Guide

4506 300A Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
basic assurance tests detected 32 Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
MB DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4506 300B Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4506 300C Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4506 300D Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
MB (stacked) DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4506 300E Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
MB (unstacked) DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4506 301F Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4506 303A Memory system and scan interface Memory DIMM
basic assurance tests detected 1 GB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4506 515B Memory system and scan interface 1100W ac power supply
basic assurance tests detected Locations: U1.1-V1
1100W ac power supply fault U1.1-V2
4506 51ac Memory system and scan interface 595W ac power supply
basic assurance tests detected 595W Locations: U0.1-V1
ac power supply fault U0.1-V2
4506 51AD Memory system and scan interface 595W dc power supply
dc power supply fault U0.1-V2
4506 51AE Memory system and scan interface 1100W dc power supply
1100W dc power supply fault U1.1-V2
4507 245B Memory system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
processor runtime diagnostics Processor
detected 2W/4M processor fault Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
to check the states of the processors.
See ″Processor
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu″
on page 425 for more information.
Replace the card that has the bad
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2

4507 245C Memory system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
detected 2W 2M processor fault Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4507 245D Memory system and 6xx bus 1. Go to the service processor
detected 4W 4M processor fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
Menu to check the states of the
processors. See ″Processor
information. Replace the card that
has the bad processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4507 248B Memory system and 6xx bus Operator panel
processor runtime diagnostics Location: U0.1-L1
detected primary I/O drawer operator
panel fault
4507 24A5 Memory system and scan interface 1. Go to the service processor
basic assurance tests detected 2W Processor
500 MHz processor fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
U1.1-P1-C2
4507 24A6 Memory system and scan interface 1. Go to the service processor
U1.1-P1-C2
314 Service Guide

4507 25AB Memory system and 6xx bus 400 MHz clock
processor runtime diagnostics Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
detected 400 MHz clock fault
4507 25AD Memory system and 6xx bus 540 MHz clock
4507 25B1 Memory system and 6xx bus 750 MHz clock
4507 25B3 Memory system and scan interface 1. Go to the service processor
U1.1-P1-C2
4507 25B4 Memory system and scan interface 1. Go to the service processor
U1.1-P1-C2
4507 25DA Memory system and 6xx bus 500 MHz clock
4507 267D Memory system and 6xx bus 8W regulator card
processor runtime diagnostics Location: U1.1-P1-V1
detected an 8W, 750 MHz regulator
fault
4507 2687 Memory system and 6xx bus Remote I/O bus adapter
processor runtime diagnostics Location: U0.1-P1.1
detected remote I/O bus adapter fault
4507 271A Memory system and 6xx bus Primary I/O backplane
processor runtime diagnostics Location: U0.1-P1
detected primary I/O backplane fault

4507 271D Memory system and 6xx bus Secondary I/O backplane
processor runtime diagnostics Locations: U0.2-P1
detected secondary I/O backplane U0.3-P1
fault U0.4-P1
4507 2733 Memory system and 6xx bus CEC RIO bus adapter
detected I/O clock fault
4507 27AA Memory system and 6xx bus 2W/4W regulator card
detected a 2W/4W regulator fault
4507 27AB Memory system and 6xx bus 8W regulator card
detected an 8W regulator fault
4507 281C Memory system and 6xx bus CEC backplane
detected CEC backplane fault
4507 281D Memory system and 6xx bus CEC backplane
detected Model 6M1 CEC backplane
fault
4507 285D Memory system and 6xx bus 1. SPCN fan controller
processor runtime diagnostics Location: U0.1-X2
detected SPCN fan controller fault 2. I/O Drawer Power Distribution
Board
Location: U0.1-X1
4507 288A Memory system and 6xx bus PRD 1. Go to the service processor
detected memory riser card fault Memory
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4507 300A Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
processor runtime diagnostics Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
detected 32 MB DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4507 300B Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4507 300C Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
316 Service Guide

4507 300D Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
detected 512 MB (stacked) DIMM U1.1-P1-M2.n
fault
4507 300E Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
detected 512 MB (unstacked) DIMM U1.1-P1-M2.n
fault
4507 301F Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4507 303A Memory system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
detected 1 GB DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4507 515B Memory system and 6xx bus 1100W ac power supply
processor runtime diagnostics Locations: U1.1-V1
detected 1100W ac power supply U1.1-V2
fault
4507 51AC Memory system and 6xx bus 595W ac power supply
detected 595W ac power supply fault U0.1-V2
4507 51AD Memory system and 6xx bus 595W dc power supply
detected 595W dc power supply fault U0.1-V2
4507 51AE Memory system and 6xx bus 1100W dc power supply
detected 1100W dc power supply U1.1-V2
fault
4508 245B Memory system and other bus Processor card
processor runtime diagnostics Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
detected 2W 4M processor fault U1.1-P1-C2
4508 245C Memory system and other bus Processor card
detected 2W 2M processor fault U1.1-P1-C2
4508 245D Memory system and other bus Processor card
detected 4W 4M processor fault U1.1-P1-C2d
4508 248B Memory system and other bus Operator Panel
panel fault
4508 24A5 Memory system and other bus Processor card
detected 2W 500 MHz processor U1.1-P1-C2d
fault

4508 24A6 Memory system and other bus Processor card
detected 4W 500 MHz processor U1.1-P1-C2d
fault
4508 25AB Memory system and other bus 400 MHz clock
4508 25AD Memory system and other bus 540 MHz clock
4508 25B1 Memory system and other bus 540 MHz clock
4508 25B3 Memory system and other bus Processor card
detected 4W 750 MHz processor U1.1-P1-C2
fault
4508 25B4 Memory system and other bus Processor card
detected 2W 750 MHz processor U1.1-P1-C2
fault
4508 25DA Memory system and other bus 750 MHz clock
4508 267D Memory system and other bus 8W regulator card
fault
4508 2687 Memory system and other bus Remote I/O bus adapter
4508 271A Memory system and other bus Primary I/O planar
detected primary I/O planar fault
4508 271D Memory system and other bus Secondary I/O planar
detected secondary I/O planar fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4508 2733 Memory system and other bus CEC RIO bus adapter
4508 27AA Memory system and other bus 2W/4W regulator card
318 Service Guide

4508 27AB Memory system and other bus 8W regulator card
4508 281C Memory system and other bus CEC backplane
4508 281D Memory system and other bus CEC backplane
fault
4508 285D Memory system and other bus 1. SPCN fan controller
detected SPCN fan controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4508 288A Memory system and other bus 1. Go to the service processor
processor runtime diagnostics Memory
detected memory riser card fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4508 300A Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM
4508 300B Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM
4508 300C Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM
4508 300D Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM
fault
4508 300E Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM
fault
4508 301F Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM

4508 303A Memory system and other bus Memory DIMM
4508 515B Memory system and other bus 1100W ac power supply
fault
4508 51AC Memory system and other bus 595W ac power supply
4508 51AD Memory system and other bus 595W dc power supply
4508 51AE Memory system and other bus 1100W dc power supply
fault
4509 245B Memory system and memory test Processor card
detected 2W 4M processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
4509 245C Memory system and memory test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4509 245D Memory system and memory test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4509 248B Memory system and memory test Operator Panel
detected primary I/O drawer operator Location: U0.1-L1
panel fault
4509 24A5 Memory system and memory test Processor card
detected 2W 500 MHz processor Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
fault U1.1-P1-C2
4509 24A6 Memory system and memory test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
4509 25AB Memory system and memory test 400 MHz clock
detected 400 MHz clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
4509 25AD Memory system and memory test 540 MHz clock
4509 25B1 Memory system and memory test 750 MHz clock
4509 25B3 Memory system and memory test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
320 Service Guide

4509 25B4 Memory system and memory test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
4509 25DA Memory system and memory test 500 MHz clock
4509 267D Memory system and memory test 8W regulator card
detected an 8W, 750 MHz regulator Location: U1.1-P1-V1
fault
4509 2687 Memory system and memory test Remote I/O bus adapter
detected remote I/O bus adapter fault Location: U0.1-P1.1
4509 271A Memory system and memory test Primary I/O planar
detected primary I/O planar fault Location: U0.1-P1
4509 271D Memory system and memory test Secondary I/O planar
detected secondary I/O planar fault Locations: U0.2-P1
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4509 2733 Memory system and memory test CEC RIO bus adapter
detected I/O clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4509 27AA Memory system and memory test 2W/4W regulator card
detected a 2W/4W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4509 27AB Memory system and memory test 8W regulator card
detected an 8W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4509 281C Memory system and memory test CEC backplane
detected CEC backplane fault Location: U1.1-P1
4509 281D Memory system and memory test CEC backplane
detected Model 6M1 CEC backplane Location: U1.1-P1
fault
4509 285D Memory system and memory test 1. SPCN fan controller
detected SPCN fan controller fault Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4509 288A Memory system and memory test 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2

4509 300A Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
detected 32 MB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 300B Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 300C Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 300D Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
detected 512 MB (stacked) DIMM Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 300E Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
detected 512 MB (unstacked) DIMM Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 301F Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 303A Memory system and memory test Memory DIMM
detected 1 GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4509 515B Memory system and memory test 1100W ac power supply
detected 1100W ac power supply Locations: U1.1-V1
fault U1.1-V2
4509 51AC Memory system and memory test 595W ac power supply
detected 595W ac power supply fault Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4509 51AD Memory system and memory test 595W dc power supply
detected 595W dc power supply fault Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4509 51AE Memory system and memory test 1100W dc power supply
detected 1100W dc power supply Locations: U1.1-V1
fault U1.1-V2
450A 245B Memory system and self test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450A 245C Memory system and self test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450A 245D Memory system and self test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450A 248B Memory system and self test Operator Panel
panel fault
322 Service Guide

450A 24A5 Memory system and self test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450A 24A6 Memory system and self test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450A 25AB Memory system and self test 400 MHz clock
450A 25AD Memory system and self test 540 MHz clock
450A 25B1 Memory system and self test 750 MHz clock
450A 25B3 Memory system and self test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450A 25B4 Memory system and self test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450A 25DA Memory system and self test 500 MHz clock
450A 267D Memory system and self test 8W regulator card
fault
450A 2687 Memory system and self test Remote I/O bus adapter
450A 271A Memory system and self test Primary I/O planar
450A 271D Memory system and self test Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
450A 2733 Memory system and self test CEC RIO bus adapter
450A 27AA Memory system and self test 2W/4W regulator card
450A 27AB Memory system and self test 8W regulator card
450A 281C Memory system and self test CEC backplane
450A 281D Memory system and self test CEC backplane
fault

450A 285D Memory system and self test 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
450A 288A Memory system and self test 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
450A 300A Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 300B Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 300C Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 300D Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 300E Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 301F Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 303A Memory system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450A 515B Memory system and self test 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450A 51AC Memory system and self test 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
450A 51AD Memory system and self test 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
324 Service Guide

450A 51AE Memory system and self test 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450B 245B Memory system and wire test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450B 245C Memory system and wire test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450B 245D Memory system and wire test Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450B 248B Memory system and wire test Operator Panel
panel fault
450B 24A5 Memory system and wire test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450B 24A6 Memory system and wire test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450B 25AB Memory system and wire test 400 MHz clock
450B 25AD Memory system and wire test 540 MHz clock
450B 25B1 Memory system and wire test 750 MHz clock
450B 25B3 Memory system and wire test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450B 25B4 Memory system and wire test Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450B 25DA Memory system and wire test 500 MHz clock
450B 267D Memory system and wire test 8W regulator card
fault
450B 2687 Memory system and wire test Remote I/O bus adapter
450B 271A Memory system and wire test Primary I/O backplane
detected primary I/O backplane fault Location: U0.1-P1

450B 271D Memory system and wire test Secondary I/O backplane
detected secondary I/O backplane Locations: U0.2-P1
fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
450B 2733 Memory system and wire test CEC RIO bus adapter
450B 27AA Memory system and wire test 2W/4W regulator card
450B 27AB Memory system and wire test 8W regulator card
450B 281C Memory system and wire test CEC backplane
450B 281D Memory system and wire test CEC backplane
fault
450B 285D Memory system and wire test 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
450B 288A Memory system and wire test 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
450B 300A Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450B 300B Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450B 300C Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450B 300D Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450B 300E Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
326 Service Guide

450B 301F Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450B 303A Memory system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450B 515B Memory system and wire test 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450B 51AC Memory system and wire test 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
450B 51AD Memory system and wire test 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
450B 51AE Memory system and wire test 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450C 245B Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450C 245C Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450C 245D Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450C 248B Memory system and IPL MOPS Operator Panel
panel fault
450C 24A5 Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450C 24A6 Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450C 25AB Memory system and IPL MOPS 400 MHz clock
450C 25AD Memory system and IPL MOPS 540 MHz clock
450C 25B1 Memory system and IPL MOPS 750 MHz clock

450C 25B3 Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450C 25B4 Memory system and IPL MOPS Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450C 25DA Memory system and IPL MOPS 500 MHz clock
450C 267D Memory system and IPL MOPS 8W regulator card
fault
450C 2687 Memory system and IPL MOPS Remote I/O bus adapter
450C 271A Memory system and IPL MOPS Primary I/O planar
450C 271D Memory system and IPL MOPS Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
450C 2733 Memory system and IPL MOPS CEC RIO bus adapter
450C 27AA Memory system and IPL MOPS 2W/4W regulator card
450C 27AB Memory system and IPL MOPS 8W regulator card
450C 281C Memory system and IPL MOPS CEC backplane
450C 281D Memory system and IPL MOPS CEC backplane
fault
450C 285D Memory system and IPL MOPS 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
328 Service Guide

450C 288A Memory system and IPL MOPS 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
450C 300A Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 300B Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 300C Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 300D Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 300E Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 301F Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 303A Memory system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450C 515B Memory system and IPL MOPS 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450C 51AC Memory system and IPL MOPS 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
450C 51AD Memory system and IPL MOPS 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
450C 51AE Memory system and IPL MOPS 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2

450D 245B Memory system and attention handler Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450D 245C Memory system and attention handler Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450D 245D Memory system and attention handler Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450D 248B Memory system and attention handler Operator Panel
panel fault
450D 24A5 Memory system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450D 24A6 Memory system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450D 25AB Memory system and attention handler 400 MHz clock
450D 25AD Memory system and attention handler 540 MHz clock
450D 25B1 Memory system and attention handler 750 MHz clock
450D 25B3 Memory system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
250D 25B4 Memory system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450D 25DA Memory system and attention handler 500 MHz clock
450D 267D Memory system and attention handler 8W regulator card
fault
450D 2687 Memory system and attention handler Remote I/O bus adapter
450D 271A Memory system and attention handler Primary I/O planar
450D 271D Memory system and attention handler Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
330 Service Guide

450D 2733 Memory system and attention handler CEC RIO bus adapter
450D 27AA Memory system and attention handler 2W/4W regulator card
450D 27AB Memory system and attention handler 8W regulator card
450D 281C Memory system and attention handler CEC backplane
450D 281D Memory system and attention handler CEC backplane
fault
450D 285D Memory system and attention handler 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
450D 288A Memory system and attention handler 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
450D 300A Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450D 300B Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450D 300C Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450D 300D Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450D 300E Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450D 301F Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n

450D 303A Memory system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450D 515B Memory system and attention handler 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450D 51AC Memory system and attention handler 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
450D 51AD Memory system and attention handler 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
450D 51AE Memory system and attention handler 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450E 245B Memory system and scan control Processor card
routines detected 2W 4M processor Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450E 245D Memory system and scan control Processor card
routines detected 4W 4M processor Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450E 248B Memory system and scan control Operator Panel
routines detected primary I/O drawer Location: U0.1-L1
operator panel fault
450E 24A5 Memory system and scan control Processor card
routines detected 2W 500 MHz Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
processor fault U1.1-P1-C2
450E 24A6 Memory system and scan control Processor card
450E 25AB Memory system and scan control 400 MHz clock
routines detected 400 MHz clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
450E 25AD Memory system and scan control 540 MHz clock
450E 25B1 Memory system and scan control 750 MHz clock
450E 25B3 Memory system and scan control Processor card
450E 25B4 Memory system and scan control Processor card
450E 25DA Memory system and scan control 500 MHz clock
332 Service Guide

450E 267D Memory system and attention handler 8W regulator card
fault
450E 2687 Memory system and scan control Remote I/O bus adapter
routines detected remote I/O bus Location: U0.1-P1.1
adapter fault
450E 271A Memory system and scan control Primary I/O planar
routines detected primary I/O planar Location: U0.1-P1
fault
450E 271D Memory system and scan control Secondary I/O planar
routines detected secondary I/O Locations: U0.2-P1
planar fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
450E 2733 Memory system and scan control CEC RIO bus adapter
routines detected I/O clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
450E 27AA Memory system and scan control 2W/4W regulator card
routines detected a 2W/4W regulator Location: U1.1-P1-V1
fault
450E 27AB Memory system and scan control 8W regulator card
routines detected an 8W regulator Location: U1.1-P1-V1
fault
450E 281C Memory system and scan control CEC backplane
routines detected CEC backplane Location: U1.1-P1
fault
450E 281D Memory system and scan control CEC backplane
routines detected Model 6M1 CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault
450E 285D Memory system and scan control 1. SPCN fan controller
routines detected SPCN fan Location: U0.1-X2
controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
450E 288A Memory system and scan control 1. Go to the service processor
routines detected memory riser card Memory
fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
450E 300A Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 32 MB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n

450E 300B Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450E 300C Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450E 300D Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 512 MB (stacked) Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
450E 300E Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 512 MB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
(unstacked) DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450E 301F Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450E 303A Memory system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 1 GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450E 515B Memory system and scan control 1100W ac power supply
routines detected 1100W ac power Locations: U1.1-V1
supply fault U1.1-V2
450E 51AC Memory system and scan control 595W ac power supply
450E 51AD Memory system and scan control 595W dc power supply
routines detected 595W dc power Locations: U0.1-V1
450E 51AE Memory system and scan control 1100W dc power supply
450F 245B Memory system and error code Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450F 245C Memory system and error code Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450F 245D Memory system and error code Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
450F 248B Memory system and error code Operator Panel
panel fault
450F 24A5 Memory system and error code Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
334 Service Guide

450F 24A6 Memory system and error code Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450F 25AB Memory system and error code 400 MHz clock
450F 25AD Memory system and error code 540 MHz clock
450F 25B1 Memory system and error code 750 MHz clock
450F 25B3 Memory system and error code Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450F 25B4 Memory system and error code Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
450F 25DA Memory system and error code 500 MHz clock
450F 267D Memory system and error code 8W regulator card
fault
450F 2687 Memory system and error code Remote I/O bus adapter
450F 271A Memory system and error code Primary I/O planar
450F 271D Memory system and error code Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
450F 2733 Memory system and error code CEC RIO bus adapter
450F 27AA Memory system and error code 2W/4W regulator card
450F 27AB Memory system and error code 8W regulator card
450F 281C Memory system and error code CEC backplane
450F 281D Memory system and error code CEC backplane
fault
450F 285D Memory system and error code 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1

450F 288A Memory system and error code 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
450F 300A Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 300B Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 300C Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 300D Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 300E Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 301F Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 303A Memory system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
450F 515B Memory system and error code 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
450F 51AC Memory system and error code 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
450F 51AD Memory system and error code 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
450F 51AE Memory system and error code 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
336 Service Guide

4606 245B Other bus PRD detected 2W 4M Processor card
processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 245C Other bus PRD detected 2W 2M Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 245D Other bus PRD detected 4W 4M Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 248B Other bus PRD detected primary I/O Operator Panel
drawer operator panel fault Location: U0.1-L1
4606 24A5 Other bus PRD detected 2W 500 Processor card
MHz processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 24A6 Other bus PRD detected 4W 500 Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 25AB Other bus PRD detected 400 MHz 400 MHz clock
clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
4606 25AD Other bus PRD detected 540 MHz 540 MHz clock
4606 25B1 Other bus PRD detected 750 MHz 750 MHz clock
4606 25B3 Other bus PRD detected 4W 750 Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 25B4 Other bus PRD detected 2W 750 Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4606 25DA Other bus PRD detected 500 MHz 500 MHz clock
4606 267D Other bus PRD detected an 8W, 750 8W regulator card
MHz regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4606 2687 Other bus PRD detected remote I/O Remote I/O bus adapter
bus adapter fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4606 271A Other bus PRD detected primary I/O Primary I/O planar
planar fault Location: U0.1-P1
4606 271D Other bus PRD detected secondary Secondary I/O planar
I/O planar fault Locations: U0.2-P1
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4606 2733 Other bus PRD detected I/O clock CEC RIO bus adapter

4606 27AA Other bus PRD detected a 2W/4W 2W/4W regulator card
regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4606 27AB Other bus PRD detected an 8W 8W regulator card
regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4606 281C Other bus PRD detected CEC CEC backplane
4606 281D Other bus PRD detected Model 6M1 CEC backplane
CEC backplane fault Location: U1.1-P1
4606 285D Other bus PRD detected SPCN fan 1. SPCN fan controller
controller fault Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4606 288A Other bus PRD detected memory 1. Go to the service processor
riser card fault Memory
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4606 300A Other bus PRD detected 32 MB Memory DIMM
DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4606 300B Other bus PRD detected 128 MB Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4606 300C Other bus PRD detected 256 MB Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4606 300D Other bus PRD detected 512 MB Memory DIMM
(stacked) DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4606 300E Other bus PRD detected 512 MB Memory DIMM
(unstacked) DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4606 301F Other bus PRD detected 128 MB Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4606 303A Other bus PRD detected 1 GB DIMM Memory DIMM
fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
338 Service Guide

4606 515B Other bus PRD detected 1100W ac 1100W ac power supply
power supply fault Locations: U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4606 51AC Other bus PRD detected 595W ac 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4606 51AD Other bus PRD detected 595W dc 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4606 51AE Other bus PRD detected 1100W dc 1100W dc power supply
U1.1-V2
4607 245B I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M Processor
processor fault Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4607 245C I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4607 245D I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4607 248B I/O system and 6xx bus processor Operator panel
runtime diagnostics detected primary Location: U0.1-L1
I/O drawer operator panel fault

4607 24A5 I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
runtime diagnostics detected 2W 500 Processor
MHz processor fault Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4607 24A6 I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4607 25AB I/O system and 6xx bus processor 400 MHz clock
runtime diagnostics detected 400 Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
MHz clock fault
4607 25AD I/O system and 6xx bus processor 540 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4607 25B1 I/O system and 6xx bus processor 750 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4607 25B3 I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
340 Service Guide

4607 25B4 I/O system and 6xx bus processor Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4607 25DA I/O system and 6xx bus processor 500 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4607 267D I/O system and 6xx bus processor 8W regulator card
runtime diagnostics detected an 8W, Location: U1.1-P1-V1
750 MHz regulator fault
4607 2687 I/O system and 6xx bus processor Remote I/O bus adapter
runtime diagnostics detected remote Location: U0.1-P1.1
I/O bus adapter fault
4607 271A I/O system and 6xx bus processor Primary I/O backplane
runtime diagnostics detected primary Location: U0.1-P1
I/O backplane fault
4607 271D I/O system and 6xx bus processor Secondary I/O backplane
runtime diagnostics detected Locations: U0.2-P1
secondary I/O backplane fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4607 2733 I/O system and 6xx bus processor CEC RIO bus adapter
runtime diagnostics detected I/O Location: U1.1-P1.1
clock fault
4607 27AA I/O system and 6xx bus processor 2W/4W regulator card
runtime diagnostics detected a Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4607 27AB I/O system and 6xx bus processor 8W regulator card
runtime diagnostics detected an 8W Location: U1.1-P1-V1
regulator fault
4607 281D I/O system and 6xx bus processor CEC backplane
runtime diagnostics detected Model Location: U1.1-P1
4607 281C I/O system and 6xx bus processor CEC backplane
runtime diagnostics detected CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault

4607 285D I/O system and 6xx bus processor 1. SPCN fan controller
runtime diagnostics detected SPCN Location: U0.1-X2
fan controller fault 2. I/O Drawer Power Distribution
Board
Location: U0.1-X1
4607 288A I/O system and 6xx bus processor 1. Go to the service processor
runtime diagnostics detected memory Memory
riser card fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4607 300A I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
runtime diagnostics detected 32 MB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
4607 300B I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
4607 300C I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
4607 300D I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
(stacked) DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4607 300E I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
4607 301F I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
4607 303A I/O system and 6xx bus processor Memory DIMM
runtime diagnostics detected 1 GB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
4607 515B I/O system and 6xx bus processor 1100W ac power supply
runtime diagnostics detected 1100W Locations: U1.1-V1
4607 51AC I/O system and 6xx bus processor 595W ac power supply
4607 51AD I/O system and 6xx bus processor 595W dc power supply
342 Service Guide

4607 51AE I/O system and 6xx bus processor 1100W dc power supply
4608 245B I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
runtime diagnostics detected 2W 4M Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
4608 245C I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
4608 245D I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
4608 248B I/O system and other bus processor Operator Panel
runtime diagnostics detected primary Location: U0.1-L1
4608 24A5 I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
runtime diagnostics detected 2W 500 Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
MHz processor fault U1.1-P1-C2
4608 24A6 I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
4608 25AB I/O system and other bus processor 400 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4608 25AD I/O system and other bus processor 540 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4608 25B1 I/O system and other bus processor 750 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4608 25B3 I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
4608 25B4 I/O system and other bus processor Processor card
4608 25DA I/O system and other bus processor 500 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4608 267D I/O system and other bus processor 8W regulator card
runtime diagnostics detected an 8W, Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4608 2687 I/O system and other bus processor Remote I/O bus adapter
runtime diagnostics detected remote Location: U1.1-P1.1

4608 271A I/O system and other bus processor Primary I/O planar
runtime diagnostics detected primary Location: U0.1-P1
I/O planar fault
4608 271D I/O system and other bus processor Secondary I/O planar
runtime diagnostics detected Locations: U0.2-P1
U0.4-P1
4608 2733 I/O system and other bus processor CEC RIO bus adapter
runtime diagnostics detected I/O Location: U1.1-P1.1
clock fault
4608 27AA I/O system and other bus processor 2W/4W regulator card
runtime diagnostics detected a Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4608 27AB I/O system and other bus processor 8W regulator card
runtime diagnostics detected an 8W Location: U1.1-P1-V1
regulator fault
4608 281C I/O system and other bus processor CEC backplane
runtime diagnostics detected CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault
4608 281D I/O system and other bus processor CEC backplane
runtime diagnostics detected Model Location: U1.1-P1
4608 285D I/O system and other bus processor 1. SPCN fan controller
runtime diagnostics detected SPCN Location: U0.1-X2
fan controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4608 288A I/O system and other bus processor 1. Go to the service processor
runtime diagnostics detected memory Memory
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4608 300A I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
4608 300B I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
344 Service Guide

4608 300C I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
4608 300D I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
4608 300E I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
4608 301F I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
4608 303A I/O system and other bus processor Memory DIMM
runtime diagnostics detected 1 GB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
4608 515B I/O system and other bus processor 1100W ac power supply
4608 51AC I/O system and other bus processor 595W ac power supply
4608 51AD I/O system and other bus processor 595W dc power supply
4608 51AE I/O system and other bus processor 1100W dc power supply
4609 245B I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
2W 4M processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
4609 245C I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4609 245D I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4609 248B I/O system and memory test detected Operator Panel
primary I/O drawer operator panel Location: U0.1-L1
fault
4609 24A5 I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
2W 500 MHz processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
4609 24A6 I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2

4609 25AB I/O system and memory test detected 400 MHz clock
400 MHz clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
4609 25AD I/O system and memory test detected 540 MHz clock
4609 25B1 I/O system and memory test detected 750 MHz clock
4609 25B3 I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4609 25B4 I/O system and memory test detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
4609 25DA I/O system and memory test detected 500 MHz clock
4609 267D I/O system and memory test detected 8W regulator card
an 8W, 750 MHz regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4609 2687 I/O system and memory test detected Remote I/O bus adapter
remote I/O bus adapter fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4609 271A I/O system and memory test detected Primary I/O planar
primary I/O planar fault Location: U0.1-P1
4609 271D I/O system and memory test detected Secondary I/O planar
secondary I/O planar fault Locations: U0.2-P1
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4609 2733 I/O system and memory test detected CEC RIO bus adapter
I/O clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4609 27AA I/O system and memory test detected 2W/4W regulator card
a 2W/4W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4609 27AB I/O system and memory test detected 8W regulator card
an 8W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4609 281C I/O system and memory test detected CEC backplane
4609 281D I/O system and memory test detected CEC backplane
Model 6M1 CEC backplane fault Location: U1.1-P1
4609 285D I/O system and memory test detected 1. SPCN fan controller
SPCN fan controller fault Location: U0.1-X2
board
Location: U0.1-X1
346 Service Guide

4609 288A I/O system and memory test detected 1. Go to the service processor
memory riser card fault Memory
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4609 300A I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
32 MB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 300B I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 300C I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 300D I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
512 MB (stacked) DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 300E I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
512 MB (unstacked) DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 301F I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 303A I/O system and memory test detected Memory DIMM
1 GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4609 515B I/O system and memory test detected 1100W ac power supply
1100W ac power supply fault Locations: U1.1-V1
U1.1-V2
4609 51AC I/O system and memory test detected 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4609 51AD I/O system and memory test detected 595W dc power supply
595W dc power supply fault Locations: U0.1-V1
U0.1-V2
4609 51AE I/O system and memory test detected 1100W dc power supply
U1.1-V2

460A 245B I/O system and self test detected 2W Processor card
4M processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 245C I/O system and self test detected 2W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 245D I/O system and self test detected 4W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 248B I/O system and self test detected Operator Panel
fault
460A 24A5 I/O system and self test detected 2W Processor card
500 MHz processor fault Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 24A6 I/O system and self test detected 4W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 25AB I/O system and self test detected 400 400 MHz clock
MHz clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
460A 25AD I/O system and self test detected 540 540 MHz clock
460A 25B1 I/O system ans self test detected 750 750 MHz clock
460A 25B3 I/O system and self test detected 4W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 25B4 I/O system and self test detected 2W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460A 25DA I/O system and self test detected 500 500 MHz clock
460A 267D I/O system and self test detected an 8W regulator card
8W, 750 MHz regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460A 2687 I/O system and self test detected Remote I/O bus adapter
460A 271A I/O system and self test detected Primary I/O planar
460A 271D I/O system and self test detected Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
460A 2733 I/O system and self test detected I/O CEC RIO bus adapter
clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
348 Service Guide

460A 27AA I/O system and self test detected a 2W/4W regulator card
2W/4W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460A 27AB I/O system and self test detected an 8W regulator card
8W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460A 281C I/O system and self test detected CEC backplane
460A 281D I/O system and self test detected CEC backplane
460A 285D I/O system and self test detected 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
460A 288A I/O system and self test detected 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
460A 300A I/O system and self test detected 32 Memory DIMM
MB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460A 300B I/O system and self test detected 128 Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460A 300C I/O system and self test detected 256 Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460A 300D I/O system and self test detected 512 Memory DIMM
MB (stacked) DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460A 300E I/O system and self test detected 512 Memory DIMM
MB (unstacked) DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460A 301F I/O system and self test detected 128 Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460A 303A I/O system and self test detected 1 Memory DIMM
GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n

460A 515B I/O system and self test detected 1100W ac power supply
U1.1-V2
460A 51AC I/O system and self test detected 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
460A 51AD I/O system and self test detected 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
460A 51AE I/O system and self test detected 1100W dc power supply
U1.1-V2
460B 245B I/O system and wire test detected 2W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 245C I/O system and wire test detected 2W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 245D I/O system and wire test detected 4W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 248B I/O system and wire test detected Operator Panel
fault
460B 24A5 I/O system and wire test detected 2W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 24A6 I/O system and wire test detected 4W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 25AB I/O system and wire test detected 400 MHz clock
460B 25AD I/O system and wire test detected 540 MHz clock
460B 25B1 I/O system and wire test detected 750 MHz clock
460B 25B3 I/O system and wire test detected 4W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 25B4 I/O system and wire test detected 2W Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460B 25DA I/O system and wire test detected 500 MHz clock
350 Service Guide

460B 267D I/O system and wire test detected an 8W regulator card
460B 2687 I/O system and wire test detected Remote I/O bus adapter
460B 271A I/O system and wire test detected Primary I/O planar
460B 271D I/O system and wire test detected Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
460B 2733 I/O system and wire test detected I/O CEC RIO bus adapter
clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
460B 27AA I/O system and wire test detected a 2W/4W regulator card
2W/4W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460B 27AB I/O system and wire test detected an 8W regulator card
8W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460B 281C I/O system and wire test detected CEC backplane
460B 281D I/O system and wire test detected CEC backplane
460B 285D I/O system and wire test detected 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
460B 288A I/O system and wire test detected 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
460B 300A I/O system and wire test detected 32 Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460B 300B I/O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460B 300C I/O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n

460B 300D I/O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460B 300E I/O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460B 301F I/O system and wire test detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460B 303A I/O system and wire test detected 1 Memory DIMM
GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460B 515B I/O system and wire test detected 1100W ac power supply
U1.1-V2
460B 51AC I/O system and wire test detected 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
460B 51AD I/O system and wire test detected 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
460B 51AE I/O system and wire test detected 1100W dc power supply
U1.1-V2
460C 245B I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 245C I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 245D I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 248B I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Operator Panel
fault
460C 24A5 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 24A6 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 25AB I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 400 MHz clock
352 Service Guide

460C 25AD I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 540 MHz clock
460C 25B1 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 750 MHz clock
460C 25B3 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 25B4 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460C 25DA I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 500 MHz clock
460C 267D I/O system and wire test detected an 8W regulator card
460C 2687 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Remote I/O bus adapter
460C 271A I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Primary I/O planar
460C 271D I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
460C 2733 I/O system and IPL MOPS detected CEC RIO bus adapter
I/O clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
460C 27AA I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 2W/4W regulator card
a 2W/4W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460C 27AB I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 8W regulator card
an 8W regulator fault Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460C 281C I/O system and IPL MOPS detected CEC backplane
460C 281D I/O system and IPL MOPS detected CEC backplane
460C 285D I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1

460C 288A I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
460C 300A I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 300B I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 300C I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 300D I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 300E I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 301F I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 303A I/O system and IPL MOPS detected Memory DIMM
1 GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460C 515B I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 1100W ac power supply
U1.1-V2
460C 51AC I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
460C 51AD I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
460C 51AE I/O system and IPL MOPS detected 1100W dc power supply
U1.1-V2
354 Service Guide

460D 245B I/O system and attention handler Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460D 245C I/O system and attention handler Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460D 245D I/O system and attention handler Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460D 248B I/O system and attention handler Operator Panel
panel fault
460D 24A5 I/O system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460D 24A6 I/O system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460D 25AB I/O system and attention handler 400 MHz clock
460D 25AD I/O system and attention handler 540 MHz clock
460D 25B1 I/O system and attention handler 750 MHz clock
460D 25B3 I/O system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460D 25B4 I/O system and attention handler Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460D 25DA I/O system and attention handler 500 MHz clock
460D 267D I/O system and wire test detected an 8W regulator card
460D 2687 I/O system and attention handler Remote I/O bus adapter
460D 271A I/O system and attention handler Primary I/O planar
460D 271D I/O system and attention handler Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
460D 2733 I/O system and attention handler CEC RIO bus adapter

460D 27AA I/O system and attention handler 2W/4W regulator card
460D 27AB I/O system and attention handler 8W regulator card
460D 281C I/O system and attention handler CEC backplane
460D 281D I/O system and attention handler CEC backplane
fault
460D 285D I/O system and attention handler 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
460D 288A I/O system and attention handler 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
460D 300A I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460D 300B I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460D 300C I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460D 300D I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
460D 300E I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
460D 301F I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460D 303A I/O system and attention handler Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
356 Service Guide

460D 515B I/O system and attention handler 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
460D 51AC I/O system and attention handler 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
460D 51AD I/O system and attention handler 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
460D 51AE I/O system and attention handler 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
460E 245B I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460E 245C I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460E 245D I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
460E 248B I/O system and scan control routines Operator Panel
panel fault
460E 24A5 I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460E 24A6 I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460E 25AB I/O system and scan control routines 400 MHz clock
460E 25AD I/O system and scan control routines 540 MHz clock
460E 25B1 I/O system and scan control routines 750 MHz clock
460E 25B3 I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460E 25B4 I/O system and scan control routines Processor card
fault U1.1-P1-C2
460E 25DA I/O system and scan control routines 500 MHz clock

460E 267D I/O system and scan control routines 8W regulator card
fault
460E 2687 I/O system and scan control routines Remote I/O bus adapter
460E 271A I/O system and scan control routines Primary I/O planar
460E 271D I/O system and scan control routines Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
460E 2733 I/O system and scan control routines CEC RIO bus adapter
460E 27AA I/O system and scan control routines 2W/4W regulator card
460E 27AB I/O system and scan control routines 8W regulator card
460E 281C I/O system and scan control routines CEC backplane
460E 281D I/O system and scan control routines CEC backplane
fault
460E 285D I/O system and scan control routines 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
460E 288A I/O system and scan control routines 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
460E 300A I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460E 300B I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
358 Service Guide

460E 300C I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460E 300D I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
460E 300E I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
460E 301F I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460E 303A I/O system and scan control routines Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
460E 515B I/O system and scan control routines 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
460E 51AC I/O system and scan control routines 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
460E 51AD I/O system and scan control routines 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
460E 51AE I/O system and scan control routines 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
460F 245B I/O system and error code Processor card
generation/logging detected 2W 4M Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
460F 245C I/O system and error code Processor card
460F 245D I/O system and error code Processor card
460F 248B I/O system and error code Operator Panel
generation/logging detected primary Location: U0.1-L1
460F 24A5 I/O system and error code Processor card
generation/logging detected 2W 500 Locations: U1.1-P1-C1
460F 24A6 I/O system and error code Processor card

460F 25AB I/O system and error code 400 MHz clock
generation/logging detected 400 MHz Location: U1.1-P1.1.1
clock fault
460F 25AD I/O system and error code 540 MHz clock
clock fault
460F 25B1 I/O system and error code 750 MHz clock
clock fault
460F 25B3 I/O system and error code Processor card
460F 25B4 I/O system and error code Processor card
460F 25DA I/O system and error code 500 MHz clock
clock fault
460F 267D I/O system and error code 8W regulator card
generation/logging detected an 8W, Location: U1.1-P1-V1
460F 2687 I/O system and error code Remote I/O bus adapter
generation/logging detected remote Location: U1.1-P1.1
460F 271A I/O system and error code Primary I/O planar
generation/logging detected primary Location: U0.1-P1
I/O planar fault
460F 271D I/O system and error code Secondary I/O planar
generation/logging detected Locations: U0.2-P1
U0.4-P1
460F 2733 I/O system and error code CEC RIO bus adapter
generation/logging detected I/O clock Location: U1.1-P1.1
fault
460F 27AA I/O system and error code 2W/4W regulator card
generation/logging detected a 2W/4W Location: U1.1-P1-V1
regulator fault
460F 27AB I/O system and error code 8W regulator card
generation/logging detected an 8W Location: U1.1-P1-V1
regulator fault
460F 281C I/O system and error code CEC backplane
generation/logging detected CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault
360 Service Guide

460F 281D I/O system and error code CEC backplane
generation/logging detected Model Location: U1.1-P1
460F 285D I/O system and error code 1. SPCN fan controller
generation/logging detected SPCN Location: U0.1-X2
fan controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
460F 288A I/O system and error code 1. Go to the service processor
generation/logging detected memory Memory
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
460F 300A I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
generation/logging detected 32 MB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
460F 300B I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
460F 300C I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
460F 300D I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
460F 300E I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
460F 301F I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
460F 303A I/O system and error code Memory DIMM
generation/logging detected 1 GB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
460F 515B I/O system and error code 1100W ac power supply
generation/logging detected 1100W Locations: U1.1-V1
460F 51AC I/O system and error code 595W ac power supply
generation/logging detected 595W ac Locations: U0.1-V1
power supply fault U0.1-V2

460F 51AD I/O system and error code 595W dc power supply
generation/logging detected 595W dc Locations: U0.1-V1
power supply fault U0.1-V2
460F 51AE I/O system and error code 1100W dc power supply
generation/logging detected 1100W Locations: U1.1-V1
4B26 245B Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
basic assurance tests detected 2W Configuration” on page 122.
4M processor fault
4B26 245C Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
2M processor fault
4B26 245D Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4M processor fault
4B26 248B Processor system and scan interface Operator Panel
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-L1
primary I/O drawer operator panel
fault
4B26 24A5 Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
500 MHz processor fault
4B26 24A6 Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B26 25AB Processor system and scan interface 400 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4B26 25AD Processor system and scan interface 540 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4B26 25B1 Processor system and scan interface 750 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
4B26 25B3 Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B26 25B4 Processor system and scan interface Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B26 25DA Processor system and scan interface 500 MHz clock
MHz clock fault
362 Service Guide

4B26 267D Processor system and scan interface 8W regulator card
8W, 750 MHz regulator fault
4B26 2687 Processor system and scan interface Remote I/O bus adapter
basic assurance tests detected Location: U1.1-P1.1
remote I/O bus adapter fault
4B26 271A Processor system and scan interface Primary I/O planar
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-P1
primary I/O planar fault
4B26 271D Processor system and scan interface Secondary I/O planar
basic assurance tests detected Locations: U0.2-P1
U0.4-P1
4B26 2733 Processor system and scan interface CEC RIO bus adapter
basic assurance tests detected I/O Location: U1.1-P1.1
clock fault
4B26 27AA Processor system and scan interface 2W/4W regulator card
basic assurance tests detected a Location: U1.1-P1-V1
4B26 27AB Processor system and scan interface 8W regulator card
8W regulator fault
4B26 281C Processor system and scan interface CEC backplane
basic assurance tests detected CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault
4B26 281D Processor system and scan interface CEC backplane
basic assurance tests detected Model Location: U1.1-P1
4B26 285D Processor system and scan interface 1. SPCN fan controller
basic assurance tests detected Location: U0.1-X2
SPCN fan controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B26 288A Processor system and scan interface 1. Go to the service processor
basic assurance tests detected Memory
memory riser card fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
information.
U1.1-P1-M2

4B26 300A Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4B26 300B Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4B26 300C Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4B26 300D Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
MB (stacked) DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B26 300E Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
MB (unstacked) DIMM fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B26 301F Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
4B26 303A Processor system and scan interface Memory DIMM
basic assurance tests detected 1 GB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
4B26 515B Processor system and scan interface 1100W ac power supply
1100W ac power supply fault U1.1-V2
4B26 51AC Processor system and scan interface 595W ac power supply
4B26 51AD Processor system and scan interface 595W dc power supply
4B26 51AE Processor system and scan interface 1100W dc power supply
1100W dc power supply fault U1.1-V2
4B27 245B Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
364 Service Guide

4B27 245C Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4B27 245D Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4B27 248B Processor system and 6xx bus Operator panel
panel fault
4B27 24A5 Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
detected 2W 500 MHz processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
fault to check the states of the processors.
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4B27 24A6 Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2

4B27 25AB Processor system and 6xx bus 400 MHz clock
4B27 25B1 Processor system and 6xx bus 750 MHz clock
4B27 25B3 Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4B27 25B4 Processor system and 6xx bus Go to the service processor
See ″Processor
processors.
U1.1-P1-C2
4B27 25DA Processor system and 6xx bus 500 MHz clock
4B27 267D Processor system and 6xx bus 8W regulator card
fault
4B27 2687 Processor system and 6xx bus Remote I/O bus adapter
4B27 271A Processor system and 6xx bus Primary I/O backplane
detected primary I/O backplane fault
4B27 271D Processor system and 6xx bus Secondary I/O backplane
detected secondary I/O backplane U0.3-P1
fault U0.4-P1
366 Service Guide

4B27 2733 Processor system and 6xx bus CEC RIO bus adapter
4B27 27AA Processor system and 6xx bus 2W/4W regulator card
4B27 27AB Processor system and 6xx bus 8W regulator card
4B27 281C Processor system and 6xx bus CEC backplane
4B27 281D Processor system and 6xx bus CEC backplane
fault
4B27 285D Processor system and 6xx bus 1. SPCN fan controller
detected SPCN fan controller fault 2. Processor system and 6xx bus
processor runtime diagnostics
Location: U0.1-X1
4B27 288A Processor system and 6xx bus 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B27 300A Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4B27 300B Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4B27 300C Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4B27 300D Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
fault

4B27 300E Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
fault
4B27 301F Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4B27 303A Processor system and 6xx bus Memory DIMM
4B27 515B Processor system and 6xx bus 1100W ac power supply
fault
4B27 51AC Processor system and 6xx bus 595W ac power supply
4B27 51AD Processor system and 6xx bus 595W dc power supply
4B27 51AE Processor system and 6xx bus 1100W dc power supply
fault
4B28 245B Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
processor runtime diagnostics Configuration” on page 122.
detected 2W 4M processor fault
4B28 245C Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B28 245D Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B28 248B Processor system and other bus Operator Panel
panel fault
4B28 24A5 Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
detected 2W 500 MHz processor
fault
4B28 24A6 Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
368 Service Guide

4B28 25AB Processor system and other bus 400 MHz clock
4B28 25AD Processor system and other bus 540 MHz clock
4B28 25B1 Processor system and other bus 750 MHz clock
4B28 25B3 Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B28 25B4 Processor system and other bus Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B28 25DA Processor system and other bus 500 MHz clock
4B28 267D Processor system and other bus 8W regulator card
fault
4B28 2687 Processor system and other bus Remote I/O bus adapter
4B28 271A Processor system and other bus Primary I/O planar
detected primary I/O planar fault
4B28 271D Processor system and other bus Secondary I/O planar
detected secondary I/O planar fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B28 2733 Processor system and other bus CEC RIO bus adapter
4B28 27AA Processor system and other bus 2W/4W regulator card
4B28 27AB Processor system and other bus 8W regulator card

4B28 281C Processor system and other bus CEC backplane
4B28 281D Processor system and other bus CEC backplane
fault
4B28 285D Processor system and other bus 1. SPCN fan controller
detected SPCN fan controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B28 288A Processor system and other bus 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B28 300A Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
4B28 300B Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
4B28 300C Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
4B28 300D Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
fault
4B28 300E Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
fault
4B28 301F Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
4B28 303A Processor system and other bus Memory DIMM
370 Service Guide

4B28 515B Processor system and other bus 1100W ac power supply
fault
4B28 51AC Processor system and other bus 595W ac power supply
4B28 51AD Processor system and other bus 595W dc power supply
4B28 51AE Processor system and other bus 1100W dc power supply
fault
4B29 245B Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
detected 2W 4M processor fault Configuration” on page 122.
4B29 245C Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B29 245D Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B29 248B Processor system and memory test Operator Panel
panel fault
4B29 24A5 Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
detected 2W 500 MHz processor Configuration” on page 122.
fault
4B29 24A6 Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B29 25AB Processor system and memory test 400 MHz clock
4B29 25AD Processor system and memory test 540 MHz clock
4B29 25B1 Processor system and memory test 750 MHz clock
4B29 25B3 Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B29 25B4 Processor system and memory test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B29 25DA Processor system and memory test 500 MHz clock

4B29 267D Processor system and memory test 8W regulator card
fault
4B29 2687 Processor system and memory test Remote I/O bus adapter
4B29 271A Processor system and memory test Primary I/O planar
4B29 271D Processor system and memory test Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B29 2733 Processor system and memory test CEC RIO bus adapter
4B29 27AA Processor system and memory test 2W/4W regulator card
4B29 27AB Processor system and memory test 8W regulator card
4B29 281C Processor system and memory test CEC backplane
4B29 281D Processor system and memory test CEC backplane
fault
4B29 285D Processor system and memory test 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B29 288A Processor system and memory test 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B29 300A Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B29 300B Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
372 Service Guide

4B29 300C Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B29 300D Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B29 300E Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B29 301F Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B29 303A Processor system and memory test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B29 515B Processor system and memory test 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B29 51AC Processor system and memory test 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4B29 51AD Processor system and memory test 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4B29 51AE Processor system and memory test 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2A 245B Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2A 245C Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2A 245D Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2A 248B Processor system and self test Operator Panel
panel fault
4B2A 24A5 Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2A 24A6 Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2A 25AB Processor system and self test 400 MHz clock

4B2A 25AD Processor system and self test 540 MHz clock
4B2A 25B1 Processor system and self test 750 MHz clock
4B2A 25B3 Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2A 25B4 Processor system and self test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2A 25DA Processor system and self test 500 MHz clock
4B2A 267D Processor system and self test 8W regulator card
fault
4B2A 2687 Processor system and self test Remote I/O bus adapter
4B2A 271A Processor system and self test Primary I/O planar
4B2A 271D Processor system and self test Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B2A 2733 Processor system and self test CEC RIO bus adapter
4B2A 27AA Processor system and self test 2W/4W regulator card
4B2A 27AB Processor system and self test 8W regulator card
4B2A 281C Processor system and self test CEC backplane
4B2A 281D Processor system and self test CEC backplane
fault
4B2A 285D Processor system and self test 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
374 Service Guide

4B2A 288A Processor system and self test 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2A 300A Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 300B Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 300C Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 300D Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 300E Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 301F Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 303A Processor system and self test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2A 515B Processor system and self test 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2A 51AC Processor system and self test 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2A 51AD Processor system and self test 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2A 51AE Processor system and self test 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2B 245B Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum

4B2B 245C Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2B 245D Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2B 248B Processor system and wire test Operator Panel
panel fault
4B2B 24A5 Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2B 24A6 Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2B 25AB Processor system and wire test 400 MHz clock
4B2B 25AD Processor system and wire test 540 MHz clock
4B2B 25B1 Processor system and wire test 750 MHz clock
4B2B 25B3 Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2B 25B4 Processor system and wire test Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2B 25DA Processor system and wire test 500 MHz clock
4B2B 267D Processor system and wire test 8W regulator card
fault
4B2B 2687 Processor system and wire test Remote I/O bus adapter
4B2B 271A Processor system and wire test Primary I/O planar
4B2B 271D Processor system and wire test Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B2B 2733 Processor system and wire test CEC RIO bus adapter
4B2B 27AA Processor system and wire test 2W/4W regulator card
376 Service Guide

4B2B 27AB Processor system and wire test 8W regulator card
4B2B 281C Processor system and wire test CEC backplane
4B2B 281D Processor system and wire test CEC backplane
fault
4B2B 285D Processor system and wire test 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B2B 288A Processor system and wire test 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2B 300A Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2B 300B Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2B 300C Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2B 300D Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2B 300E Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2B 301F Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2B 303A Processor system and wire test Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n

4B2B 515B Processor system and wire test 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2B 51AC Processor system and wire test 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2B 51AD Processor system and wire test 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2B 51AE Processor system and wire test 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2C 245B Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2C 245D Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2C 248B Processor system and IPL MOPS Operator Panel
panel fault
4B2C 24A5 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2C 24A6 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2C 25AB Processor system and IPL MOPS 400 MHz clock
4B2C 25AD Processor system and IPL MOPS 540 MHz clock
4B2C 25B1 Processor system and IPL MOPS 750 MHz clock
4B2C 25B3 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2C 25B4 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2C 25DA Processor system and IPL MOPS 500 MHz clock
4B2C 267D Processor system and IPL MOPS 8W regulator card
fault
4B2C 2687 Processor system and IPL MOPS Remote I/O bus adapter
378 Service Guide

4B2C 271A Processor system and IPL MOPS Primary I/O planar
4B2C 271D Processor system and IPL MOPS Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B2C 2733 Processor system and IPL MOPS CEC RIO bus adapter
4B2C 27AA Processor system and IPL MOPS 2W/4W regulator card
4B2C 27AB Processor system and IPL MOPS 8W regulator card
4B2C 281C Processor system and IPL MOPS CEC backplane
4B2C 281D Processor system and IPL MOPS CEC backplane
fault
4B2C 285D Processor system and IPL MOPS 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B2C 288A Processor system and IPL MOPS 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2C 300A Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2C 300B Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2C 300C Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2C 300D Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n

4B2C 300E Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2C 301F Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2C 303A Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2C 515B Processor system and IPL MOPS 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2C 51AC Processor system and IPL MOPS 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2C 51AD Processor system and IPL MOPS 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2C 51AE Processor system and IPL MOPS 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2D 245B Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2D 245D Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2D 248B Processor system and IPL MOPS Operator Panel
panel fault
4B2D 24A5 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2D 24A6 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2D 25AB Processor system and IPL MOPS 400 MHz clock
4B2D 25AD Processor system and IPL MOPS 540 MHz clock
4B2D 25B1 Processor system and IPL MOPS 750 MHz clock
4B2D 25B3 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
380 Service Guide

4B2D 25B4 Processor system and IPL MOPS Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2D 25DA Processor system and IPL MOPS 500 MHz clock
4B2D 267D Processor system and IPL MOPS 8W regulator card
fault
4B2D 2687 Processor system and IPL MOPS Remote I/O bus adapter
4B2D 271A Processor system and IPL MOPS Primary I/O planar
4B2D 271D Processor system and IPL MOPS Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B2D 2733 Processor system and IPL MOPS CEC RIO bus adapter
4B2D 27AA Processor system and IPL MOPS 2W/4W regulator card
4B2D 27AB Processor system and IPL MOPS 8W regulator card
4B2D 281C Processor system and IPL MOPS CEC backplane
4B2D 281D Processor system and IPL MOPS CEC backplane
fault
4B2D 285D Processor system and IPL MOPS 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B2D 288A Processor system and IPL MOPS 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2

4B2D 300A Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 300B Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 300C Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 300D Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 300E Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 301F Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 303A Processor system and IPL MOPS Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2D 515B Processor system and IPL MOPS 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2D 51AC Processor system and IPL MOPS 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2D 51AD Processor system and IPL MOPS 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2D 51AE Processor system and IPL MOPS 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2E 245B Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
routines detected 2W 4M processor Configuration” on page 122.
fault
4B2E 245C Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2E 245D Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2E 248B Processor system and scan control Operator Panel
routines detected primary I/O drawer Location: U0.1-L1
operator panel fault
382 Service Guide

4B2E 24A5 Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
routines detected 2W 500 MHz Configuration” on page 122.
processor fault
4B2E 24A6 Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
processor fault
4B2E 25AB Processor system and scan control 400 MHz clock
4B2E 25AD Processor system and scan control 540 MHz clock
4B2E 25B1 Processor system and scan control 750 MHz clock
4B2E 25B3 Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
processor fault
4B2E 25B4 Processor system and scan control Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
processor fault
4B2E 25DA Processor system and scan control 500 MHz clock
4B2E 267D Processor system and scan control 8W regulator card
routines detected an 8W, 750 MHz Location: U1.1-P1-V1
regulator fault
4B2E 2687 Processor system and scan control Remote I/O bus adapter
routines detected remote I/O bus Location: U1.1-P1.1
adapter fault
4B2E 271A Processor system and scan control Primary I/O planar
routines detected primary I/O planar Location: U0.1-P1
fault
4B2E 271D Processor system and scan control Secondary I/O planar
routines detected secondary I/O Locations: U0.2-P1
planar fault U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B2E 2733 Processor system and scan control CEC RIO bus adapter
routines detected I/O clock fault Location: U1.1-P1.1
4B2E 27AA Processor system and scan control 2W/4W regulator card
routines detected a 2W/4W regulator Location: U1.1-P1-V1
fault
4B2E 27AB Processor system and scan control 8W regulator card
routines detected an 8W regulator Location: U1.1-P1-V1
fault
4B2E 281C Processor system and scan control CEC backplane
routines detected CEC backplane Location: U1.1-P1
fault

4B2E 281D Processor system and scan control CEC backplane
routines detected Model 6M1 CEC Location: U1.1-P1
backplane fault
4B2E 285D Processor system and scan control 1. SPCN fan controller
routines detected SPCN fan Location: U0.1-X2
controller fault 2. I/O drawer power distribution
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B2E 288A Processor system and scan control 1. Go to the service processor
routines detected memory riser card Memory
fault Configuration/Deconfiguration
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2E 300A Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2E 300B Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2E 300C Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2E 300D Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 512 MB (stacked) Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
4B2E 300E Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 512 MB Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
4B2E 301F Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2E 303A Processor system and scan control Memory DIMM
routines detected 1 GB DIMM fault Locations: U1.1-P1-M1.n
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2E 515B Processor system and scan control 1100W ac power supply
4B2E 51AC Processor system and scan control 595W ac power supply
384 Service Guide

4B2E 51AD Processor system and scan control 595W dc power supply
4B2E 51AE Processor system and scan control 1100W dc power supply
4B2F 245B Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2F 245C Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2F 245D Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
4B2F 248B Processor system and error code Operator Panel
panel fault
4B2F 24A5 Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2F 24A6 Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2F 25AB Processor system and error code 400 MHz clock
4B2F 25AD Processor system and error code 540 MHz clock
4B2F 25B1 Processor system and error code 750 MHz clock
4B2F 25B3 Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2F 25B4 Processor system and error code Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
fault
4B2F 25DA Processor system and error code 500 MHz clock
4B2F 267D Processor system and error code 8W regulator card
fault
4B2F 2687 Processor system and error code Remote I/O bus adapter
4B2F 271A Processor system and error code Primary I/O planar

4B2F 271D Processor system and error code Secondary I/O planar
U0.3-P1
U0.4-P1
4B2F 2733 Processor system and error code CEC RIO bus adapter
4B2F 27AA Processor system and error code 2W/4W regulator card
4B2F 27AB Processor system and error code 8W regulator card
4B2F 281C Processor system and error code CEC backplane
4B2F 281D Processor system and error code CEC backplane
fault
4B2F 285D Processor system and error code 1. SPCN fan controller
board
Location: U0.1-X1
4B2F 288A Processor system and error code 1. Go to the service processor
information.
U1.1-P1-M2
4B2F 300A Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2F 300B Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2F 300C Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2F 300D Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2F 300E Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
fault U1.1-P1-M2.n
386 Service Guide

4B2F 301F Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2F 303A Processor system and error code Memory DIMM
U1.1-P1-M2.n
4B2F 515B Processor system and error code 1100W ac power supply
fault U1.1-V2
4B2F 51AC Processor system and error code 595W ac power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2F 51AD Processor system and error code 595W dc power supply
U0.1-V2
4B2F 51AE Processor system and error code 1100W dc power supply
fault U1.1-V2

System Firmware Update Messages
Table 8. System Firmware Update Messages
A1FD 0000 Firmware update recovery mode entered Information message
A1FD 0001 Service processor flash recovery Insert Diskette #1
388 Service Guide

Common Firmware Error Codes
Attention: Follow the procedure defined in “Checkpoint and Error Code Index” on
page 173. If you replace FRUs or perform an action and the problem is still not
Table 9. Common Firmware Error Codes
B006 1403 Missing service processor resource 1. Update system firmware
2. Primary drawer I/O backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1404 Service processor firmware fault 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1405 Service processor firmware fault 1. Update system firmware Location:
U0.1-P1/Y1
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1406 Service processor program error 1. Update system firmware
2. Check for AIX updates
Location: U0.1-P1
B006 1407 Service processor resource allocation 1. Update system firmware
problem Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1000 Service processor failure Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1

Table 9. Common Firmware Error Codes (continued)
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 100E Service processor boot flash Primary I/O drawer backplane
corrupted Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 100F Service processor base flash Primary I/O drawer backplane
corrupted Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1370 Service processor flash update failure 1. Retry flash update
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1380 Service processor program failure 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1381 Service processor flash error 1. Update system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1670 Service processor flash update failure 1. Retry flash update
Location: U0.1-P1
B10F 1672 Service processor firmware update Call second level of support
invalid
B10F 1675 Service processor memory failure Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
invalid
invalid
390 Service Guide

invalid
B1FD 0013 A firmware update has failed because Reset the service processor (by
the update image is invalid. The activating the pinhole reset switch or
update was aborted before any by disconnecting, then reconnecting
changes were made to the currently power).
installed firmware.
Then install a valid firmware update
image for the specific system type
and model.
B1FD 0015 Too many firmware update diskettes 1. Assure the firmware update
inserted (or wrong faulty update image is correct for the specific
image). system type and model.
2. Replace the update diskettes with
a new set of firmware diskettes.
B1FD 0016 Diskette read error 1. The firmware diskette may be
faulty. Try another diskette.
2. Replace the diskette drive.
3. Replace the primary I/O
backplane.
B1FD 001A Service processor firmware update Reset the service processor with the
fault pinhole reset or by disconnecting
then reconnecting power.
B1FD 001E System firmware update Fault Wrong system firmware update
diskette. Insert correct diskette.
B1FD 001F Bad diskette Replace diskette
B1xx 0013 A firmware update has failed because Install a valid firmware update image
the update image is invalid. The for the specific system type and
update was aborted before any model.
changes were made to the currently
installed firmware.
B1xx 4600 Service processor error Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4601 CPU subsystem problem No isolation possible, contact next
level of support.
B1xx 4602 RIO bus fault 1. Check/reseat RIO cables
2. RIO bus adapter
Location: U0.1-P1.1
3. CEC RIO adapter
Location: U1.1-P1.1
B1xx 4603 CSP firmware corrupted 1. Reload system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1

B1xx 4606 Firmware failure 1. Check for system firmware
updates
2. Primary I/O drawer operator
panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4608 CSP early termination 1. Reset the system by
disconnecting and reconnecting
system power
2. Reload system firmware
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 460A TOD clock has been reset 1. Set TOD Clock
2. Primary I/O Drawer Backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 460B TOD battery failure Replace TOD battery
B1xx 4611 Service processor fault 1. Primary I/O drawer backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
2. Processor card
U1.1-P1-C2
B1xx 4620 Modem configuration failure (/S1 or 1. Check modem configuration files
/S2) 2. Check for system firmware
updates
3. Modem
B1xx 4621 Modem disconnect failure (/S1 or 1. Check modem configuration files
/S2) 2. Check for system firmware
updates
3. Modem
B1xx 4622 Primary I/O drawer operator panel 1. Primary I/O drawer operator
fault panel
Location: U0.1-P1-L1
updates
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4633 Service processor/system power 1. Check for system firmware
control network firmware fault updates
Location: U0.1-P1
392 Service Guide

B1xx 4634 System power control network loop 1. Check SPCN cabling
fault 2. Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4644 Processor VPD fault Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4645 Non-processor VPD fault Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4646 General VPD fault Ignore all location codes.
B1xx 4647 The machine type and model Replace the operator panel, Location:
reported by the CEC hardware do not U0.1-L1. Do not swap the VPD
match the machine type and model module from the old operator panel
stored in the VPD module on the onto the new operator panel; leave
operator panel. the new, unprogrammed VPD module
on the new operator panel. Call
service support to get instructions on
reprogramming the machine type and
model and the system serial number
in the VPD module.
B1xx 4648 CEC backplane VPD or power Ignore all location codes.
source failure Go to MAP 1540 and run CEC
B1xx 4649 Power supply VPD fault CEC power supply
Location: U1.1-V1
B1xx 4650 A system processor failure has been Information only. If the problem
detected by the service processor. All persists, check the error logs for
system processors have been reset other fault indicators.
in an attempt to recover operations.
If no other fault indications are found,
go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
the CEC minimum configuration.
B1xx 4651 CPU 1 VPD fault Processor card
B1xx 4652 CPU 2 VPD fault Processor card
B1xx 4660 Memory subsystem failure Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4661 Memory riser VPD failure Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
B1xx 4662 Memory DIMM VPD failure Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum

B1xx 4671 Critical temperature fault in primary 1. Check ambient temperature
I/O drawer 2. Check air supply to fans
3. Check fans for proper installation
and operation
4. Check for any unsupported cards
that may be too hot
5. I/O drawer operator panel
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4672 Critical temperature fault in 1. Check ambient temperature
secondary I/O drawer 2. Check air supply to fans
and operation
that may be too hot
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
secondary I/O drawer 3 2. Check air supply to fans
and operation
that may be too hot
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
secondary I/O drawer 4 in secondary 2. Check air supply to fans
I/O drawer 3 3. Check fans for proper installation
and operation
that may be too hot
Location: U0.1-L1
Location: U0.1-P1
394 Service Guide

B1xx 4681 JTAG scan interface problem 1. JTAG cabling
2. Clock card
3. Processor cards and CEC
backplane
U1.1-P1-C2
U1.1-P1
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4690 Operating system surveillance time 1. This error code indicates that the
out (AIX to service processor operating system terminated early
interface failure) (which usually implies an
operating system crash). This
error code may appear in the
service processor error log by
itself. However, in the AIX error
log, there should be another error
which points to the cause of the
operating system crash. Use the
other error as the starting point
for your service action.
2. The other possibility is that the
operating system was not found
during a prior boot attempt. To
determine if this occurred, do the
following: Look at the AIX error
log entry containing B1xx4690.
This will be a
″SCAN_ERROR_CHRP″ error
with an identifier of BFEC0425. In
the detail data, find the string
″B1xx4690″ (If present, it will be
at byte 60 of the detail data.)
Then go forward 8 bytes after the
″B1″ to byte 68 and look at bytes
68 and 69. If the values of bytes
68 and 69 are A2B0, this
indicates that the firmware was
unable to find a bootable device
in the boot list that is set in the
SMS menus. If the system is up,
the boot list problem has been
corrected and the B1xx 4690 can
be treated as an informational
message with no actions
required.
3. Call service support.

B1xx 4691 System firmware surveillance time 1. Check for system firmware
out (System firmware to service updates
processor interface failure) Location: U0.1-P1/Y1
2. If accessible, go to the service
processor main menu and select
System Information Menu.
Then, select Read Progress
Indicators From Last System
Boot. Begin your repair action
with the error code (use Chapter
5) or checkpoint (use Chapter 4)
immediately preceeding B1xx
4691. If a location code appears
with the error code or checkpoint,
replace the part at that location. If
no location code is specified,
follow the repair actions for the
error code or checkpoint. If a
location code appears with the
error code or checkpoint, replace
the part at that location. If no
location code is specified, follow
the repair actions for the error
code or checkpoint
3. If the service processor menus
are not accessible, reboot the
system and watch the primary
drawer operator panel display.
Record the last 4-digit checkpoint
before any 8-digit error code. Use
this checkpoint and go to
“Checkpoint and Error Code
Index” on page 173 and follow the
instructions.
4. If the problem is not solved, call
the second level of support.
B1xx 4692 Service processor firmware/operator 1. Check for system firmware
panel task interface problem detected updates
396 Service Guide

B1xx 4693 Service processor firmware error 1. Check for system firmware
updates.
2. The type and model field in the
VPD module may be set
incorrectly. The type and model
field can be viewed using the
service processor function ″Read
VPD Image from Last System
Boot″, which is option 1 in the
“System Information Menu” on
page 424. If the type and model
field is not set correctly, call
service support.
3. Call service support.
B1xx 4694 Service processor firmware failure 1. Check for system firmware
update
2. Primary I/O Drawer Backplane
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4695 Service processor/system power 1. Check for system firmware
control network firmware interface update
problem detected Location: U0.1-P1/Y2
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 4696 Firmware problem / AIX interface Call second level of support
problem detected
B1xx 4698 Firmware problem 1. Check for system firmware
updates
B1xx 4699 Service processor firmware error 1. Check for system firmware
updates
B1xx 469A System firmware interface problem 1. Check for system firmware
update
B1xx 469B Firmware to I/O interface problem 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 469C Firmware to I/O interface problem 1. Check for system firmware
update
Location: U0.1-P1

B1xx 469E Possible service processor firmware 1. Check for system firmware
problem updates
Configuration” on page 122, run
CEC
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 469F Possible service processor firmware 1. Check for system firmware
problem updates
Configuration” on page 122, run
CEC
minimum configuration
Location: U0.1-P1
B1xx 8FF0 Informational message No action required
Scan Log Dump Progress Codes

Table 10. Scan Log Dump Progress Codes
D130 xxxx Scan log dump in progress Informational message only. As the dump
progresses, the xxxx characters in the
display will change. When the scan log
dump is complete, the system may
reboot, depending on the reboot policy
settings.
Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes

Table 11. Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes
M0BT 0000 The system hung during speaker Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
POST. This error code is generated Configuration” on page 122.
by the customer performing “Problem
Determination” in the RS/6000
Enterprise Server Model M80,
Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1
User’s Guide.
398 Service Guide

Table 11. Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes (continued)
M0BT 0001 The system hung during “Starting Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
Software...”. This error code is Configuration” on page 122.
generated by the customer
performing “Problem Determination”
in the RS/6000 Enterprise Server
Model M80, Eserver pSeries 660
Model 6M1 User’s Guide.
M0KB D000 The system hung during keyboard 1. Service processor
POST. This error code is generated Location: U0.1-P1-X1
by the customer performing “Problem 2. Keyboard
User’s Guide.
M0KB D001 The system did not respond to a Type 101 keyboard.
keyboard entry. This error code is
M0KB D002 The system did not respond to a Type 102 keyboard.
M0KB D003 The system did not respond to a Kanji-type keyboard.
M0ME M002 The system hung during memory Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
User’s Guide.

Table 11. Problem Determination-Generated Error Codes (continued)
M0NE T000 The system hung during network Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
User’s Guide.
M0PS 0000 Power failure. This error code is Go to “MAP 1520: Power” on
generated by the customer page 94.
M0SC SI00 Unable to load diagnostics. This error Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
code is generated by the customer Configuration” on page 122.
M0SC SI01 Unable to load diagnostics. This error Go to “MAP 1540: Minimum
code is generated by the customer Configuration” on page 122.
400 Service Guide

Chapter 6. Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode
The system diagnostics can be booted from the default boot list or from the service
mode boot list. (The service mode boot list can be modified using the system
diagnostics “Display or Change Bootlist” service aid. The service mode boot list cannot
be modified under the System Management Services).
For more information about using standalone or online diagnostics, see “Using the
Standalone and Online Diagnostics” in RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
Information for Multiple Bus Systems, order number SA38-0509.
Attention: If this system unit is attached to another system, be sure you isolate this
system unit before stopping the operating system or running diagnostic programs.
Some system-cabling changes (such as installing wrap plugs or removing a device from
the configuration) may require action by the operator of the attached system before
making the cabling changes on this system.
To load standalone diagnostics from the default boot list, perform the following
procedure:
1. Verify with the system administrator and users that all programs may be stopped,
then do so.
2. Turn off the system.
Note: If AIX is running, enter the shutdown command.

3. Wait until the Power LED stops flashing and remains off, then press the power
button to turn on the system.
4. Immediately insert the diagnostic CD-ROM into the CD-ROM drive.
5. When or after the keyboard indicator appears during startup, press the numeric 5
key on the keyboard.
6. Enter any requested passwords.
Online diagnostics can be loaded by booting from a hard file in the custom boot list by
pressing the numeric 6 key on the keyboard.
To boot from the devices listed in the service mode boot list, perform the following
procedure:
1. Verify with the system administrator and users that all programs may be stopped,
then do so.
2. Turn off the system.
Note: If AIX is running, enter the shutdown command.

3. Wait until the Power LED stops flashing and remains off, then press the power
button to turn the system on.
4. When or after the keyboard indicator appears during startup, press the numeric 6
key on the keyboard.
401
5. Enter any requested passwords.
After any requested passwords have been entered, the system attempts to boot from
the first device of each type found on the list. If no bootable image is found on the first
device of each type on the list, the system does not search through the other devices of
that type for a bootable image; instead, it polls the first device of the next type.
If all types of devices in the boot list have been polled without finding a bootable image,
the system restarts. This action gives the user the opportunity to start the System
Management Services (by pressing the number 1 key on a directly attached keyboard
or the number 1 on an ASCII terminal) before the system attempts to boot again.
Default Boot List and Service Mode Bootlist

The default boot list is:
1. Diskette
2. CD-ROM
3. Tape
4. Hard file
5. Network
v Token-ring
v Ethernet
Pressing the numeric 5 key on the keyboard causes the system to load standalone
diagnostics if a diagnostic CD is present in the CD-ROM drive.
Pressing the numeric 6 key on the keyboard loads online diagnostics from the hard
file in the customized service mode boot list. No diagnostic CD should be in the
CD-ROM drive because online diagnostics are typically run from a hard disk. Like the
default boot list, the service mode boot list can contain five entries. The numeric 6 key
works like the numeric 5 key with the following exceptions:
v The system searches for a boot record according to the service mode boot list.
v If the service mode boot list is discovered by a cyclical redundancy check to be
corrupted, the system rebuilds the service mode boot list according to the default
boot list. (The default boot list contains five entries, and for each matching device
type found in the system unit, the system makes an entry in the custom boot list.)
v If no service mode boot list is present, the system uses the default boot list.
402 Service Guide

Chapter 7. Using the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature
The Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature allows a new system to be ordered with
extra processor capacity that can be enabled by the system administrator. Also, if a
system that is already in use requires additional processor capacity, the system can be
upgraded with additional capacity that can be enabled by the system administrator
anytime additional capacity is required. The service representative can also enable
processors during hardware upgrade installation.
Note: The Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature is available for this system when a
minimum of four processors running at 750 MHz processor are installed. The
Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature is not available on systems in which 500
MHz processors are installed.
System Processors
The processors are ordered by feature code (FC) for the system on which you are
installing the additional capacity. The following feature codes can be ordered with the
system, or added as upgrades to allow additional processors to be installed in the
system and then enabled later.
FC 8306
This Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature code causes a processor board
with four processors to be installed, but none of the processors are enabled.
Only one of these feature codes can be installed.
FC 8307
This Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature code causes a processor board
with four processors to be installed, and two of the processors are enabled.
After the system is running with any of the above features installed, if the system
administrator enables additional processors on a processor board, the records for the
system are changed to show that the appropriate feature code is in use.
As processors are enabled by the system administrator, the feature records for the
system are automatically updated in the AIX error logs to reflect the number of
processors in use. For system records purposes, the error logs record changes to the
processor configuration and the changes are sent, using the Electronic Service Agent,
to the CUoD (Capacity Upgrade on Demand) project office.
403
Process Flow for Capacity Upgrade on Demand
The following flowchart provides an overview of the process that is required to enable
Capacity Upgrade on Demand on systems that need reserve capacity.
System is ordered with Capacity Capacity Upgrade on Demand

Or feature is ordered for upgrade to
Upgrade on Demand feature
customer system
Customer system is made

Customer installation site is made ready for Capacity Upgrade on
ready for system with Capacity Demand feature:
Upgrade on Demand feature: Dedicated phone line installed
Dedicated phone line installed Electronic Service Agent available
Electronic Service Agent available Name and address available
Name and address available Capacity Upgrade on Demand
enabling code is installed
Time is scheduled for installation
System or feature hardware

is installed
AIX and Capacity Upgrade on

Demand enabling code is installed
Electronic Service Agent installed on

system with dedicated phone line
connected to modem
Diagnostics used to verify installation
Customer information is completed

using chcod command
System begins monitoring logs for

changes to capacity upgrade
on demand features. Reports to
support center for processor upgrade
activity.
Capacity Upgrade On Demand

feature is installed and available
when needed. Use chcod command
to enable additional processors.
404 Service Guide

Installing a System with Capacity Upgrade on Demand
If you are installing a system that was ordered with a processor Capacity Upgrade on
Demand feature, continue with this section to install the Capacity Upgrade on Demand
feature.
If the Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature is already installed in your system and you
want to upgrade to use additional processors, go to “Enabling Additional Capacity
Upgrade on Demand Processors” on page 409.
Verifying System Communication Capabilities

The system must have Electronic Service Agent installed and configured to call out on a
dedicated phone line. The service representative is responsible for ensuring that
Electronic Service Agent is operational.
To verify the system communication capabilities, do the following:

1. As part of the Capacity Upgrade on Demand system installation, the service
representative must configure and test the Electronic Service Agent. Locate the CD
that contains the Electronic Service Agent application and user’s guide PDF
document provided with the system.
2. Use the Electronic Service Agent user’s guide to complete the tasks in the following
sections:
v Prerequisites
v Obtaining and installing Electronic Service Agent
v Basic Electronic Service Agent configuration
v Advanced configuration tasks that must be completed to support Capacity
Upgrade on Demand:
– If the system having Capacity Upgrade on Demand installed is not the
Electronic Service Agent gateway, the Electronic Service Agent client code
must be installed on this system and this system must be added to the list of
Electronic Service Agent-monitored systems.
– A test PMR must be sent to the Electronic Service Agent server and
completed successfully.
3. Return here and continue with these instructions after completing steps 1 and 2
above.
Configuring the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature

This section provides instructions to use the chcod command to configure the Capacity
Upgrade on Demand feature and allow the system to update the system records. For
full details about the chcod command syntax, go to Appendix D, “Using the chcod
Command” on page 555.
Note: Ensure that the system and all new hardware have been installed before
beginning this procedure.
Chapter 7. Using the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature 405

Note: If the Capacity Upgrade on Demand processor feature is not installed, the
service representative should install the processor feature at this time. Do not
continue with the steps below. Refer to the installation instructions that were
provided with the feature.
To install a system with the Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature hardware, do the
following:
1. Log in to the system as root user or as a user with system group privileges.
2. Type the following command:
chcod
Record the displayed information below:

Current MailAddress _______Reserved________
Current CustInfo _______________________
Current Model and System ID = IBM, xxxx-______IBM, ________
Current number of authorized proc(s) out of (xx_____) installed on system = (yy_____)
where (xx) is the number of processors installed in the system, (yy) is the number of
Capacity Upgrade on Demand-enabled processors.
If (yy) is equal to 0, then Capacity Upgrade on Demand is not enabled.
If (yy) is greater than 0, then Capacity Upgrade on Demand is enabled.

3. To enable testing of all the installed processors, disable Capacity Upgrade on
Demand by setting the number _of _ processors (yy) equal to 0:
chcod -r proc -n 0
4. Shut down and reboot the system, as follows:
shutdown -Fr
5. To verify the installed processors, type the following at the command line:
bindprocessor -q
Information about installed processor boards displays. The available processors

should be listed as 0 to 7.
If the number of installed processors is not correct, use the normal maintenance
package procedures to correct any problems.
6. To test the system, type the following at the command line:
diag
7. Select Advanced Diagnostics.
8. Select System Verification mode on sysplanar0 and all processors. Use the normal
maintenance package procedures to correct any problems.
406 Service Guide

Enabling the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature
When the system is ready to return to normal operations, enable the Capacity Upgrade
on Demand feature, as follows:
2. Type the following at the command line:
chcod -c "CustomerNname-CustomerNumber_nnnnnnn-CustomerPhoneNumber_(333)_444-5555"
Note: You can obtain the customer number and the customer phone number from
the customer or the marketing representative. Use that information when you
use the chcod command. For example:
chcod -c Jane_Doe-CustomerNumber_9999999-Phone_(333)_444-5555
Note: The customer information cannot contain any blank spaces.
To verify that the information was entered correctly, type the following at the
command line:
chcod
The following information is displayed:

Current CustInfo Jane_Doe-CustomerNumber_9999999-Phone_(333)_444-5555
Current Model and System ID = IBM, xxxx-xxx_IBM,xxxxxxx
Current number of authorized proc(s) out of (xx_____) installed on system = (0)

chcod -r proc -n total_number_of_processors
where the total_number_of_processors is equal to the value of (yy) recorded in step

2 on page 406.
4. To verify the error log, type the following at the command line:
errpt -a | pg
The following information displays:

LABEL : COD_CHANGED
IDENTIFIER : nnnnnAnnB
Date/Time : DDD MM YY TIME
Machine ID : nnnnnnnnnnnnnn
Note ID : abcdefxxx
Class : x
Type : INFO
Resource Name : Cod Notify
Description
CHANGING CAPACITY UPGRADE ON DEMAND
Probable Causes
User Causes
USER RAN Chcod COMMAND

Recommended Action
NONE
Detail Data
SYSTEM MODEL
IBM, xxxx-xxx_IBM, xxxxxxxxx
RESOURCE CHANGE
proc
RESOURCE INSTALLED
.......
The RESOURCE INSTALLED is equal to the total number of installed processors (xx).
OLD VALUE
0
NEW VALUE
........
The NEW VALUE must equal (yy), recorded in step 2 on page 406.
5. Shutdown and reboot the system, as follows:
shutdown -Fr
chcod

The values of (xx) and (yy) should match the values recorded in step 2 on
page 406.
The processor Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature is enabled and ready to be used.
If you want to enable additional processors, go to “Enabling Additional Capacity
Upgrade on Demand Processors” on page 409.
408 Service Guide

Enabling Additional Capacity Upgrade on Demand Processors
This section provides instructions to use the chcod command to enable the appropriate
processors as they are needed. For details about the chcod command syntax, go to
Appendix D, “Using the chcod Command” on page 555.
If the Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature is already installed in your system and you
want to upgrade to use additional processors, continue with this section.
Determining Processor Configuration

If your system has a Capacity Upgrade on Demand processor board feature, to
determine the current configuration of installed processors and processors authorized
for use, do the following:
2. Type the following command:
chcod

The values of (xx) and (yy) are the current values for the number of processors
installed (xx) and the number of authorized processors (yy). Use this information
about the current configuration to determine the number of processors to enable.
3. Continue with “Adding Processor Capacity” on page 410 to enable any additional
processors that you need.

Adding Processor Capacity
To enable additional processors in the configuration of a system that has the Capacity
Upgrade on Demand feature installed and running, do the following.
1. To increase the number of authorized processors, type the following at the
command line:
chcod -r proc -n total_number_of_processors
The following is an example of the above command:

chcod -r proc -n 6
In the example above, the value of -n 6 is equal to the total number of processors
that you want to have authorized (yy) by entering this command. To upgrade your
system to use more of the installed processors, increase the value of (yy) in
increments of 2. In this case, 6 would represent 4 base processors plus 2 additional
Capacity Upgrade on Demand processors.
When the system performs the command to enable additional processors,

information about the new system configuration is added to the error log and sent
through the Electronic Service Agent to the service support center.
2. Shut down and reboot the system to enable the additional processors, as follows:
shutdown -Fr
chcod

The values of (yy) should match the value you entered for the
total_number_of_processors in step 1.
For details about the flag variables entered in the chcod command, see Appendix D,
“Using the chcod Command” on page 555.
410 Service Guide

Chapter 8. Using the Service Processor
The service processor menus make it possible for you to configure service processor
options, as well as enable and disable functions.
Service processor menus are available using an ASCII terminal when OK is displayed on
the primary I/O drawer operator panel or when the service processor has detected a
server problem (such as a surveillance failure).
For a summary of the service processor functions and the methods used to invoke
them, see the following table.
Service Processor Functions Service AIX Service SMS

Processor Aids (ASCII or
Menus (ASCII or graphics
(ASCII graphics terminals)
terminals) terminals)
Read VPD image from last system boot Y3
Read System POST Errors Y3
Read Service Processor Error Logs Y3
View Progress Indicators from last boot Y3
Power-off System Y2
Read NVRAM Y2
Start Talk Mode Y2
Enable/Disable Console Mirroring Y2
Setup Reboot/Restart Policy Y2 Y1
Enable/Disable Modem Y2 Y1
2
Setup Modem Configuration Y Y1
Setup Dial-out Phone Numbers Y2 Y1
Setup Surveillance Y2 Y1
2
Select Modem Line Speed Y Y1
Update System EPROMs Y2 Y1
Save/Restore Hardware Maintenance Policies Y1
Change General-Access Password Y2
Change Privileged-Access Password Y2 Y2
Select Language Y2 Y2
2 1
Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode Y Y Y2
Passwords required (if set):
1
Operating system root password
2
Privileged-access password
3
General-access (power-on) password
411
Service Processor Menus
The service processor menus are divided into two groups:
v General user menus - the user must know the general-access password.
v Privileged user menus - the user must know the privileged-access password.
If the server is powered off, the service processor menus can be accessed locally or
remotely.
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Locally

Service processor menus can be accessed locally by connecting an ASCII terminal to
serial port 1 (S1) or serial port 2 (S2). Access to the service processor menus is not
available on serial port 3 (S3) or serial port 4 (S4). Because the presence of the ASCII
terminal cannot be confirmed by the service processor, you must press a key (any key)
on the ASCII keyboard to confirm its presence after OK appears in the primary drawer
operator panel display.
When you gain access, the service processor prompts you for a password (if set), and
when verified, displays the service processor menus.
The service processor menu prompt, represented by 0> or 1>, indicates the serial port
to which the terminal is connected.
v 0> indicates serial port 1 (S1)
v 1> indicates serial port 2 (S2)
Accessing the Service Processor Menus Remotely

If your system has a modem connected and is configured for call-in (see “Modem
Configuration Menu” on page 433), the service processor menus can be accessed
remotely as follows:
1. With the system powered off, call in from a remote terminal.
2. The service processor detects ring-indicate and prompts you for a password (if set).
When verified, the service processor menus display remotely.
Saving and Restoring Service Processor Settings

All the settings you make (except language) from the service processor menus can be
backed up either for recovering from a fault that may corrupt these settings, or for
replicating these settings to other servers that include a service processor.
The AIX service aid, Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies, can be used to
save your settings after initial setup or whenever the settings must be changed for
system operation purposes.
It is strongly recommended that you use this AIX service aid for backing up service
processor settings to protect the usefulness of the service processor and the availability
of the server. Refer to “Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies,” in the
“Introducing Tasks and Service Aids” section of the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries
Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems, SA38-0509.
412 Service Guide

Menu Inactivity
The service processor exits menu mode after ten minutes of inactivity, and displays a
message indicating that it has done so. Pressing any key on the ASCII terminal causes
the main menu to be displayed.
General User Menu

The menu options presented to the general user are a subset of the options available to
the privileged user. The user must know the general-access password, if set, to access
this menu.
GENERAL USER MENU
1. Power-on System
2. Power-off System
3. Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
4. Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
5. Read Service Processor Error Logs
6. Read System POST Errors
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Power-on System
Allows the user to start the system using the current ASCII terminal as the active
console.
v Power-off System
Allows the user to power off the system using the current ASCII terminal as the
active console.
v Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
Displays manufacturer vital product data, such as serial numbers, part numbers, and
so on, that were stored during the system boot prior to the one in progress now.
v Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
Displays a number of the boot progress indicators, which may include service
processor checkpoints, IPL checkpoints, and/or AIX configuration codes, from the
previous system boot. This information can be useful in diagnosing system faults.
The progress indicator codes are listed from top (latest) to bottom (oldest).
This information is not stored in non-volatile storage. If the system is powered off
using the power-on button on the operator panel, this information is retained. If the
ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is disconnected from the system, this
information will be lost. For an example, refer to “LCD Progress Indicator Log” on
page 451.
v Read Service Processor Error Logs
Chapter 8. Using the Service Processor 413

Displays the service processor error logs. For an example, refer to “Service
Processor Error Log” on page 450.
v Read System POST Errors
This option should only be used by service personnel to display additional error log
information.
v Exit from Menus
Selecting this option will exit the service processor menus. You can re-enter the
menus by pressing any key on the console.
Privileged User Menus

The following menus are available to privileged users only. The user must know the
privileged-access password, if set, to access these menus.
Main Menu
At the top of the Main Menu is a listing containing:
v Your system’s current firmware version
v The firmware copyright notice
v The system name given to your server during setup
You need the firmware version for reference when you either update or repair the
functions of your service processor.
The system name, an optional field, is the name that your server reports in problem
messages. This name helps your support team (for example, your system administrator,
network administrator, or service representative) to more quickly identify the location,
configuration, and history of your server. The system name is set from the Main Menu
using option 6.
Note: The information under the Service Processor Firmware heading in the following
Main Menu illustration is example information only.
414 Service Guide

Service Processor Firmware
VERSION: MM000313
Copyright 2000 IBM Corporation
SYSTEM NAME
MAIN MENU
1. Service Processor Setup Menu
2. System Power Control Menu
3. System Information Menu
4. Language Selection Menu
5. Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu
6. Set System Name
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Service Processor Setup Menu

See “Service Processor Setup Menu” on page 416 for more information.
v System Power Control Menu
See “System Power Control Menu” on page 420 for more information.
v System Information Menu
See “System Information Menu” on page 424 for more information.
v Language Selection Menu
See “Language Selection Menu” on page 431 for more information.
v Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu
See “Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu” on page 432 for more information.
v Set System Name
Allows setting of the system name.

Service Processor Setup Menu
The Service Processor Setup menu shown below is accessed from the Main Menu.
SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP MENU
1. Change Privileged Access Password
2. Change General Access Password
3. Enable/Disable Console Mirroring:

Currently Enabled
4. Start Talk Mode
5. OS Surveillance Setup Menu
6. Reset Service Processor
7. Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu
8. Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu
98. Return to Previous Menu
99. Exit from Menus
1>
Note: Unless otherwise stated in menu responses, settings become effective when a
menu is exited using option 98 or 99.
416 Service Guide

Passwords
Passwords can be any combination of up to eight alphanumeric characters. You can
enter longer passwords, but the entries are truncated to include only the first eight
characters. The privileged-access password can be set from service processor menus
or from System Management Services (SMS) utilities (see Chapter 9, “Using System
Management Services” on page 455). The general-access password can be set only
from service processor menus.
For security purposes, the service processor counts the number of attempts to enter
correct passwords. The results of not recognizing a correct password within this error
threshold are different, depending on whether the attempts are being made locally (at
the server) or remotely (through a modem). The error threshold is three attempts.
If the error threshold is reached by someone entering passwords at the server, the
service processor commands the server to resume the initial program load (IPL). This
action is taken based on the assumption that the server is in an adequately secure
location with only authorized users having access. Such users must still successfully
enter a login password to access AIX.
If the error threshold is reached by someone entering passwords remotely, the service
processor commands the server to power down to prevent potential security attacks on
the server by unauthorized remote users. The following table lists what you can access
with the privileged-access password and the general-access password.
Privileged General Resulting Menu

Access Access
Password Password
None None Service processor MAIN MENU displays
Set None Users with the password see the service processor MAIN
MENU. Users without password cannot log in.
Set Set Users see menus associated with the entered password
Note: If you forget the password, you must remove the battery for at least 30 seconds
to disable the password.
v Change Privileged-Access Password
Set or change the privileged-access password. It provides the user with access to all
service processor functions. This password is usually used by the system
administrator or root user.
v Change General-Access Password
Set or change the general-access password. It provides limited access to service
processor menus, and is usually available to all users who are allowed to power on
the server, especially remotely.
Note: The general-access password can only be set or changed after the
privileged-access password is set.

v Enable/Disable Console Mirroring
Console mirroring is supported on serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2 (S2). When
console mirroring is enabled, the service processor sends information to both serial
ports. The serial port from which console mirroring is enabled is referred to as the
active port. The mirror port is determined when keyboard input is detected from the
other port. From this point on, the service processor only sends information to the
active port and the mirror port. This capability can be enabled by local or remote
users, providing local users the capability to monitor remote sessions. Console
mirroring can be enabled for the current session only. For more information, see
“Console Mirroring” on page 449.
v Start Talk Mode
In a console mirroring session, it is useful for those who are monitoring the session
to be able to communicate with each other. Selecting this menu item activates the
keyboards and displays for such communications while console mirroring is
established. This is a full duplex link, so message interference is possible. Alternating
messages between users works best.
v OS Surveillance Setup Menu
This menu can be used to set up operating system (OS) surveillance.
OS Surveillance Setup Menu
1. Surveillance:
Currently Enabled
2. Surveillance Time Interval:

5 minutes
3. Surveillance Delay:
10 minutes
1>
– Surveillance
Can be set to Enabled or Disabled.
– Surveillance Time Interval

Can be set to any number from 2 through 255.
– Surveillance Delay
Can be set to any number from 0 through 255.
Refer to “Service Processor System Monitoring - Surveillance” on page 446 for more
information about surveillance.
v Reset Service Processor
If this option is selected, entering Y causes the service processor to reboot.
418 Service Guide

v Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu
This option updates the system EPROMs. After entering Y to indicate that you want
to continue, you are prompted to enter the update diskettes. Follow the instructions
on the screen. When the update is complete, the service processor reboots.
All system EPROMs that can be reprogrammed are updated at the same time. They
are as follows:
– System power control network programming
– Service processor programming
– System firmware
– Run-time abstraction services
v Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu
This menu can be used to set up serial port snooping, in which the user can
configure serial port 1 as a ″catch-all″ reset device.
From the service processor main menu, select option 1, Service Processor Setup
Menu, then select option 8 (Serial Port Snoop Setup Menu).
SERIAL PORT SNOOP SETUP MENU
1. System reset string:

Currently Unassigned
2. Snoop Serial Port:

1>
Use the system reset string option to enter the system reset string, which resets the
machine when it is detected on the main console on serial port 1.
Use the snoop serial port option to select the serial port to snoop.
Note: Only serial port 1 is supported.
After serial port snooping is correctly configured, at any point after the system unit is
booted to AIX, whenever the reset string is typed on the main console, the system
unit reboots.
Pressing Enter after the reset string is not required, so make sure that the string is
not common or trivial. A mixed-case string is recommended.

System Power Control Menu
This menu is used to set power control options. Other menus that control boot options
are available here:
SYSTEM POWER CONTROL MENU
1. Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode:

Currently Enabled
2. Ring-Indicate Power-On Menu
3. Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu
4. Power-On System
5. Power-Off System
6. Enable/Disable Fast System Boot

Currently Enabled
7. Boot Mode Menu
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode

Use this option to instruct the service processor to restore the power state of the
server after a temporary power failure. Unattended start mode can also be set
through the System Management Services (SMS) menus. It is intended to be used
on servers that require automatic power-on after a power failure. For more
information, see “System Power-On Methods” on page 439.
v Ring-Indicate Power-On Menu
RING-INDICATE POWER-ON MENU
1. Ring-indicate power-on :
Currently Enabled
2. Number of rings:
Currently 3
30. Refresh Modem Settings
Ring-indicate is enabled by default on both serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2 (S2).
When ring-indicate power-on is enabled, call-in is disabled.
If ring-indicate power-on is enabled and call-in is already enabled, you will be asked
to confirm your choice. Refer to the message displayed on your screen.
420 Service Guide

If the ring-indicate power-on setting is changed, you must select option 30 (Refresh
Modem Settings) to update the modem settings. If option 30 (Refresh Modem
Setting) is selected, and the modem(s) have not been configured, you will be asked
to configure the modems first. See “Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu” on page 432 for
information on configuring modems.
Option 2 is used to set the number of rings.
Note: In order for the ring-indicate power-on settings to take effect and ring-indicate
power-on to be enabled, the service processor menus must be exited
completely. Enter 99 at the Main Menu screen to completely exit the service
processor menus.
v Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu
The following menu controls reboot/restart policy:
Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu
1. Number of reboot attempts:

Currently 1
2. Use OS-Defined restart policy?

Currently Yes
3. Enable supplemental restart policy?

Currently No
4. Call-Out before restart:

Currently Disabled
1>
Reboot is the process of bringing up the system hardware; for example, from a
system reset or power on. Restart is activating the operating system after the system
hardware is re-initialized. Restart must follow a successful reboot.
– Number of reboot attempts - If the server fails to successfully complete the boot
process, it attempts to reboot the number of times specified. Values equal to or
greater than 0 are valid. Only successive failed reboot/restart attempts are
counted.
– Use OS-Defined restart policy - Allows the service processor to react or not
react in the same way as the operating system to major system faults by reading
the setting of the operating system parameter Automatically Restart/Reboot
After a System Crash. This parameter may or may not be defined, depending on
the operating system or its version/level. If the operating system automatic restart
setting is defined, then it can be set to respond to a major fault by restarting or by
not restarting. See your operating system documentation for details on setting up
operating system automatic restarts. The default value is Yes.

– Enable supplemental restart policy - The default setting is No. If set to Yes, the
service processor restarts the system when the system loses control as detected
by service processor surveillance, and either:
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to No.
OR
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to Yes, and the operating system
has no automatic restart policy.
Refer to “Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery” on page 440.

– Call-Out before restart (enabled/disabled) - If a restart is necessary due to a
system fault, you can enable the service processor to call out and report the
event. This option can be valuable if the number of these events becomes
excessive, signalling a bigger problem.
v Power-On System
Allows immediate power-on of the system. For other power-on methods, see
“Powering On the System” on page 469.
v Power-Off System
Allows the user to power-off the system.
v Enable/Disable Fast System Boot
Allows the user to select the speed of the system boot.
Attention: Selecting the fast IPL results in several diagnostic tests being skipped
and a shorter memory test being run.
422 Service Guide

v Boot Mode Menu
The Boot Mode Menu allows you to select a boot mode.
Boot Mode Menu
1. Boot to SMS Menu:

Currently Disabled
2. Service Mode Boot from Saved List:

Currently Disabled
3. Service Mode Boot from Default List:

Currently Disabled
4. Boot to Open Firmware Prompt:

Currently Disabled
1>
To select a boot mode, select a number and press Enter. The item corresponding to
the selected number toggles from disabled to enabled. If the same number is
selected again, the item toggles from enabled to disabled. If a boot mode is enabled,
the boot mode selected is performed, and the disabled/enabled selection is reset to
disabled. Following is a description for each boot mode:
– Boot to SMS Menu
When this selection is enabled, the system boots to the System Management
Services (SMS) menu.
– Service Mode Boot from Saved List
This selection causes the system to perform a service mode boot using the
service mode boot list saved in NVRAM. If the system boots AIX from the disk
drive and AIX diagnostics are loaded on the disk drive, AIX boots in service mode
to the diagnostics menu.
Using this option to boot the system is the preferred way to run online diagnostics.
– Service Mode Boot from Default List
This selection is similar to “Service Mode Boot from Saved List”, except the
system boots using the default boot list that is stored in the system firmware. This
is normally used to try to boot customer diagnostics from the CD-ROM drive.
Using this option to boot the system is the preferred way to run standalone
diagnostics.
– Boot to Open Firmware
When this selection is enabled, the system boots to the open firmware prompt.
This option should only be used by service personnel to obtain additional debug
information.

System Information Menu
This menu provides access to system configuration information, error logs, system
resources, and processor configuration.
SYSTEM INFORMATION MENU
1. Read VPD Image from Last System Boot
2. Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
3. Read Service Processor Error Logs
4. Read System POST Errors
5. Read NVRAM
6. Read Service Processor Configuration
7. Processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
8. Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
9. Power Control Network Utilities Menu
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Read VPD Image from Last System Boot

Displays manufacturer’s vital product data (VPD), such as serial numbers, part
numbers, and so on, that were stored during the system boot prior to the one in
progress now.
v Read Progress Indicators from Last System Boot
Displays a number of the boot progress indicators, which may include service
processor checkpoints, IPL checkpoints, and/or AIX configuration codes, from the
previous system boot. This information can be useful in diagnosing system faults.
This information is not stored in non-volatile storage. If the system is powered off
using the power-on button on the operator panel, this information is retained. If the
ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is disconnected from the system, this
information will be lost. For an example, refer to “LCD Progress Indicator Log” on
page 451.
v Read Service Processor Error Logs
Displays the service processor error log. Refer to “Service Processor Error Log” on
page 450 for an example of this error log.
v Read System POST Errors
This option should only be used by service personnel to display additional error log
information.
v Read NVRAM
Displays non-volatile random access memory (NVRAM) content.
424 Service Guide

v Read Service Processor Configuration
Displays current service processor configuration.
v Processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
This menu allows the user to change the system processor configuration. If it is
necessary to take one of the processors offline, this menu allows you to deconfigure
a processor, and then reconfigure the processor at a later time. An example of this
menu is shown below:
PROCESSOR CONFIGURATION/DECONFIGURATION MENU
77. Enable/Disable CPU Repeat Gard: Currently Enabled
1. 0 3.0 (00) Configured by system

2. 1 3.1 (31) Deconfigured by system
1>
Note: This table is built from vital product data collected during the last boot
sequence. The first time the system is powered up, or after the system’s
non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) has been erased, this table may be empty. The
table is rebuilt during the next boot into AIX.
The fields of the previous table represent the following:

Column 1 (1.) Menu selection index.
Column 2 (0) Logical processor device number assigned by AIX. You can
display these logical device numbers by issuing the following
command on the AIX command line:
lsdev -C | grep proc
Column 3 (3.0) Processor address list used by the service processor and
should be ignored.
Column 4 (00) Error status of the processors.

The error status of each processor is indicated by AB, where B indicates the number
of errors and A indicates the type of error according to the following table:
1. Bring-up failure
2. Run-time non-recoverable failure
3. Run-time recoverable failure
A status of 00 indicates that the CPU has not had any errors logged against it by the
service processor.
To enable or disable CPU Repeat Gard, use menu option 77. CPU Repeat Gard is
enabled by default.
If CPU Repeat Gard is disabled, processors that are in the deconfigured by system
state will be reconfigured. These reconfigured processors are then tested during the
boot process, and if they pass, they remain online. If they fail the boot testing, they
are deconfigured, even though CPU Repeat Gard is disabled.
The failure history of each CPU is retained. If a processor with a history of failures is
brought back online by disabling Repeat Gard, it remains online if it passes testing
during the boot process. However, if Repeat Gard is enabled, the processor is taken
offline again because of its history of failures.
Note: The processor numbering scheme used by the service processor is different
from the numbering scheme used by AIX. Consult the AIX documentation
before configuring or deconfiguring a processor to ensure that the correct
processor is selected.
The AIX Documentation library is available at the following Web address:

http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select Technical Publications. AIX
documentation is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD. The
documentation is made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the
hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD-ROM drive.
v Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu
These menus allow the user to change the system memory configuration. If it is
necessary to take one of the memory DIMMs offline, this menu allows you to
deconfigure a DIMM, and then reconfigure the DIMM at a later time.
When this option is selected, a menu displays, showing the memory riser cards in
the system. Type the number of the memory riser card on which the DIMM is
plugged that you want to configure or deconfigure. An example of this menu is shown
below:
MEMORY CONFIGURATION/DECONFIGURATION MENU
77. Enable/Disable Memory Repeat Gard: Currently Enabled
1. Memory riser card 1

2. Memory riser card 2
426 Service Guide

After you select a memory riser card, a menu allowing the selection of a memory
DIMM is displayed. The following is an example of this menu.
MEMORY CONFIGURATION/DECONFIGURATION MENU
1: 11.16(00) Configured by system 2: 11.17(00) Configured by system


Memory DIMMs are managed as a group.

Deconfiguring a DIMM will make the whole group unavailable.
0>
Note: This table is built from vital product data collected during the last boot
sequence. The first time the system is powered up, or after the system’s
non-volatile RAM (NVRAM) has been erased, this table may be empty. The
table is rebuilt during the next boot into AIX.
The DIMMs in the system are presented by group. Octal A is shown first, followed by
octals B, C, and D, if present. The menu selection index/DIMM number and the
DIMM address correspond to the numbers shown in “Memory Riser Card 1 Memory
DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus” on page 428 and “Memory Riser Card
2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus” on page 429.
The fields in the previous table represent the following:

Column 1 1. Menu selection index/DIMM number
Column 2 11.xx (riser card 1) or 10.xx (riser card 2) DIMM address used by
service processor
Column 3 (00) Error status

Memory Riser Card 1 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus
31: 11.46 32: 11.47
29: 11.38 30: 11.39
27: 11.30 28: 11.31
25: 11.22 26: 11.23
23: 11.44 24: 11.45
21: 11.36 22: 11.37
19: 11.28 20: 11.29
17: 11.20 18: 11.21
15: 11.42 16: 11.43
13: 11.34 14: 11.35
11: 11.26 12: 11.27
9: 11.18 10: 11.19
7: 11.40 8: 11.41
5: 11.32 6: 11.33
3: 11.24 4: 11.25
1: 11.16 2: 11.17
428 Service Guide

Memory Riser Card 2 Memory DIMM Locations for Service Processor Menus
31: 10.78 32: 10.79
29: 10.70 30: 10.71
27: 10.62 28: 10.63
25: 10.54 26: 10.55
23: 10.76 24: 10.77
21: 10.68 22: 10.69
19: 10.60 20: 10.61
17: 10.52 18: 10.53
15: 10.74 16: 10.75
13: 10.66 14: 10.67
11: 10.58 12: 10.59
9: 10.50 10: 10.51
7: 10.72 8: 10.73
5: 10.64 6: 10.65
3: 10.56 4: 10.57
1: 10.48 2: 10.49

v Power Control Network Utilities Menu
This menu allows the user to do a lamp test on the operator panels and display, or
change the I/O type.
POWER CONTROL NETWORK UTILITIES MENU
1. Lamp Test for all Operator Panels
2. Display I/O Type
3. Change I/O Type
1>
– Lamp Test for all Operator Panels

Selecting this option tests the operator panel indicators as follows:
Operator Panel Location Lamp Test Results

Primary I/O drawer Indicators blink on and off for approximately 30 seconds.
Secondary I/O drawers Indicators come on and stay on for approximately 30 seconds.
– Display I/O Type

I/O type and other data displays (blinks in one-second intervals) on all secondary
I/O drawer operator panels. All secondary I/O types are 84. Nothing displays on
the primary I/O drawer operator panel. After 20-30 seconds, the Power Control
Network Utilities Menu redisplays on the console.
– Change I/O Type
Use this option to change the I/O type of the primary I/O drawer after a service
action or configuration change if the I/O type is incorrect. If this option is chosen,
you are asked to make the following entries.
1. For the I/O drawer address (drawer number), type:
- 1 for primary I/O drawer.
- n for secondary I/O drawers (n = 2, 3, 4).
2. For the I/O type, type:
- 87 for primary I/O drawer.
- 84 for all secondary I/O drawers.
If you enter an invalid value, a failure message displays on the console. The
Power Control Network Utilities Menu is then redisplayed on the console.
430 Service Guide

Language Selection Menu
The service processor menus and messages are available in various languages. This
menu allows a language to be selected in which the service processor and system
firmware menus and messages are displayed.
LANGUAGE SELECTION MENU
1. English
2. Francais
3. Deutsch
4. Italiano
5. Espanol
6. Svenska
99. Exit from Menus
1>
Note: Your ASCII terminal must support the ISO-8859 character set to correctly display
languages other than English.

Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu
This menu is used to configure a modem for the service processor to use to support the
system:
CALL-IN/CALL-OUT SETUP MENU
1. Modem Configuration Menu
2. Serial Port Selection Menu
3. Serial Port Speed Setup Menu
4. Telephone Number Setup Menu
5. Call-Out Policy Setup Menu
6. Customer Account Setup Menu
7. Call-Out Test
99. Exit from Menus
1>
v Modem Configuration Menu, see “Modem Configuration Menu” on page 433.

v Serial Port Selection Menu, see “Serial Port Selection Menu” on page 434.
v Serial Port Speed Setup Menu, see “Serial Port Speed Setup Menu” on page 434.
v Telephone Number Setup Menu, see “Telephone Number Setup Menu” on
page 435.
v Call-Out Policy Setup Menu, see “Call-Out Policy Setup Menu” on page 436.
v Customer Account Setup Menu, see “Customer Account Setup Menu” on
page 437.
v Call-Out Test Menu tests the configuration after the modem is installed and
configured. In order for this test to execute successfully, at least one of the following
numbers must be assigned:
– Service center telephone number
– Customer administration center telephone number
– Digital pager telephone number
432 Service Guide

Modem Configuration Menu
The first two lines of the Modem Configuration Menu are status lines showing the
current selections. Selections are made in the two sections labeled Modem Ports and
Modem Configuration File Name. Select the serial port that you want to activate and
then select the modem configuration file for the modem on the port. If you want to set
up both of the serial ports with modems, make your selections one port at a time.
Note: Modem configuration is only supported on serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2
(S2).
Modem Configuration Menu
Port 1 Modem Configuration File Name:

Port 2 Modem Configuration File Name:
To make changes, First select the port and then the configuration file
name
Modem Ports:
1. Serial port 1
2. Serial port 2
Modem Configuration File Name:

5. none 9. modem_z_sp
6. modem_f_sp 10. modem_m1_sp
7. modem_f0_sp 11. modem_m0_sp
8. modem_f1_sp 12. modem_m1_sp
30. Save configuration to NVRAM and Configure modem

0>
For information on choosing a modem configuration file, see “Sample Modem

Configuration Files” on page 561, and “Transfer of a Modem Session” on page 566.

Serial Port Selection Menu
This menu allows you to enable or disable the call-in and call-out functions of each
serial port in any combination.
Serial Port Selection Menu
1. Serial Port 1 Call-Out: 3. Serial Port 1 Call-In:

Currently Disabled Currently Disabled
2. Serial Port 2 Call-Out: 4. Serial Port 2 Call-In:

Currently Disabled Currently Disabled
Call-in and ring-indicate power-on cannot be enabled at the same time. If ring-indicate
power-on is already enabled and you try to enable call-in, a message prompts you for
confirmation. Refer to the message displayed on the screen.
Serial Port Speed Setup Menu

This menu allows you to set serial port speed to enhance terminal performance or to
accommodate modem capabilities.
Serial Port Speed Setup Menu
1. Serial Port 1 Speed:

Currently 9600
2. Serial Port 2 Speed:

Currently 9600
1>
A serial port speed of 9600 baud or higher is recommended. Valid serial port speeds
are as follows:
50 600 4800
75 1200 7200
110 1800 9600
134 2000 19200
150 2400 38000
300 3600 57600
115200
434 Service Guide

Telephone Number Setup Menu
Use this menu to set or change the telephone numbers for reporting a system failure.
Telephone Number Setup Menu
1. Service Center Telephone Number:

2. Customer Administration Center Telephone Number:

3. Digital Pager Telephone Number:

4. Customer Voice Telephone Number:

5. Customer System Telephone Number:

1>
v Service Center Telephone Number is the number of the service center computer.
The service center usually includes a computer that takes calls from servers with
call-out capability. This computer is referred to as the ″catcher.″ The catcher expects
messages in a specific format to which the service processor conforms.
For more information about the format and catcher computers, refer to the README
file in the AIX /usr/samples/syscatch directory. Contact your service provider for the
correct service center telephone number to enter. Until you have that number, leave
this field unassigned.
v Customer Administration Center Telephone Number is the number of the system
administration center computer (catcher) that receives problem calls from servers.
Contact your system administrator for the correct telephone number to enter here.
Until you have that number, leave this field unassigned.
v Digital Pager Telephone Number is the number for a numeric pager carried by
someone who responds to problem calls from your server. Contact your
administration center representative for the correct telephone number to enter. For
test purposes, use a test number, which you can change later. See the note on page
447 for information about using certain modems for paging.
Note: At least one of the preceding three telephone numbers must be assigned in
order for the call-out test to execute successfully.
v Customer Voice Telephone Number is the telephone number of a phone near the
server or answered by someone responsible for the server. This is the telephone
number left on the pager for callback. For test purposes, use a test number, which
you can change later.
v Customer System Telephone Number is the telephone number to which your
server’s modem is connected. The service or administration center representatives
need this number to make direct contact with your server for problem investigation.
This is also referred to as the call-in phone number.

Call-Out Policy Setup Menu
Callout settings can be set using the following menu:
CALL-OUT POLICY SETUP MENU
1. Call-Out policy (First/All):

Currently First
2. Remote timeout, (in seconds):

Currently 120
3. Remote latency, (in seconds):

Currently 2
4. Number of retries:
Currently 2
1>
v Call-Out policy can be set to first or all. If call-out policy is set to first, the
service processor stops at the first successful call-out to one of the following
numbers in the order listed:
1. Service center
2. Customer administrative center
3. Pager
If call-out policy is set to all, the service processor attempts a call-out to all of the
following numbers in the order listed:
1. Service center
2. Customer administrative center
3. Pager
v Remote timeout and remote latency are functions of your service provider’s catcher
computer. Either use the defaults or contact your service provider for recommended
settings.
v Number of retries is the number of times you want the server to retry calls that fail
to complete.
436 Service Guide

Customer Account Setup Menu
This menu allows users to enter information that is specific to their account.
Customer Account Setup Menu
1. Customer Account Number:

2. Customer RETAIN Login userid:

3. Customer RETAIN login password:

1>
v Customer Account Number is assigned by your service provider for record-keeping

and billing. If you have an account number, enter it. Otherwise, leave this field
unassigned.
v Customer RETAIN Login User ID and Customer RETAIN Login Password apply
to a service function to which your service provider may or may not have access.
Leave these fields unassigned if your service provider does not use RETAIN.
Service Processor Procedures in Service Mode

When the system is in service mode, the following service-processor parameters are
suspended:
v Unattended start mode
v Reboot/restart policy
v Call-out
v Surveillance
When service mode is exited, the service processor parameters revert to the customer
settings.

Service Processor Functions
This section discusses some of the service processor functions in greater detail. The
service processor supports the functions listed in the following table.
Built-in Functions Initialization and Test Service Processor BIST

System Chip Initialization
Error Data Collection BIST/POST errors and status
Isolation to Field Replaceable
Unit (FRU) on failure
Configuration CPU Complex validation
VPD Collection
System Management Reset and Reboot on System
Firmware failure
Reboot on system failure
Local User Function User Interface Local async console
Text-based menus with NLS
Operator Panel messages
Power and Miscellaneous Power On/Off
Configurable Reboot Policy
Status and Data Access VPD
Error data (SP)
Error data (system)
Service Processor Setup Passwords
Utilities
Phone numbers
Language (NLS) selection
Call-In/Call-Out enable/disable
System Name
Modem Configuration
Remote User Functions Call-Out (Call Home) Reporting OS termination
Boot failure
Surveillance failure
Checkstop
Machine check
Identify system by name
Call-In Power-on through ring-indicate
Password/security check
Console mirroring
438 Service Guide

System Power-On Methods
This section discusses the following system power-on methods:
v Power-on switch
v Service processor menus
Privileged users can power on the system by selecting the System Control Power
Menu option from the main menu and then selecting the Power-on System option
from the system power control menu. General users should select Power-on System
on the general user menu.
v Remote power-on via ring-indicate signal
The server automatically powers on when it detects a ″ring-indicate″ signal from a
modem attached to serial port 1 (S1) or serial port 2 (S2).
A remote user can call the server to activate ring detection by the modem. Listen for
a few more rings than the threshold number for starting the system. The system
powers on without answering the call.
v Unattended start mode - refer to Enable/Disable Unattended Start Mode on page
420.
The service processor can be enabled to recover from the loss of ac power (dc
power in a dc-powered system) (see Enable/Disable Unattended Power-On Mode in
the System Control Power Menu). When ac power (dc power in a dc-powered
system) is restored, the system returns to the power state at the time ac loss (dc loss
in a dc-powered system) occurred. For example, if the system was powered on when
ac loss (dc loss in a dc-powered system) occurred, it reboots/restarts when power is
restored. If the system was powered-off when ac loss (dc loss in a dc-powered
system) occurred, it remains off when power is restored.
It is recommended that the CEC and I/O drawers both receive their ac power (dc
power in a dc-powered system) from the same building circuit on the same circuit
breaker, if not the same electrical outlet box, in such a way that primary power
cannot be lost to one unit separately from the other. If such a condition occurs,
unattended start mode may not be able to restart system operation when a primary
power interruption is restored.
v Timed power-on - refer to the shutdown -t command on servers using AIX.
Working in conjunction with AIX, the service processor in your server can operate a
timer, much like the wake-up timer on your clock radio. You can set the timer so that
your server powers on at a certain time after shutting down. The timer is
battery-operated, so power interruptions that occur while the server is off do not
affect its accuracy. Refer to the AIX shutdown -t command for details on setting the
timer.
Note: If an ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) loss is in progress when

the timed power-on attempt occurs, the server is not able to power on when
ac power (dc power in a dc-powered system) is restored.
v Follow-up to a failed boot attempt
The service processor initiates a power-on sequence if a failed boot attempt is
detected (due to a hardware or software failure).
v Fast/slow boot (IPL) settings

Using the service processor menus, you can select the IPL type, mode, and speed of
your system boot.
Attention: Selecting fast IPL results in several diagnostic tests being skipped and a
shorter memory test being run.
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery

Reboot describes bringing the system hardware back up; for example, from a system
reset or power-on. The boot process ends when control passes to the operating system
process.
Restart describes activating the operating system after the system hardware is
re-initialized. Restart must follow a successful reboot.
Boot (IPL) Speed

When the server enters reboot recovery, slow IPL is automatically started, which gives
the POST an opportunity to locate and report any problems that may otherwise be
undetected.
Failure During Boot Process

During the boot process, either initially after system power-on or upon reboot after a
system failure, the service processor monitors the boot progress. If progress stops, the
service processor can re-initiate the boot process (reboot) if enabled to do so. The
service processor can re-attempt this process according to the number of retries that
has been set in the Reboot/Restart Policy Setup Menu.
Failure During Normal System Operation

When the boot process completes and control transfers to the operating system (OS),
the service processor can monitor operating system activity (see the Set Surveillance
Parameters option in the Service Processor Setup Menu). If OS activity stops due to a
hardware- or software-induced failure, the service processor can initiate a reboot/restart
process based on the settings in the Service Processor Reboot/Restart Policy Setup
Menu and the OS automatic restart settings (see the operating system documentation).
If you are using the AIX operating system, the menu item under SMIT for setting the
restart policy is Automatically Reboot After Crash (True/False). The default is false.
When the setting is true, and if the service processor parameter ″Use OS-Defined
Restart Policy″ is yes (the default), the service processor takes over for AIX to
reboot/restart after a hardware or surveillance failure.
Service Processor Reboot/Restart Policy Controls

The operating system’s automatic restart policy (see operating system documentation)
indicates the operating system response to a system crash. The service processor can
be instructed to refer to that policy by the Use OS-Defined Restart Policy setup menu.
If the operating system has no automatic restart policy, or if it is disabled, then the
service processor restart policy can be controlled from the service processor menus.
Use the Enable Supplemental Restart Policy selection.
440 Service Guide

Use OS-Defined restart policy - The default setting is yes. This causes the service
processor to refer to the OS automatic restart policy setting and take action (the same
action the operating system would take if it could have responded to the problem
causing the restart).
When this setting is no, or if the operating system did not set a policy, the service
processor refers to enable supplemental restart policy for its action.
Enable supplemental restart policy - The default setting is no. If set to yes, the
service processor restarts the server when the operating system loses control and
either:
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to no.
OR
The Use OS-Defined restart policy is set to yes and the operating system has no
automatic restart policy.
The following table describes the relationship among the operating system and service
processor restart controls:
OS Automatic Service processor to Service Processor System response

reboot/restart use OS-Defined Enable supplemental
after crash setting restart policy? restart policy?
None No No1
None No Yes Restarts
None Yes1 No1
None Yes1 Yes Restarts
2
False No No1
False2 No Yes Restarts
False2 Yes1 No1
False2 Yes1 Yes
True No No1
True No Yes Restarts
1 1
True Yes No Restarts
True Yes1 Yes Restarts
1
Service processor default
2
AIX default

System Firmware Updates
This section provides information and instructions for updating the system firmware. You
may need to perform these steps if you are installing an option or if your support
representative has instructed you to update your firmware.
Always check the pSeries & RS/6000 Support Web site for the latest firmware images
and update instructions. The Web address is: http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/support/micro
Downloading the firmware update image and update instructions from the Web is
preferred.
If the system is running, but access to the Web is not available, see “System Firmware
Update Using a Locally Available Image” on page 443.
If the system cannot be powered on, but the service processor menus are available,
see “Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus” on page 444.
If the service processor programming has been corrupted, the service processor will
automatically enter recovery mode when power is applied to the system. Recovery
mode is described later in this section.
To check the level of firmware that is currently on the system, see “Determining the
Level of Firmware on the System” on page 443.
General Information on System Firmware Updates

All the types of system firmware that can be reprogrammed are updated at the same
time. They are:
v System power control network programming
v Service processor programming
v IPL programming
v Run-time abstraction services
It is strongly recommended that you create a set of firmware update diskettes from the
Web site as soon as possible after a system is installed. As noted below, the diskette
images can be downloaded to any personal computer, pSeries, or RS/6000 system with
Internet access. This method is the only way to acquire a set of firmware update
diskettes; they cannot be created by using the service processor menus or by using
AIX.
Retain and store the latest firmware diskettes each time the firmware gets updated in
the event that the firmware becomes corrupted and must be reloaded.
Download the detailed instructions, as well as the latest flash images, from this Web
site. Before doing a system firmware update, check the Web site for the latest code and
images. Do not attempt a firmware update if you are unsure of the image you have, or
of the procedure required for the update.
442 Service Guide

The images are available on the Web site in either DOS format or AIX (backup) format:
v If downloading to a PC, download the DOS image and follow the instructions. The
diskettes that are created will be in AIX (backup) format.
v If downloading to a pSeries or RS/6000 system, follow the instructions to create an
image on a disk drive or on diskettes.
Determining the Level of Firmware on the System

Note: This information may be superseded by the information that is available on the
Web site listed below. Always check the Web site for the latest images and
instructions for checking the firmware level. The Web address is:
http://www.rs6000.ibm.com/support/micro
The firmware level is denoted by XXYYMMDD, where XX = model designation, YY =

year, MM = month, and DD = day of the release.
The firmware level can be determined by either of the following methods:

v On the AIX command line, by typing:
lscfg -vp|grep -F .MM
A line that begins with ROM level (alterable).. displays the firmware level that is
currently on the system.
v Looking at the top of the service processor main menu.
System Firmware Update Using a Locally Available Image

To update the system firmware using a locally available image, perform the following
steps:
1. Log in as root user.
2. If the directory /tmp/fwupdate does not exist, create it by issuing the following
command:
mkdir /tmp/fwupdate
3. The firmware update file must be written into the /tmp/fwupdate directory on the
system. This can be done by using the ftp command to get the image from an ftp
server or NFS-mounting the directory on the host server, for example.
The firmware update file can also be transferred to the target system by backing up
the image onto diskette from another server and restoring it into the /tmp/fwupdate
directory.
After the firmware update file has been written into the /tmp/fwupdate directory,
verify its existence by entering the following command:
ls /tmp/fwupdate/MM*.img
The update file will have the format MMyymmdd.img. The MM indicates that this is
an update image for a Model M80 or Model 6M1 system: yy is the year, mm is the
month, and dd is the day of the update file.
4. After the update file has been written to the /tmp/fwupdate directory, enter the
following commands:

cd /usr/lpp/diagnostics/bin
./update_flash -f /tmp/fwupdate/MMyymmdd.img
Attention: Do not overlook the periods (.) in the commands shown above. AIX
commands are case-sensitive. Type them exactly as shown.
You will be asked for confirmation to proceed with the firmware update and the required
reboot. If you confirm, the system will apply the new firmware, reboot, and return to the
AIX prompt. This may take up to ten minutes depending on the configuration of the
system.
Attention: On some systems, the message Wait for rebooting before stopping
may display on the system console. Do not turn off the system until the system has fully
rebooted to the AIX login prompt. If a shutdown is necessary at that time, log in as root
user and issue the shutdown command.
While the update is in progress, you will see Rebooting... on the display for several
minutes.
The firmware update is complete.
Updating System Firmware From the Service Processor Menus

This procedure requires a set of firmware update diskettes in backup format.
The service processor menus are available while the system is powered off. As a
privileged user, from the service processor main menu, select Service Processor
Setup, then select Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu. The update process requests
update diskettes as needed.
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Service Aids

Note: This service aid is supported only in online diagnostics.
Refer to the detailed instructions that are provided on the Web site with the latest
image.
Updating System Firmware from the AIX Command Line

Refer to the detailed instructions that are provided on the Web site with the latest
image.
Note: The update process can take up to sixty minutes, and the system reboots itself
during the update process.
Recovery Mode
If the service processor detects that its programming has been corrupted when it is
powering up to standby mode, it will enter recovery mode. In recovery mode, it will ask
for the firmware update diskettes by putting eight-digit codes on the operator panel.
444 Service Guide

The eight-digit codes are as follows:
Code Action
A1FD 0000 System firmware has been corrupted and must be reflashed.
A1FD 0001 Insert update diskette 1.
A1FD 000n Insert update diskette n.
Notes:
1. If the wrong diskette is inserted at any time, or if the diskette is left in the drive after
it has been read, B1FD 001F is displayed, indicating that the wrong diskette is in the
drive.
2. If B1FD 001A is displayed at any time during the process, the service processor must
be reset by activating the pinhole reset switch on the primary drawer operator panel.
After the update process is complete, the service processor resets itself and goes
through a complete reboot.
Configuring and Deconfiguring Processors or Memory

All failures that crash the system with a machine check or check stop, even if
intermittent, are reported as a diagnostic callout for service repair. To prevent the
recurrence of intermittent problems and improve the availability of the system until a
scheduled maintenance window, processors and memory DIMMs with a failure history
are marked ″bad″ to prevent their being configured on subsequent boots.
A processor or memory DIMM is marked ″bad″ under the following circumstances:

v A processor or memory DIMM fails built-in self-test (BIST) or power-on self-test
(POST) during boot (as determined by the service processor).
v A processor or memory DIMM causes a machine check or check stop during run
time, and the failure can be isolated specifically to that processor or memory DIMM
(as determined by the processor run-time diagnostics in the service processor).
v A processor or memory DIMM reaches a threshold of recovered failures that results
in a predictive callout (as determined by the processor run-time diagnostics in the
service processor).
During boot time, the service processor does not configure processors or memory
DIMMs that are marked ″bad.″
If a processor or memory DIMM is deconfigured, the processor or memory DIMM

remains offline for subsequent reboots until it is replaced or Repeat Gard is disabled.
The Repeat Gard function also allows users to manually deconfigure a processor or
memory DIMM, or re-enable a previously deconfigured processor or memory DIMM. For
information on configuring or deconfiguring a processor, see the Processor
Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu on page 425. For information on configuring or

deconfiguring a memory DIMM, see the Memory Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu on
page 426. Both of these are submenus under the System Information Menu.
You can enable or disable CPU Repeat Gard or Memory Repeat Gard using the
Processor Configuration/Deconfiguration Menu, which is a submenu under the System
Information Menu.
Run-Time CPU Deconfiguration (CPU Gard)

L1 instruction cache recoverable errors, L1 data cache correctable errors, and L2 cache
correctable errors are monitored by the processor run time diagnostics (PRD) code
running in the service processor. When a predefined error threshold is met, an error log
entry with warning severity and threshold exceeded status is returned to AIX. At the
same time, PRD marks the CPU for deconfiguration at the next boot. AIX will attempt to
migrate all resources associated with that processor to another processor and then stop
the defective processor.
Service Processor System Monitoring - Surveillance

Surveillance is a function in which the service processor monitors the system, and the
system monitors the service processor. This monitoring is accomplished by periodic
samplings called heartbeats.
Surveillance is available during two phases:

v System firmware bring-up (automatic)
v Operating system run time (optional)
System Firmware Surveillance

System firmware surveillance is automatically enabled during system power-on. It
cannot be disabled by the user, and the surveillance interval and surveillance delay
cannot be changed by the user.
If the service processor detects no heartbeats during system IPL (for a set time period),
it cycles the system power to attempt a reboot. The maximum number of retries is set
from the service processor menus. If the fail condition persists, the service processor
leaves the machine powered on, logs an error, and displays menus to the user. If
call-out is enabled, the service processor calls to report the failure and displays the
operating system surveillance failure code on the operator panel.
Operating System Surveillance

Operating system surveillance provides the service processor with a means to detect
hang conditions, as well as hardware or software failures, while the operating system is
running. It also provides the operating system with a means to detect a service
processor failure caused by the lack of a return heartbeat.
Operating system surveillance is not enabled by default, allowing you to run operating
systems that do not support this service processor option.
446 Service Guide

You can also use the service processor menus and the AIX diagnostic service aids to
enable or disable operating system surveillance.
For operating system surveillance to work correctly, you must set the following
parameters:
v Surveillance enable/disable
v Surveillance interval
The maximum time the service processor waits between heartbeats from the
operating system before reporting a surveillance failure.
v Surveillance delay
The maximum time the service processor waits for the first heartbeat from the
operating system, after the operating system has been started, before reporting a
surveillance failure.
Surveillance does not take effect until the next time the operating system is started after
the parameters have been set.
You can initiate surveillance mode immediately from service aids. In addition to the
three options above, a fourth option allows you to select immediate surveillance, and
rebooting of the system is not necessarily required.
If operating system surveillance is enabled (and system firmware has passed control to
the operating system), and the service processor does not detect any heartbeats from
the operating system within the surveillance delay period, the service processor
assumes the system is hung and takes action according to the reboot/restart policy
settings. See “Service Processor Reboot/Restart Recovery” on page 440.
If surveillance is selected from the service processor menus that are only available at
bootup, then surveillance is enabled by default as soon as the system boots. From
service aids, the selection is optional.
Call-Out (Call-Home)
The service processor can call out (call-home) when it detects one of the following
conditions:
v System firmware surveillance failure
v Operating system surveillance failure (if supported by operating system)
v Restarts
v Critical hardware failure
v Abnormal operating system termination
To enable the call-out feature, do the following:

1. Connect a modem to serial port 1 (S1) or serial port 2 (S2).
2. Set up the following using the service processor menus or the diagnostic service
aids:
v Enable call-out for the serial port where the modem is connected.

v Enter the modem configuration file name.
v Set up site-specific parameters (phone numbers for call-out, call-out policy,
number of call-out retries, and so on).
3. To call out before restart, set Call-out before restart to enabled from the
Reboot/Restart Policy Setup menu.
Note: Some modems, such as IBM 7857-017, are not designed for the paging function.
Although they can be used for paging, they will return an error message when
they do not get the expected response from another modem. Therefore, even
though the paging was successful, the error message will cause the service
processor to retry, continuing to place pager calls for the number of retries
specified in the Call-Out Policy Setup Menu. These retries result in redundant
pages.
448 Service Guide

Console Mirroring
Console mirroring is supported on serial port 1 (S1) and serial port 2 (S2). When
console mirroring is enabled, the service processor sends information to both serial
ports. The serial port from which console mirroring is enabled is referred to as the
active port. The mirror port is determined when keyboard input is detected from the
other port. From this point on, the service processor only sends information to the
active port and the mirror port. This capability can be enabled by local or remote users,
providing local users the capability to monitor remote sessions. Console mirroring can
be enabled for the current session only.
System Configuration
The following describes the configuration for console mirroring:
v Service processor
v Modem connected to one serial port and enabled for incoming calls
v Local ASCII terminal connected to the other serial port. This local terminal can be
connected directly to your server or connected through another modem.
Console mirroring can be started in the following scenarios:

v Remote session first, then local session added:
1. Remote session is already in progress.
2. Remote user uses service processor menus to enable console mirroring, allowing
both consoles to be active.
v Local session first, then remote session added:
1. Local session is already in progress.
2. The service processor receives a call from the remote user.
3. The local user selects the option to enable console mirroring. The service
processor immediately begins mirroring service processor menus.

Service Processor Error Log
The service processor error log, an example of which follows, contains information
about error conditions detected by the service processor.
Error Log
1. 11/30/99 19:41:56 Service Processor Firmware Failure

B1004999
Enter error number for more details.

Press Return to continue, or ’x’ to return to menu.
Press "C" to clear error log, any other key to continue. >
Note: The time stamp in this error log is coordinated universal time (UTC), which is
also referred to as Greenwich mean time (GMT). The AIX error log has
additional information and time stamps with local time.
Entering an error number provides nine words of system reference code (SRC) data; an
example screen follows:
Detail: 6005
SRC
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
word11:B1004999 word12:0110005D word13:00000000
word14:00000000 word15:00001111 word16:00000 000
word17:B1004AAA word18:0114005D word19:A4F1E909
B1004999
Press Return to continue, or ’x’ to return to menu.
If Return is pressed, the contents of NVRAM will be dumped 320 bytes at a time,
starting at address 0000.
450 Service Guide

LCD Progress Indicator Log
The following is an example of the LCD progress indicator log. It shows the types of
entries that the log might contain, and is for example purposes only.
LCD Progress Indicator Log
B0FF
0539..17
0538..17
0539..17
0538..17
0539..17
0581
0538..17
0539..12
0538..12
0539..
0821..01-K1-00
0539..
0728..01-R1-00-00
0539..
0664..40-60-00-1,0
0539..
0777..U0.2-P1-I14/E1
0539..
0742..U0.2-P1-I12/E1
0539..
0776..U0.2-P1-I10/T1
E139
E1FB
E139
E183
Press Return to continue, or ’x’ to return to menu. >
EAA1..U0.1-P1-I14
E172..U0.1-P1
E172..U0.1-P1-I14
E172..U0.1-P1
94BB
9109
9380
9108
9107
9106
9105
9118
9104
9103
9102
90FD

Service Processor Operational Phases
This section provides a high-level flow of the phases of the service processor.
SP Power Applied
Pre-Standby Phase
Standby Phase SP Menus Available
Bring-Up Phase SMS Menus Available
Run-time Phase AIX Login Prompt Available
Pre-Standby Phase
This phase is entered when the server is first connected to a power source. This phase
is exited when the power-on self-test (POST) and configuration tasks are completed.
The pre-standby phase components are:

v Service processor initialization - the service processor performs any necessary
hardware and firmware initializations.
v Service processor POST - the service processor conducts power-on self-tests on its
work and code areas.
v Service processor unattended start mode checks - To assist fault recovery. If
unattended start mode is set, the service processor automatically reboots the server.
The service processor does not wait for user input or a power-on command, but
moves through the phase and into the bring-up phase. Access the system
management services (SMS) menus or the service processor menus to reset the
unattended start mode.
Standby Phase
The standby phase can be reached in either of the following ways:
v With the server off and power connected (the normal path), recognized by OK in the
LCD display.
OR
v With the server on after an operating system fault, recognized by an 8-digit code in
the LCD display.
In the standby phase, the service processor takes care of some automatic duties and
its menus are available. The service processor remains in the standby phase until a
power-on request is detected.
452 Service Guide

The standby phase components are as follows:
v Modem Configuration
The service processor configures the modem (if installed) so that incoming calls can
be received, or outgoing calls can be placed.
v Dial In
Monitor incoming phone line to answer calls, prompt for a password, verify the
password, and remotely display the standby menu. The remote session can be
mirrored on the local ASCII console if the server is so equipped and the user enables
this function.
v Menus
The service processor menus are password-protected. Before you can access them,
you need either the general user password or the privileged user password.
Bring-Up Phase
This phase is entered upon power-on, and exited upon loading of the operating system.
The bring-up phase components are as follows:

v Retry request check
The service processor checks to see if the previous boot attempt failed. If the
specified number of failures is detected, the service processor displays an error code
and places an outgoing call to notify an external party if the user has enabled this
option.
v Dial out
The service processor can dial a preprogrammed telephone number in the event of a
boot failure. The service processor issues an error report with the last-reported boot
status and any other available error information.
v Update operator panel
The service processor displays operator panel data on the ASCII terminal if a remote
connection is active.
v Environmental monitoring
The service processor provides expanded error recording and reporting.
v System firmware surveillance (heartbeat monitoring)
The service processor monitors and times the interval between system firmware
heartbeats.
v Responding to system processor commands
The service processor responds to any command issued by the system processor.

Run-Time Phase
This phase includes the tasks that the service processor performs during steady-state
execution of the operating system.
v Environmental monitoring
The service processor monitors voltages, temperatures, and fan speeds.
v Responding to system processor commands
The service processor responds to any command issued by the system processor.
v Run-time surveillance (heartbeat monitoring)
If the device driver is installed and surveillance enabled, the service processor
monitors the system heartbeat. If the heartbeat times out, the service processor
places an outgoing call. This is different from the bring-up phase scenario, where the
specified number of reboot attempts is made before placing an outgoing call.
454 Service Guide

Chapter 9. Using System Management Services
Use the System Management Services menus to view information about your system
and to perform tasks such as setting a password, changing the boot list, and setting the
network parameters.
The text-based open firmware command line (the OK prompt), which is available from
the System Management Services Utilities menu, allows you to configure certain
adapters.
To start the System Management Services, do the following:

1. Turn on or restart the system.
2. Watch for the banner screen to appear on the console display. The banner screen
will be lines of text in the form of repeated logos.
3. After the banner screen is displayed, the POST indicator words memory, keyboard,
network, scsi and speaker appear across the bottom of the screen.
Press the numeric 1 key after the word keyboard appears, and before the last word
speaker appears.
For more information on the POST indicator words, refer to “POST Indicators” on
page 7.
Note: The System Management Services can also be started using the Service
Processor Boot Mode Menu. See ″Boot Mode Menu″ on page 423.
After the System Management Services starts, the following Utilities screen displays:
Utilities
1 Password Utilities
2 Display Error Log
3 Remote Initial Program Load Setup
4 SCSI Utilities
5 Select Console
6 MultiBoot
7 Select Language
8 OK Prompt
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
455
Each option on the System Management Services Utilities menu is described in this
section.
Password Utilities
Entering this selection permits access to the options shown on the following screen:
Password Utilities
1 Set Privileged Access-Password

2 Remove Privileged-Access Password
3 Unattended Start Mode <ON>
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
Set Privileged-Access Password: The privileged-access password protects against

the unauthorized starting of the system programs. When this option is selected, another
screen displays that allows the setting of a password.
You can set the password from either the service processor or System Management
Services menus. After the password is set, both the service processor and System
Management Services automatically use the same password. The password is limited
to eight characters.
Remove Privileged-Access Password: If you previously had set a privileged-access

password and want to remove it, select Remove Privileged-Access Password.
Note: If you forget your password, you must shut down the system and remove the
battery for at least 30 seconds.
Unattended Start Mode <ON>: This selection is used to enable or disable unattended
start mode. Use this option to instruct the service processor to restore the power state
of the server after a temporary power failure, which is necessary on servers that require
automatic power-on after a power failure. The default setting is ON.
456 Service Guide

Display Error Log
A screen similar to the following displays when you select this option. You can view or
clear your system error log.
.--------------------------------------------------------.
| Error Log |
| |
| |
| Date Time ErrorCode Location |
| Entry 1. 99/06/30 02:15:35 25a80011 U1.1-P1.1/Q1 |
| Entry 2. 99/07/01 03:18:36 20300026 U1.1-P1.1/Q1 |
`--------------------------------------------------------’
.-----------------. .-----------.
|C=Clear Error Log| |X=Exit Log |
`-----------------’ `-----------’
Note: The time stamp in this error log is Coordinated Universal Time (UCT), which is
also referred to as Greenwich Mean Time (GMT). The AIX error log has more
information available and time stamps with your local time.
Remote Initial Program Load Setup

This option allows you to enable and set up the remote startup of your system. You
must first specify the network parameters as shown in the following screen:
Network Parameters
1. IP Parameters
2. Adapter Parameters
3. Ping
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
Note: Some applications may require that IP addresses contain leading zeroes for
numbers less than 100. For example, 129.132.4.20 may need to be entered as
129.132.004.020.
Chapter 9. Using System Management Services 457

IP Parameters
Select the IP Parameters option from the Network Parameters menu to display a
screen similar to the following:
IP Parameters
1. Client IP Address [9.3.146.162]

2. Server IP Address [9.3.146.171]
3. Gateway IP Address [0.0.0.0]
4. Subnet Mask [255.255.255.0]
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
To set an address using this menu, do the following:

1. Type the number of the selection (1, 2, 3, or 4).
2. Enter the address on the next screen.
Attention: If the client system and the server are on the same subnet, set the
gateway IP address to [0.0.0.0].
458 Service Guide

Adapter Parameters
Select the Adapter Parameters option from the Network Parameters menu to view an
adapter’s hardware address, as well as configure network adapters that require setup. A
screen similar to the following displays when you make this selection:
Adapter Parameters
Device Slot Hardware Address
1. Gigabit Ethernet 4: P1-I4/E1 0004ac7c0135

2. token-ring 5: P1-I5/T1 0020357a9105
3. ethernet Integrated:P1/E1 0060949d7ac5
4. ethernet 2: P1-I2/E1 0004ac5e692b
5. token-ring 3: P1-I3/T1 0004ac634e38
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
(PRESS ENTER AFTER MAKING A SELECTION) ===>
Select an adapter on this screen to display configuration menus for that adapter. If
ethernet is selected, you can set parameters that control how the ethernet adapter
communicates with the network. For example, the following screen shows the menu for
the ethernet adapter configuration:
1. Data Rate [Auto]

2. Full Duplex [No]

Ping
Select Ping from the Network Parameters menu to test a connection to a remote
system unit. After selecting the ping option, you must first choose an adapter to
communicate with the remote system.
Adapter Parameters
Device Slot Hardware Address
1. Gigabit Ethernet 4: P1-I4/E1 0004ac7c0135

2. token-ring 5: P1-I5/T1 0020357a9105
3. ethernet Integrated:P1/E1 0060949d7ac5
4. ethernet 2: P1-I2/E1 0004ac5e692b
5. token-ring 3: P1-I3/T1 0004ac634e38
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
(PRESS ENTER AFTER MAKING A SELECTION) ===>
After determining which adapter to use to ping the remote system, you must provide the
addresses needed to communicate with the remote system. Select the appropriate
device from the Ping menu to display a screen similar to the following:
PING IP Address
1. Client IP Address [9.3.146.162]

2. Server IP Address [9.3.146.171]
3. Gateway IP Address [0.0.0.0]
4. Subnet Mask [0.0.0.0]
.---------. .------.
|E=Execute| |X=Exit|
`---------’ `------’
===>
460 Service Guide

SCSI Utilities
SCSI Utilities allow you to set delay times for the SCSI hard disk spin-up and to set
SCSI IDs for SCSI controllers installed in the system.
SCSI Utilities
1. Harddrive Spin Up Delay

2. Change SCSI Id
.--------.
| X=Exit |
`--------’
===>
Using the Harddrive Spin Up Delay option allows you to change the spin up delay time
for SCSI hard disk drives attached to your system. Spin up delay values can be entered
manually, or you can use a default setting (two seconds). All values are measured in
seconds.
Attention: Setting the value lower than the default can prevent successful booting
because the system power handling capabilities might be exceeded. If the system no
longer boots after setting this value, access this utility again and increase the value. It is
also possible that adding disk drives can cause similar symptoms. Changing this value
changes the surge current requirements on the system. As you increase the value, the
surge current requirements on the system are decreased.
Select Console
Select this option to define which display is used by the system for system
management. If no console is selected, the console defaults to serial port 1.
Selecting this option causes a screen similar to the one that follows to display on each
console that can be used as a firmware console. Follow the instructions on the screen
to select a particular console.
Note: The firmware console is independent from the AIX console.
Press 0 to select this console

as the active console

MultiBoot
Multiboot allows you to select a method for booting the system.
Multiboot
1 Select Software
2 Software Default
3 Select Install Device
4 Select Boot Devices
5 OK Prompt
6 Multiboot Startup <OFF>
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
Select Software
If this option is supported by the operating system, the names of the operating system
installed are shown. This option might not be supported by all operating systems.
If you are running AIX, and you receive the following message:
No Operating System Installed
This indicates that information in nonvolatile storage could have been lost, as would
happen if the battery had been removed. To re-create this value, run the bootlist
command under AIX with the appropriate parameters. See the bootlist command in
your AIX documentation.The AIX Documentation library is available at the following Web
address: http://www-1.ibm.com/servers/aix/library/. Select Technical Publications. AIX
documentation is also contained on the AIX Documentation CD. The documentation is
made accessible by loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting
the CD in the CD-ROM drive.
Software Default
If this option is supported by the operating system, you can select the default operating
system to start the system. This option might not be supported by all operating
systems.
Select Install Device

Produces a list of devices, such as the CD-ROM, from which the operating system may
be installed. Select a device, and the system searches that device for an operating
system to install.
462 Service Guide

Select Boot Devices
Select this option to view and change the custom boot list, which is the sequence of
devices read at startup time. The boot list can contain up to five devices. The following
is an example of this screen.
Select Boot Devices
1 Display Current Settings

2 Restore Default Settings
3 Configure 1st Boot Device
4 Configure 2nd Boot Device
5 Configure 3rd Boot Device
6 Configure 4th Boot Device
7 Configure 5th Boot Device
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
====>
Display Current Settings
Lists the current order of devices in the boot list. The following is an example of this
screen.
Current Boot Sequence
1. Diskette
2. SCSI CD-ROM ( loc=P1/Z1-A1 )
3. SCSI 9100 MB Harddisk ( loc=P1/Z1-A5 )
4. Ethernet ( loc=P1-I4/E1 )
5. None
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
Restore Default Settings
Restores the boot list to the following default sequence:

v Primary diskette drive
v CD-ROM drive
v Tape (if installed)
v Hard disk drive
v Network device

Selecting any of the Configure Boot Device options displays a screen similar to the
following.
Configure Nth Boot Device
Device Current Device

Number Position Name
1 1 Diskette
2 4 Ethernet ( loc=P1-I4/E1 )
3 - Token-Ring ( loc=P1-I5/T1 )
4 2 SCSI CD-ROM ( loc=P1/Z1-A1 )
5 3 SCSI 9100 MB Harddisk ( loc=P1/Z1-A5 )
.------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
===>
OK Prompt
Provides access to the open firmware command prompt.
information.
Multiboot Startup <OFF>

Toggles between off and on to select whether Multiboot menu starts automatically on
startup.
464 Service Guide

Select Language
Select this option to change the language used by the System Management Services
screens and the service processor menus.
Select Language
1. English
2. Francais
3. Deutsch
4. Italiano
5. Espanol
6. Svenska
===> .------.
|X=Exit|
`------’
Note: To correctly display languages other than English, your ASCII terminal must
support the ISO-8859 character set.
OK Prompt
This option provides access to the open firmware command prompt.
information.
Exiting System Management Services

After you have finished using the System Management Services, type x at the utilities
menu to exit the System Management Services and boot your system.

466 Service Guide
Chapter 10. Removal and Replacement Procedures
Before performing any of the removal or replacement procedures in this chapter, read
the following notices.
DANGER


potentials.
CAUTION:
electrical shock.
CAUTION:
467
Handling Static-Sensitive Devices
Attention: Disk drives, tape drives, and CD-ROM drives are sensitive to static
electricity discharge. These devices are wrapped in antistatic bags to prevent this
damage.
Take the following precautions:

v If you have an antistatic wrist strap available, use it while handling the device.
v Do not remove the device from the antistatic bag until you are ready to install the
device in the system unit.
v With the device still in its antistatic bag, touch it to a metal frame of the system.
v Grasp cards and boards by the edges. Hold drives by the frame. Avoid touching the
solder joints or pins.
v If you need to lay the device down while it is out of the antistatic bag, lay it on the
antistatic bag. Before picking it up again, touch the antistatic bag and the metal
frame of the system unit at the same time.
v Handle the devices carefully in order to prevent permanent damage.
468 Service Guide

Powering Off and Powering On the System
This section provides procedures for powering off and powering on the system.
Powering Off the System

If the system is operating under AIX, type shutdown to power off the system.
If you cannot use this method, you can power off the system by using the following
operator panel power button procedure.
Attention: Using the primary I/O drawer operator panel power button to power off the
system might cause unpredictable results in the data files, and the next IPL will take
longer to complete.
1. Open the rack door.
2. Press the power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
The power LED on the primary I/O drawer operator panel starts blinking at a fast
rate. B0FF displays in the primary operator panel display.
When the power-off sequence is complete, the system goes into Standby mode, as
evidenced by the following:
v OK displays in the primary operator panel display.
v The primary I/O drawer operator panel LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
v The CEC drawer power LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
v If a secondary I/O drawer is present, its power LED will go off.
3. Disconnect the ac power cords (dc power cords in a dc-powered system) from the
drawers.
Powering On the System

To power on the CEC drawer and attached I/O drawers, do the following:
1. Open the rack door. Look for OK in the primary operator panel display, which
indicates that the system is in Standby mode.
2. Press the power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
The power LED on the primary I/O drawer operator panel starts blinking at a fast rate.
9xxx checkpoints appear in the operator panel display.
When the power-on sequence is complete:

v The power LED on the primary I/O drawer operator panel stops blinking and stays
on.
v The power LED on the CEC drawer stops blinking and stays on.
v If a secondary I/O drawer is present, its power LED comes on and stays on.
Powering Off and Powering On the System Using the Service Processor
The system can be powered off and on using the System Power Control menu, which is
a service processor menu that is available to the privileged user. See “System Power
Control Menu” on page 420.
Chapter 10. Removal and Replacement Procedures 469

Hot-Pluggable FRUs
Note: You do not have to power off the system to remove a hot-pluggable FRU from
the CEC drawer or from I/O drawers.
The following FRUs are hot-pluggable:

v Some PCI adapters of an I/O drawer
v Power supplies in an I/O drawer or CEC drawer (if the drawer has two power
supplies and only one needs to be removed)
v Rear fans on the CEC drawers
I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED Definitions

The following table describes the possible states of the LEDs associated with the I/O
drawer PCI slots. These LEDs are located at the rear of the I/O drawer. One LED is
associated with each PCI slot.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14
P1
LED
PCI
Slot
LED Indication PCI Slot Status Definition

Off Off Slot power is off. It is safe to
remove or replace an adapter.
On (not flashing) On Slot power is on. Do not
remove or replace an adapter.
Flashing slowly (one flash per Identify Slot has been identified by the
second) software. Do not remove or
replace an adapter at this time.
Flashing rapidly (six to eight Action Slot is ready for removal or
flashes per second) replacement of an adapter.
470 Service Guide

PCI Adapters
With this system, you can install PCI adapters with the power on. These adapters are
referred to as hot-pluggable PCI adapters. Some adapters are not hot-pluggable and
power must be removed from the system for adapter installation.
Before you install the adapter, determine if the PCI adapter you are installing is
hot-pluggable. See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number SA38-0538.
If you are removing a PCI adapter that is:

v Not hot-pluggable, go to “Non-Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter”.
v Hot-pluggable, go to “Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter” on page 473.
Non-Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
Removal
To remove a non-hotpluggable adapter, do the following:
1. Turn off power and unplug the system unit power cable from the electrical outlet.
If the system is operating under AIX, type shutdown to power off the system.
If you cannot use this method, you can power off the system by using the following
operator panel power button procedure.
Attention: Using the primary I/O drawer operator panel power button to power
off the system may cause unpredictable results in the data files, and the next IPL
will take longer to complete.
a. Open the rack door.
b. Press the power button on the primary I/O drawer operator panel.
The primary I/O drawer operator panel Power LED starts blinking at a fast rate.
B0FF displays in the primary operator panel display.
When the power-off sequence is complete, the system will go into Standby mode,
as evidenced by:
v OK displays in the primary operator panel display.
v The primary I/O drawer operator panel LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
v The CEC drawer power LED will start blinking at a slow rate.
2. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position, as follows:
a. If you have not already done so, open the front door of the rack unit.
b. Loosen the two thumbscrews that attach the front bezel to the drawer.
c. Grasp both sides of the front bezel and pull the bezel off the drawer.
d. If you have not already done so, open the rear door of the rack unit.
e. If present, remove the two retaining screws that secure the drawer to the rails.
f. Ensure that the cables do not restrain drawer movement.

g. Grasp the bar at the rear of the drawer, and pull the drawer to the rear until it
is stopped by the two detents on the top of the drawer.
3. Remove the two thumbscrews, and remove the top cover from the drawer.
4. Determine the slot from which you are removing the adapter.
5. Disconnect any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed.
6. Turn the locking latch and lift the plastic stop for the adapter.
7. Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges and pull it straight out from the I/O board.
8. If you are installing another adapter in this slot, follow the instructions given under
″Replacement″ below.
9. If you are not installing another adapter in this slot, place a blank slot cover in the
adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket. Rotate the
locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position.
10. Replace the system unit covers and return the drawer to the normal operating
position.
Replacement
To replace an adapter, perform the removal steps in the reverse order.
472 Service Guide

Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter
Removing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter

Note: If you are removing an adapter and replacing it with an adapter that is identical
to the adapter removed, use the “Replacing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter” on
page 474 procedure.
To remove an adapter, do the following:

1. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position:
Refer to “Rear Service Position” on page 519.
is stopped by the detents.
2. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the top cover from the drawer.
4. Ensure that any processes or applications that might use the adapter are stopped.
Note: Removing a hot-pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to

take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot-plug
procedures. Before taking an adapter offline, the devices attached to the
adapter must be taken offline as well. This action prevents a service
representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system
users.
For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from

the system configuration, see the AIX System Management Guide:
Operating System and Devices. This publication is located on the AIX
Documentation CD. The documentation information is made accessible by
loading the documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in
the CD-ROM drive.
5. Refer to “PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access” on page 478, and follow the steps in the
access procedure to select PCI Hot Plug Manager. Then return here to continue.
6. Select Unconfigure a Device and press Enter.
7. Press F4 to display the Device Names menu.
8. Select the adapter you are removing from the menu.
9. Use the Tab key to answer NO to Keep Definition. Press Enter.

10. The ARE YOU SURE screen displays. Press Enter to verify the information.
Successful unconfigure is indicated by the OK message displayed next to the
Command field at the top of the screen.
11. Press F3 to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
12. Select Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter and press Enter. The
Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter menu displays.
13. Move the cursor to select the adapter that you are removing and press Enter. (The
description entry displays as unknown).
14. Press the Tab key until the entry field displays the remove operation and then
Press the Enter key. Follow the instructions that display on the screen until you are
instructed to remove the adapter.
15. When you are instructed to remove the adapter from the adapter slot, disconnect
any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed.
18. If you are not installing another adapter in this slot, place a blank slot cover in the
adapter slot and then lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket. Rotate the
locking latch clockwise until it clicks into the locked position.
19. Continue to follow the screen instructions until you receive a message that the
adapter removal is successful. Successful removal is indicated by the OK message
displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen.
20. If you do not have other adapters to remove, continue with the next step.
OR
If you have other adapters to remove, press the F3 key to return to the PCI
Hot-Plug Manager menu and then return to step 12.
21. Press F10 to exit the Hot-Plug Manager.
22. If you have added, removed, or replaced any adapters, run the diag -a command.
If the system responds with a menu or prompt, follow the instructions to complete
the device configuration.
position.
Replacing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter

Note: Use this procedure only when you are replacing an adapter with an identical
adapter. If you are replacing an adapter with an adapter that is not identical to
the adapter removed, go to “Removing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter” on
page 473 and “Installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter” on page 476.
To replace an adapter, do the following:

474 Service Guide

Refer to “Rear Service Position” on page 519.
4. Ensure that any processes or applications that might use the adapter are stopped.
Note: Removing a hot-pluggable PCI adapter requires the system administrator to

take the PCI adapter offline before performing any PCI adapter hot-plug
procedures. Before taking an adapter offline, the devices attached to the
adapter must be taken offline as well. This action prevents a service
representative or user from causing an unexpected outage for system
users.
For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from

the system configuration, see the AIX System Management Guide:
Operating System and Devices. This publication is located on the AIX
Documentation CD. Access the documentation information loading the
documentation CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the
CD-ROM drive.
5. Refer to “PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access” on page 478, and follow the steps in the
6. Select Unconfigure a Device and press Enter.
Note: If the adapter or device has a problem that prevents it from replacement by
hot swap, it must be replaced by shutting down the system. Go to the
Systems Map 210 - 3.
7. Press F4 to display the Device Names menu.
8. Select the adapter you are removing from the menu.
9. Answer YES to Keep Definition. Press Enter.
10. The ARE YOU SURE screen displays. Press Enter to verify the information.
Successful unconfigure is indicated by the OK message displayed next to the
Command field at the top of the screen.
11. Press F3 to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
12. Select Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter and press Enter. The
Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter menu displays.
13. Move the cursor to select the adapter that you are removing and press Enter.
14. Press the Tab key until the entry field displays the replace operation and then
Press the Enter key. Follow the instructions that display on the screen until you are
instructed to remove the adapter.

15. When you are instructed to remove the adapter from the adapter slot, disconnect
any cables that are connected to the adapter being removed.
18. Replace the adapter in the adapter slot. Carefully grasp the adapter by the edges
and align the adapter in the slot guides. Insert the adapter fully into the adapter
slot connector. If you are installing a full-length adapter, ensure that both ends of
the adapter engage the card guides.
19. Lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket and rotate the locking latch
clockwise until it clicks into the locked position. Some full-length cards can be
supported by rotating the blue adapter latch on the right end of the adapter
counterclockwise.
20. Connect appropriate cables and devices to the adapter.
replacement is successful. Successful replacement is indicated by the OK message
22. Press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
23. Select Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter. Then follow
the instructions on the screen. Successful replacement is indicated by the OK
message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen.
24. If you do not have other adapters to replace, continue with the next step.
OR
If you have other adapters to replace, press the F3 key to return to the PCI
Hot-Plug Manager menu and then return to step 12 on page 475.
If you have added, removed, or replaced any adapters, run the diag -a command.
position.
Installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI Adapter

To install an adapter, do the following:
e. If present, remove the two retaining screws at the rear of the drawer. Refer to
“Rear Service Position” on page 519.
476 Service Guide

3. Refer to “PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access” on page 478 and follow the steps in the
4. From the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu, select Add a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter and
press Enter. The Add a Hot-Plug Adapter window displays.
5. For adapter placement information, see the PCI Adapter Placement Reference,
order number SA38-0538. Then select an empty PCI slot for the adapter.
6. Select the appropriate empty PCI slot from the ones listed on the screen, and
press Enter.
7. Turn the locking latch, lift the plastic stop, and remove the blank cover.
8. Follow the instructions on the screen to install the adapter until the visual indicator
(LED) for the specified PCI slot is set to the Action state. See “I/O Drawer PCI Slot
LED Definitions” on page 470.
9. When you are instructed to install the adapter in the adapter slot, carefully grasp
the adapter by the edges and align the adapter in the slot guides. Insert the
adapter fully into the adapter slot connector. If you are installing a full-length
adapter, ensure that both ends of the adapter engage the card guides.
10. Lower the plastic stop over the adapter bracket and rotate the locking latch
clockwise until it clicks into the locked position. Some full-length cards can be
supported by rotating the blue adapter latch on the right end of the adapter
counterclockwise.
11. Connect appropriate cables and devices to the adapter.
installation is successful. Successful installation is indicated by the OK message
13. Press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu.
14. Select Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL and press Enter. Then follow
the instructions on the screen. Successful installation is indicated by the OK
message displayed next to the Command field at the top of the screen.
15. If you do not have other adapters to install, continue with the next step.
OR
If you have other adapters to install, press the F3 key to return to the PCI Hot-Plug
Manager menu and then return to step 4.
If you have added, removed, or replaced any adapters, run the diag -a command.
position.

PCI Hot-Plug Manager Access
The installation instructions for hot-pluggable PCI adapters refer you to these
procedures when it is appropriate to perform them.
Note: A PCI adapter is only hot-pluggable if the PCI adapter is supported for hot-plug
applications. See the PCI Adapter Placement Reference, order number
SA38-0538.
Accessing Hot-Plug Management Functions

Note: Removing or installing a Hot-Pluggable PCI adapter requires the system
administrator to take the PCI adapter offline prior to performing the operation.
Before taking an adapter offline, the devices attached to the adapter must be
taken offline as well. This action prevents a service representative or user from
causing an unexpected outage for system users.
For additional information about taking an adapter offline or removing it from the
system configuration, see the AIX System Management Guide: Operating
System and Devices. This publication is located on the AIX Documentation CD.
The documentation information is made accessible by loading the documentation
CD onto the hard disk or by mounting the CD in the CD-ROM drive.
To access the hot-plug menus, do the following:

2. At the command line, type smitty.
3. Select Devices.
4. Select PCI Hot Plug Manager and press Enter.
5. The PCI Hot-Plug Manager menu displays. Return to the procedure that directed
you here. The following section contains a description of the menu options.
478 Service Guide

PCI Hot-Plug Manager Menu
The following options are available from the PCI Hot Plug Manager menu:
Note: For information about the PCI slot LED states, see “I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED
Definitions” on page 470.
List PCI Hot-Plug Slots
Provides a descriptive list of all slots that support PCI hot-plug capability. If the listing
for a slot indicates it holds an “Unknown” device, select the Install/Configure Devices
Added after IPL to configure the adapter in that slot.
Add a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter
Allows the user to add a new PCI hot-plug-capable adapter to the slot with the system
turned on. You will be asked to identify the PCI slot that you have selected prior to the
actual operation. The selected PCI slot will go into the Action state and finally into the
On state.
Note: The system will indicate the slot holds an “Unknown” device until you perform
the Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL option to configure the adapter.
Replace/Remove a PCI Hot-Plug Adapter
Allows the user to remove an existing adapter, or replace an existing adapter with an
identical one. For this option to work, the adapter must be in the Defined state. See
Unconfigure a Device option below.
You will be asked to identify the PCI slot prior to the actual operation. The selected PCI
slot will go into the Action state.
Identify a PCI Hot-Plug Slot
Allows the user to identify a PCI slot. The selected PCI slot will go into the Identify
state. See “I/O Drawer PCI Slot LED Definitions” on page 470.

Unconfigure a Device
Allows the user to put an existing PCI adapter into the Defined state if the device is no
longer in use.
This step must be completed successfully before starting any removal or replacement
operation. If this step fails, the customer must take action to release the device.
Configure a Defined Device
Allows a new PCI adapter to be configured into the system if software support is
already available for the adapter. The selected PCI slot will go into the On state.
Install/Configure Devices Added After IPL
The system attempts to configure any new devices and tries to find and install any
required software from a user-selected source.
The add, remove, and replace functions return information to the user indicating
whether the operation was successful. If additional instructions are provided on the
screen, complete the recommended actions. If the instructions do not resolve the
problem, see the following:
v If the adapter is listed as Unknown, perform the Install/Configure Devices Added
After IPL option to configure the adapter.
v If you receive a warning indicating that needed device packages are not installed, the
system administrator must install the specified packages before you can configure or
diagnose the adapter.
v If you receive a failure message indicating a hardware error, the problem might be
either the adapter or the PCI slot. Isolate the problem by retrying the operation in a
different PCI slot, or trying a different adapter in the slot.
480 Service Guide

Memory Riser Cards and Memory Modules
Removal
Note: For -48 vdc systems, you must first remove a long jackscrew. See steps 1
through 4 in “CEC Backplane” on page 496.
1. Turn off power as described in “Powering Off the System” on page 469.
2. Remove the card-cage retaining screws in the back of the CEC drawer.
3. Grasp the handle located in the rear center of the CEC card-cage and pull it straight
back.
4. Pull up on the release latches of the memory card, and carefully pull the card out of
the slot.
5. Locate the memory module connectors and determine which memory modules you
want to remove. Refer to “Memory Riser Card and Memory DIMM Locations” on
page 20 for memory module locations.

6. Remove the memory module by pushing the tabs out on the memory connectors.
2
1 Push Locking Tabs

Out to Release Memory
Module
Replacement
1. With one hand, touch any metal surface of the chassis to minimize static electrical
charges, and then pick up the memory module.
2. Locate the memory module connector on the memory card.
3. Insert the memory module firmly into the connector.
482 Service Guide

Locking Tabs
4. Secure the memory module with the locking tabs located at each end of the
connector.
5. Replace the memory card into the system unit.
6. Push the CEC drawer back into the rack, and replace the CEC card-cage retaining
screws.

CEC Regulator Card
Removal
3. Grasp the handle located in the center rear of the CEC card-cage, and pull the CEC
card-cage out from the drawer.
4. Pull up on the release latches on the CEC regulator card (1) and carefully remove
the card from its slot.
Replacement
Replace in reverse order.
484 Service Guide

Processor Card
Removal
Attention: The processor cards in this system can only be attached to the backplane
once. If a processor card is removed, it must be replaced with a new processor card.
Before proceeding, make sure you have been directed to replace the processor card(s)
by the action for a valid error code in Chapter 5, “Error Code to FRU Index” on
page 171 or by a second level of support.
3. Grasp the handle located in the center rear of the CEC card-cage, and pull the CEC
card-cage out from the drawer.
4. Inspect the area around the outside of the CEC card-cage for excessive dirt or dust.
You may need to vacuum the external surfaces of the CEC card-cage, especially
when excessive dirt or dust is present. Vacuum before opening the cage.
5. Remove the screws from the processor air cover.

6. Remove the processor air cover from the CEC card-cage.
2
1
2 1
7. Locate the spring screws (1) attached to the processor card you want to remove.
Using a 3/8″ hex driver, turn the spring screw counterclockwise to loosen and
remove the screw. Do not drop the screw into the CEC card-cage.
8. The processor latches (2), which pivots at the opposite end of the spring screw,
raises slightly after the screw is removed. Grasp the end of the processor latch bar
where the spring screw was located and pull it straight up out of the card-cage.
Rest the latch bar against the sheet metal of the CEC card-cage.
9. Grasp the center of the processor card and remove the card by pulling it straight up
and out of the CEC card-cage. After you have removed the processor card, place
the card top-side down on a work surface.
486 Service Guide

Replacement
Attention: Look for small amounts of debris on the connecting surfaces between the
backplane and the processor card. Mating the two surfaces is critical for the processor
to function properly.
1. Gently lift one end of the processor card and then the other until it slides up and off
of the contact surface. Place the top of the new processor card on your work
surface. Carefully remove the array cover (1) from the bottom of the processor card.
Orient the array cover on the original processor card so that the side containing the
part number is facing the original processor card. Gently slide the array cover over
the contact surface until it snaps onto the original processor card. Put the original
processor in a protected area.

2. This step instructs you how to use the special brush provided with the new
processor. It is important that you follow these instructions very carefully:
a. Remove the brush from the packaging.
b. Refer to the following figure:
c. Starting with the brush (1) in the center of the processor contact surface that is
on the CEC backplane, use an outward brushing motion to clear the debris
away from the area where the surfaces of the processor card and the CEC
backplane meet. (Do not brush the processor card or the contact surface on the
bottom of the processor card).
3. Grasp the center of the new processor card and align the square notch with the
processor latch pivot. The processor latch pivot is on your left as you face the rear
of the CEC card-cage. Align the holes in the processor card with the guide pins on
the CEC backplane, and press down until the processor card is fully seated.
4. Pivot the processor card latch down over the processor card.
5. Insert the spring screw into the end of the processor latch opposite the pivot end
(right side, viewed from the rear of the CEC card-cage). Turn the spring screw
clockwise into the threaded hole of the CEC backplane, then tighten the screw until
488 Service Guide

it stops turning. It is recommended that you use a nut driver and not a ratchet to
tighten the spring screw. This is a compression fitting, so be careful not to
overtighten the spring screw.
Attention: Examine the processor card to see that it is fully seated and make
sure that the processor latch is back to its original position. If it is not fully seated,
the processor will fail to function properly.
6. Complete the replacement by reversing the removal procedures.

CEC Fans
The CEC drawer has two fans. You can replace each fan separately. The removal and
replacement procedures are the same for each fan. Each CEC fan is hot-pluggable. If
only one needs to be removed, you do not have to power off the system.
Removal
1. Loosen the two thumbscrews that attach the front bezel to the drawer.
2. Grasp both sides of the front bezel and pull it off the CEC drawer.
490 Service Guide

3. Remove the screws (1) connecting the front EMC shield to the CEC, as shown in
the following diagram.
4. Remove the EMC shield.

Attention: Do not allow the screws removed in the following step to fall into the
fan assembly.
5. Carefully remove the screws (2) connecting the digital fan assemblies to the
fan-mounting assembly.
6. To remove the digital fan assemblies, pull up and away from the CEC.
Replacement
Attention: After hot-plugging a CEC fan, wait at least 5 minutes and then examine
the system error logs to make sure CEC fan errors are not being logged.

CEC Power Supplies
The CEC drawer has two power supplies. You can replace each power supply
separately. The removal and replacement procedures are the same for each power
supply.
Each CEC power supply is hot-pluggable. If only one needs to be removed, you do not
have to power off the system.
Removal
1
1. Carefully remove the end of the ac cord on the CEC power supply you want to
replace. Do not remove both ac cords, as power will be lost to the CEC, forcing the
system to power off.
2. Remove the screw keeping the latch handle in place, as shown in (1) above.
3. After the latch handle swings freely, position the latch handle (2) so that it is
perpendicular to the rear of the CEC drawer.
4. Pull on the ring attached to the power supply (3) and the latch handle (maintaining
its perpendicular position) to move the power supply away from the CEC drawer.
5. Remove the power supply.
Replacement
492 Service Guide

CEC RIO Bus Adapter
1
Removal
2. For easy replacement, record the locations of the RIO cables attached to the rear of
the CEC drawer.
3. Disconnect all of the RIO cables attached to the rear of the CEC drawer.
5. Grasp the handle located in the center rear of the CEC card-cage and pull it straight
back.
6. Unscrew the two screws attaching the EMC tunnel to the CEC.
7. Pull up on the release latches of the CEC RIO adapter card and carefully pull the
card out of the slot.

8. If you are removing the clock card, remove the clock card cover (1).
9. Grasp the clock card by its handle (2) and pull it straight out of the RIO bus adapter
card (3).
1
2
3
494 Service Guide

Replacement
Remove the clock card from the old CEC RIO bus adapter using the previous
procedure, and put it into the new CEC RIO bus adapter. Do this by aligning the three
pins on the CEC RIO bus adapter with the holes on the clock card.

CEC Backplane
Attention: The processor cards in this system can only be attached to the backplane
once. If the CEC backplane is replaced with a new backplane, the processor(s) must
also be replaced with a new processor card(s).
Attention: Before proceeding, make sure you have been directed to replace the
backplane and processor card(s) by the action for a valid error code in Chapter 5, “Error
Code to FRU Index” on page 171 or by instruction from your second level of support.
Removal
2. Remove the card-cage handle retaining screws (1) and the card-cage handle (2)
located in the rear center of the CEC.
3. Remove the four rear CEC EMC shield retaining screws (3) located in each corner
of the EMC shield.
4. Remove the rear CEC EMC shield (4) by grasping the flanges on each side of the
shield, as shown in the following figure.
3
4
496 Service Guide

Note: For -48 vdc systems, you must first remove a long jackscrew (5) that
protrudes from the rear center of the CEC card-cage. Refer to the following
figure.
3
4
5. Remove the two card-cage retaining screws in the back of the CEC drawer.
6. Grasp the handle located in the center rear of the CEC card-cage and pull it
straight back.
7. Disconnect all of the RIO cables attached to the rear of the CEC drawer. For easy
replacement, record their locations.
8. Disconnect the JTAG cable.
9. Disconnect the V/S COMM cable.
10. Pull up on the release latches of the CEC RIO adapter card and carefully pull the
card out of the slot.
11. Pull up on the release latches of the memory riser card(s) and carefully pull the
card(s) out of the slot(s).
12. Pull up on the release latches of the CEC regulator card and carefully pull the card
out of the slot.
13. Remove the processor card(s) as shown in “Processor Card” on page 485.
14. Support the bottom of the CEC card-cage with a telescoping table or other suitable
means. Leave the drawer open.

15. Remove the six cage-to-slide screws (1) to separate the CEC card-cage from the
drawer enclosure, as shown in following figure.
16. Place the CEC card-cage on a suitable work surface.

Attention: Make sure adequate support is given to the edges of the CEC
backplane so that clearance is allowed for components attached to it. Under no
circumstances must any of the components (such as modules or heat sinks) come
in contact with the work surface. These attached components will not support the
weight of the CEC card-cage without sustaining some damage.
17. Reach in through the top of the card-cage/backplane assembly to remove the 6
cage-to-backplane screws (2) and carefully lift the CEC card-cage off the CEC
backplane. Refer to the previous figure.
Replacement
I/O Drawer Backplane Assembly
Removal
498 Service Guide

2. Place the I/O drawer in the rear service position, as described in “Rear Service
Position” on page 519.
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the back cover.
Rear
Cover
4. Disconnect and label all cables from the rear of the assembly.
5. Remove boot disk drives if installed. See “Internal Disk Drives” on page 509.
6. Remove and label adapters. See “PCI Adapters” on page 471.
7. Remove two screws from each side of the assembly.
8. Disconnect and label all cables from the front of the assembly.

9. Slide the I/O drawer backplane assembly to the rear and remove the assembly.
10. Remove the RIO card assembly, as described in “I/O Drawer RIO Bus Adapter” on
page 501.
11. Remove the bar from the old assembly and install on the new assembly. See “I/O
Drawer” on page 532.
Replacement
1. Replace in reverse order.
2. Set the drawer type using the service processor menus.
a. From the SP Main Menu, select System Information Menu (option 3).
b. Select Power Control Network Utilities Menu (option 9).
c. Select Change I/O Type (option 3).
d. For the I/O drawer address (drawer number), type:
v 1 for primary drawer.
v n for secondary drawers (n=2, 3, or 4).
e. For the I/O type, type:
v 87 for the primary I/O drawer.
v 84 for all secondary drawers.
3. Check firmware level by checking the Version on the title of the Service Processor
Main Menu. If the firmware level is not at the correct level, proceed as follows:
v Reprogram all system EPROMs using the Service Processor Setup Menu.
v Select Reprogram Flash EPROM Menu (option 7).
4. The service processor settings have been set to default values. These settings must
be restored if not previously set to default values.
v Manually reset all settings.
v If the service processor settings had previously been saved, the settings may be
restored using the procedure in “Saving and Restoring Service Processor
Settings” on page 412.
500 Service Guide

I/O Drawer RIO Bus Adapter
Removal
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the rear cover.
Rear
Cover
4. Disconnect all cables from the card assembly.

Latches

5. Remove the screw and remove the retainer bracket from the rear release latch.
6. Pull up on the release latches, and carefully pull the card out of the slot.
Replacement
502 Service Guide

I/O Drawer Power Distribution Board
Removal
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the rear cover.
Rear
Cover
4. Remove any adapters or files installed in slots 12, 13, or 14.

5. Disconnect the four I/P cables from the I/O tray.
6. Remove two screws from each side of the I/O drawer board assembly.
7. Disconnect the miscellaneous power cable from PCI board connector J21.
8. Slide the I/O drawer board assembly to the rear to disconnect the assembly from
the power distribution board bus bar.
9. Place the I/O drawer in the front service position as described in “Front Service
10. Remove the power supplies as described in “I/O Drawer Power Supplies and
Power Supply Fan Assemblies” on page 505.

11. Loosen the two screws from the center cover and remove the cover.
Center
Cover
Media
Cable
Tray
12. Remove the media cable tray.

13. Remove the screws from the power distribution board.
Power
Distribution
Board
14. Remove the power distribution board.
Replacement
504 Service Guide

I/O Drawer Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies
Notes:
1. Each drawer can have up to two power supplies. You can replace each power
supply separately. The removal and replacement procedures are the same for each
power supply.
2. The procedure described in this section applies to the I/O drawer power supplies.
3. Power supplies for the CEC and I/O drawers cannot be interchanged.
4. If a drawer has two power supplies, each is hot-pluggable. If only one needs to be
removed, you do not have to power off the system.
5. Each power supply has a test switch. See “Power Supply Test Switch Procedure” on
page 508.
6. If your drawer has only one power supply, the unused power supply position must
be filled with a cooling unit, which must have a power supply fan assembly attached
to it.
7. Do not hot-plug a power supply if the ambient room temperature is greater than
32°C (90°F), as it can cause loss of data or data corruption.
8. Be sure that the replacement power supply is ready to install. If the power supply is
removed for longer than four minutes, a shutdown command is issued to the
operating system.
9. Power supply 1 fan assembly (fans 1 and 2) is located on the rear of the primary
power supply. Power supply 2 fan assembly (fans 3 and 4) is located on the rear of
the secondary power supply. If only one fan in a fan assembly is bad, the fan
assembly must be replaced. Power supply fan 5 is located in the primary power
supply and if that fan fails, the power supply must be replaced. Power supply fan 6
is located in the secondary power supply and if that fan fails, the power supply must
be replaced. Fan 9 is located in the cooling unit.
Attention: After hot-plugging a power supply, wait at least 5 minutes and then
examine the system error logs to make sure power supply errors or power supply fan
errors are not being logged.

Removal
DANGER
Do not attempt to open the covers of the power supply. Power supplies are
not serviceable and are to be replaced as a unit.
1. If you have not already done so, open the front door of the rack unit.
3. Grasp both sides of the front bezel and pull it off the drawer.
4. Unplug the power cord from the power supply you are removing.
5. Pull the snap button out on the power supply handle.
6. Grasp the handle of the power supply and pivot it downward.
Snap Buttons
7. Pull the power supply out of the drawer.

8. Remove the external fan assembly from the power supply and save it for
replacement.
506 Service Guide

9. Pull out on the snap button and remove the fan assembly from the power supply.
Push to secure
fan assembly,
pull to remove
fan assembly
Replacement
Note: The power supply handle must be in the down position for replacement.
Replace in the reverse order.

Power Supply Test Switch Procedure
Before you replace a power supply, use this procedure to determine if the power supply
needs replacing.
1. Perform steps 1 through 7 in “I/O Drawer Power Supplies and Power Supply Fan
Assemblies” on page 505.
2. Connect the line cord to the power supply and look at the front of the power supply.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is not blinking, the power supply is
defective. Continue with step 8 in “I/O Drawer Power Supplies and Power Supply
Fan Assemblies” on page 505.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is blinking, go to the next step.
Test
Switch
3. Use a pencil to press the test switch on the side of the power supply.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is on steady and the fans spin, the
power supply is good and can be returned to the system.
v If the LED on the front of the power supply is not on steady and the fans do not
spin, the power supply is defective. Continue with step 8 in “I/O Drawer Power
Supplies and Power Supply Fan Assemblies” on page 505.
508 Service Guide

Internal Disk Drives
Removal
1. Turn off power as described in “Powering Off the System” on page 469
2. Place the drawer in the rear service position as described in “Rear Service Position”
on page 519.
3. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the back top cover.
4. Remove the screw from the back of the disk drive carrier.
5. Slide the carrier forward and remove. The carrier has keyed slots (1) that engage
mounting posts (2) on the chassis.
6. Disconnect the internal cables from the drives.
7. If you are replacing a defective boot drive, remove the mounting screws (3) from the
carrier.

Internal DASD 1
SCSI id = 4
Internal DASD 2
SCSI id = 8
510 Service Guide

Replacement
Replace in reverse order. Refer to the following diagram for help with connecting the
cables to the internal disk drives.
Alternate Internal Disk Drive Connections
To
System
DASD 1
ID 4 jumper To
J5 System
Internal SCSI
Cable Internal SCSI
DASD 2
ID 8 jumper DASD 1 Cable
ID 4 jumper
Term
Term
J5
External Bulkhead Term

Connector
DASD 2
ID 8 jumper
DASD 1
ID 4 jumper External Bulkhead
J5 Connector Internal/External
Internal/External SCSI Cable FC 3139
SCSI Cable FC 3139
DASD 2
ID 8 jumper
Term
Notes:
1. The SCSI ID jumpers are integrated in the SCSI cable.
2. Unused SCSI connectors on the SCSI cables are shown for each configuration.
Carefully select the correct SCSI connectors and ID jumpers.
3. When using the FC 3139 internal/external cable, one or more of the following
external cables will also be required:
v FC 2118
v FC 2424
v FC 2425
For descriptions and part numbers of the feature codes, see “External Cables” on
page 542.

Fan Controller Card
Removal
2. Place the drawer in the front service position as described in “Front Service
3. Remove the two screws from the center top cover and remove the cover.
4. Disconnect the cable from the fan controller card.
5. Pull the snap button out.
6. Remove the fan controller card.
Push in to Secure Card

Assembly and Pull Out
to Remove Card Assembly
Replacement
512 Service Guide

CD-ROM Drive
Attention: Do not open the drive; no user adjustments or serviceable parts are inside.
CAUTION:
A class 1 laser is contained in the device. Do not attempt to operate the drive
while it is disassembled. Do not attempt to open the covers of the drive as it is
not serviceable and is replaced as a unit.
Removal
3. Loosen the two thumbscrews that attach the front bezel to the I/O drawer.
5. Push the release latch to the left and pull out the CD-ROM.
Release Lever
6. Disconnect the cables from the CD-ROM.

7. Remove the screws that connect the carrier to the CD-ROM.
Replacement
514 Service Guide

Tape Drive
Removal
5. Push up on the release latch and pull the tape drive out.
Release
Lever
6. Disconnect the cables from the tape drive.

7. Remove the screws that connect the carrier to the tape drive.
Replacement

Diskette Drive
Removal
5. Pull out on the snap button and pull the diskette drive out.
Snap Botton
6. Disconnect the cables from the diskette drive.

7. Remove the screws that connect the carrier to the diskette drive.
Replacement
516 Service Guide

Operator Panel
Removal
2. Place the I/O drawer in the front service position as described in “Front Service
3. Loosen the two retaining screws that attach the front bezel to the drawer.
5. Place the drawer in the front service position as described in “Front Service
6. Remove the two screws (1) from the top of the operator panel.
1
7. Pull out the operator panel.

8. Disconnect the cables from the operator panel.

9. Remove the operator panel from the mounting bracket.
Replacement
1. Remove the VPD module from the old operator panel and insert it in the new
operator panel. Make sure you insert the module in the same position as it was in
the old panel.
1 VPD Module
2 Cable Connector
2. To replace, perform removal steps in reverse order.
518 Service Guide

Rear Service Position
To place a drawer in the rear service position, do the following:
4. If you have not already done so, open the rear door of the rack unit.
5. If present, remove two screws securing the drawer to the rack.
Rear of Rack
Hex Flange Screws

and Flat Washers
6. Grasp the bar at the rear of the drawer, and pull the drawer to the rear until it is
stopped by the two detents.

Front Service Position
To place a drawer in the front service position, do the following:
Attention: Do not pull the drawer out from the front. The drawer must be pushed to
the front service position from the rear of the system.
4. Remove the screws that attach the left and right retaining brackets and remove the
brackets.
5. If you have not already done so, open the rear door of the rack unit.
6. If present, remove two screws securing the drawer to the rack. Refer to “Rear
Service Position” on page 519.
7. Push the drawer forward until it is stopped by the two detents.
520 Service Guide

Battery
Removal
CAUTION:
A lithium battery can cause fire, explosion, or severe burn. Do not recharge,
disassemble, heat above 100°C (212°F), solder directly to the cell, incinerate, or
expose cell contents to water. Keep away from children. Replace only with the
part number specified for your system. Use of another battery may present a risk
of fire or explosion.
The battery connector is polarized; do not attempt to reverse polarity.
Dispose of the battery according to local regulations.

2. Remove the two thumbscrews and remove the back top cover.
3. Locate the battery on the PCI board.
Battery
Socket

4. Remove any adapters or DASD in slots 13 and 14 to gain access to the battery.
5. Use one finger to gently slide the battery away from the notch in the battery socket.
Then use your thumb and index finger to hold the battery as it pushes out of the
socket. (The spring mechanism behind the battery pushes it out.)
Replacement
Tilt the battery so that you can insert it into the battery socket. Slide the battery into the
battery socket, then push it down into the socket.
Notes:
1. Be sure to tell the customer to reset the time and date.
2. Ensure that the battery polarity is correct; place the battery in the socket with the
positive side facing upward.
522 Service Guide

Chapter 11. Parts Information
This chapter contains parts information for the system.
523
CEC Drawer Card Assembly
524 Service Guide

Index Part Number CCIN Units Description
Number Per
Assy
1 24L0965 OR 1 2-way / 4-way regulator assembly OR
24L0964 OR 27AB 6-way / 8-way regulator assembly OR
21P6270 267D 8-way 750 MHz regulator assembly
2 04N3033 288A Up to 2 Memory riser card
3 04N3867 2733 1 RIO card assembly
4 04N3959 1 Orientation label
5 24L0971 1 Cover processor air flange
5a 21P6357 1 Cover processor air flange (-48 vdc
systems only)
5b 21P6356 1 Jackscrew (-48 vdc systems only)
6 1621811 4 Screw cover
7 04N6930 24A5 Up to 2 2-way 500 MHz processor
04N6931 24A6 Up to 2 4-way 500 MHz processor
53P1089 25B4 Up to 2 2-way 750 MHz processor
53P1090 25B3 Up to 2 4-way 750 MHz processor
8 07L7729 Up to
32 MB DIMM
32
93H4702 Up to 128 MB DIMM
32
09L5585 Up to 128 MB DIMM
32
07L9030 Up to 256 MB DIMM
32
10L5417 Up to 512 MB DIMM F/C 4131 (Cannot be
32 mixed with F/C 4100 in an octal)
07L9758 Up to 512 MB DIMM F/C 4100 (Cannot be
32 mixed with F/C 4131 in an octal)
09P0466 Up to 1 GB DIMM
32
44H8167 Up to Memory DIMM filler
32
9 04N4831 25DA 1 500 MHz clock card
21P6148 25B1 750 MHz clock card
(See “CEC RIO Bus Adapter” on

page 493 for replacement procedure.)
Chapter 11. Parts Information 525

CEC Drawer Backplane
3
5
526 Service Guide

Index Part Number CCIN Number Units Description
Per
Assy
1 42L0972 6 CEC MTG screw
2 04N6572 281C 1 500MHz backplane/stiffener
assembly
2 04N3524 281D 1 750MHz backplane/stiffener
assembly
3 24L0972 1 CEC cage assembly
4 1621813 6 Cage/stiffener screw
5 05L0066 1 Weight warning label

CEC Drawer Power Supplies
8 1
2
5 3
7
6
4
528 Service Guide

Index Part Number Units Per Description
Assy
1 75G2878 2 CEC cage MTG screw
2 24L0774 1 Rear EMC shield
3 1621811 4 EMC shield screw
4 90H9196 1 EMC tunnel
5 24L2643 2 EMC tunnel screw
6 90H9196 1 CEC handle rod
7 24L2643 1 CEC handle bracket
8 1621807 2 CEC handle screw
9 24L0728 Up to 2 ac power supply (1100W)
44L0045 Up to 2 dc power supply (1100W)

CEC Drawer Fan Assemblies
2
3
8
4
5 7
6
9
10
11
1 12
13
14
530 Service Guide

Assy
1 90H6641 1 SPCN bracket
2 24L0888 1 Busbar, power distribution unit
3 1621817 5 Busbar screws
4 97H7471 1 Power harness
5 1621811 4 Fan-mounting screw
6 90H6284 1 Shoulder screw power harness
7 24L0883 1 Fan-mounting assembly
8 44L0026 1 LED board assembly
9 1621811 4 Fan-mounting screw
10 04N3345 2 Digital fan assembly
11 44H8681 4 Fan-mounting screw
12 24L0775 1 Front EMC shield
13 44H8681 3 Front EMC screw
14 21H7141 1 Security label

I/O Drawer
1 4 6
7
5
2 3
11
12 13
14
15
8 9
13
10
17
16 18 19 23
24
22
27
20
21
25
26
532 Service Guide

Index Part Number CCIN Units Per Assy Description
Number
1 11K1107 1 Fan controller card

2 See note 1 Tape drive
3 41L5691 1 Tape drive carrier
4 11K0812 Up to 2 AC power supply (595 watt)
41L5413 Up to 2 DC power supply
03N2829 1 Cooling unit (Power supply filler)
5 41L5448 1 Fan assembly
6 See note Up to 2 Disk drive
7 03N2897 1 Disk drive mounting bracket
8 24L1089 1 Primary operator panel
24L0955 1 Secondary operator panel
9 03N2965 1 Operator panel bracket
10 00P2382 1 Power distribution board
11 See note Up to 14 Adapter card
12 03N3176 1 Bezel (ac systems)
00P1746 1 Bezel OEM (ac systems)
03N3610 1 Bezel (dc systems)
09P0751 1 Bezel OEM (dc systems)
13 11K0358 2 Trim/ship bracket
14 03N3253 1 Bezel blank (tape drive)
59H4118 1 Bezel black (tape drive)
94H0136 1 Bezel (tape drive)
15 03N3253 1 Bezel blank (CD-ROM)
97H7611 1 Bezel black (CD-ROM)
16 11K0207 1 Chassis
17 41L5206 1 Center cover
18 11K0243 1 Cable tray
19 41L5208 2 Back cover
20 11K0868 14 Clip (AC cord)
21 41L5560 1 Primary I/O tray assembly
41L5561 1 Secondary I/O tray assembly
22 44L0041 13 I/O divider
23 04N6907 2691 1 RIO card assembly
24 03K8992 As required I/O blanks
25 11K0584 1 RIO cable bracket
26 09P4061 1 Tie bar
27 16G8095 1 Battery
21P5041 1 SP Control W/S Adapter
21P6323 1 SAMI CABLE, internal
Note:
See RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems for part
numbers.

2
5
4
10
534 Service Guide

Assy
1 03N3845 1 Left rail assembly

2 03N3847 1 Right rail assembly
3 09P0327 2 Anti-tip bracket
4 00P2402 2 Channel cable bracket (T00 Rack)
5 11K0826 2 Channel cable bracket (S00 Rack)
6 11K0851 1 Reset bracket
7 See note 2 CD-ROM drive
8 41L5691 1 CD-ROM carrier
9 76H4091 1 Diskette drive
10 41L5688 1 Diskette drive carrier
00G1268 As required Screw - M4
33G3907 As required Screw - M3
Note:
See RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic Information for Multiple Bus Systems for part
numbers.

CEC Drawer Internal Cables
Fan 1 LED Board

Fan 2
P7 4
P1 P2
P3 J 12
+12 V G +3.3 V
J3
P 13
J 10 J 11
J 13 J 15
2 3
S 14
S 16
System Board
S 17 Power Power
Supply 1 Supply 2
V/S COMM
1
JTAG
S 15 S 18
536 Service Guide

Assy
1 97H7603 1 V/S COMM power cable
2 97H7600 1 JTAG power cable
3 97H7472 1 Miscellaneous power cable
4 97H7471 1 Miscellaneous power cable

Primary I/O Drawer Cables
1
11 J21
Diskette
12
CD-ROM
PCI Board
Optional
Media 3.3 V
12
Grd
16 Term
13 5V
DASD 1
J6 J7
Media Misc.
Power Power B
DASD 2 u
14 3.3 V
l
Term Ground
k
5V
h
J5 e
DASD I/P a
Power J4 2 J3 d
10
Power 3
Distribution J28
Power Fan 6 Diskette
15 Board
Supply 2 or J1 4
Cooling J2
15
Power Fan 5 J2 J3
Supply 1 I/O Board
9
Fan 1 Fan 2 7 J9
Fan 5
JTAG
Controller
Card J5 J30
SCSI
Op Panel J4
8 V/S COMM
6
538 Service Guide

Assy
1 03N3040 1 Misc. power cable (PDB to PCI board)
2 41L5517 1 Operator Panel Cable (I/O board to I/P)
3 41L5518 1 Base SPCN Cable (I/O board to I/P)
4 41L5516 1 Diskette Cable (I/O board to I/P)
5 41L5946 1 JTAG Cable (I/O board to bulkhead)
6 41L5521 1 V/S COMM Cable (I/O board to bulkhead)
7 41L5519 1 Internal SCSI (I/O board to I/P)
8 41L5649 1 Operator Panel Cable (I/P to Op panel)
9 42L5652 1 Fan Cont. Card Cable (PDB to FCC)
10 41L5650 1 Base SPCN Cable (I/P to PDB)
11 41L5522 1 Diskette Cable (I/P to diskette)
12 11K0233 1 Internal SCSI Cable (signal and power)
13 00P1676 1 Internal SCSI Cable (Int. to IPL DASD)
09P1709 1 Internal/external SCSI Cable (Ext. SCSI
adapter to IPL DASD)
14 09P1449 1 DASD power cable (PDB to IPL DASD)
15 34G0240 Up to 2 ac power cable
00P1799 Up to 2 dc power cable
16 88G3977 1 SCSI Terminator

Secondary I/O Drawer Cables
1
J21
8
Optional
Media
PCI Board
Optional
8 3.3 V
Media
Grd
Term 5V
B
J6 J7 u
Media Misc. l
Power Power
k
3.3 V h
Ground e
5V a
2 d
I/P
J4 J3
Power 3
9 Distribution 7 I/O Board
Power Fan 6
Board
Supply 2 or J1
Cooling J2
9
Power Fan 5 J2 J3
Supply 1
6 4
Fan 1 Fan 2
Fan
Controller
Card
Op Panel
540 Service Guide

Assy
1 03N3040 1 Misc. power cable (PDB to PCI board)
2 41L5517 1 Operator panel cable (I/O board to I/P)
3 41L5518 1 Base SPCN cable (I/O board to I/P)
4 03N3448 1 SCSI cable (bulkhead to I/P)
5 41L5649 1 Operator panel cable (I/P to Op panel)
6 41L5652 1 Fan cont. card cable (PDB to FCC)
7 41L5650 1 Base SPCN cable (I/P to PDB)
8 11K0233 1 Internal SCSI cable (signal and power)
9 34G0240 Up to 2 ac power cable
00P1799 Up to 2 dc power cable

External Cables
FRU Part Number Units Per Assy Description
21H7375 1 JTAG cable 3-meter
44L0033 1 V/S COMM cable 3-meter
97H7328 1 V/S COMM cable 6-meter
44L0005 Up to 6 RIO cable 3-meter
97H7490 Up to 6 RIO cable 6-meter
04N7014 Up to 6 RIO cable 15-meter
09P1251 Up to 3 SPCN cable 3-meter
21F9469 Up to 3 SPCN cable 6-meter
21F9358 Up to 3 SPCN cable 15-meter
1614920 4 JTAG cable standoff (CEC and primary I/O drawer)
46G3537 4 to 16 RIO cable standoff (I/O drawer)
44H7478 4 V/S COMM cable standoff (CEC and primary I/O
drawer)
44H7478 8 RIO cable standoff (CEC drawer)
62X0388 20 Primary I/O drawer:
parallel cable standoff
debug cable standoff
serial cable standoff
SPCN cable standoff
62X0388 8 to 24 Secondary I/O drawer:
SPCN cable standoff
07L7411 2 to 8 External SCSI cable standoff (I/O drawer)
09P1716 0 to 1 Internal disk to external SCSI connector cable (FC
3139)
76H0518 0 to 1 Converter cable, VHDCI to P, Mini 68-pin to 68-pin,
0.3M (FC 2118)
52G4291 0 to 1 Cable SCSI, 0.6M, 68-pin (P-type) to 68-pin (P-type),
SE or DIFF (FC 2424)
52G4233 0 to 1 Cable SCSI, 2.5M, 68-pin (P-type) to 68-pin (P-type),
SE or DIFF (FC 2425)
542 Service Guide

Keyboards and Mouse
Index FRU Part Number Units Per Description

Assy
1 93H8120 1 Keyboard, 101 United States
English (ID 103P)
93H8121 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French
(ID 058)
93H8122 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French
(ID 445)
93H8123 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID
171)
93H8124 1 Keyboard, 104 Brazil
Portuguese (ID 275)
93H8125 1 Keyboard, 102 Arabic (ID 238)
93H8126 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium
French (ID 120)
93H8127 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium (ID
120)
93H8128 1 Keyboard, 102 Bulgarian (ID
442)
93H8129 1 Keyboard, 102 Czech (ID 243)
93H8130 1 Keyboard, 102 Danish (ID
159)
93H8131 1 Keyboard, 102 Dutch (ID 143)
93H8132 1 Keyboard, 102 French (ID
189)
93H8133 1 Keyboard, 102 German (ID
129)
93H8134 1 Keyboard, 102 Greek (ID 319)
93H8135 1 Keyboard, 101 Hebrew (ID
212)
93H8136 1 Keyboard, 102 Hungarian (ID
208)
93H8137 1 Keyboard, 102 Iceland (ID
197)

Assy
93H8138 1 Keyboard, 102 Italy (ID 142)
93H8139 1 Keyboard, 102 Norwegian (ID
155)
93H8140 1 Keyboard, 102 Polish (ID 214)
93H8141 1 Keyboard, 102 Portuguese (ID
163)
93H8142 1 Keyboard, 102 Romanian (ID
446)
93H8143 1 Keyboard, 101 Russian (ID
443)
93H8144 1 Keyboard, 102 Serbian (ID
118)
93H8145 1 Keyboard, 102 Slovak (ID
245)
93H8146 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID
172)
93H8147 1 Keyboard, 102
Sweden/Finland (ID 153)
93H8148 1 Keyboard, 105 Swiss F/G (ID
150)
93H8149 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID
179)
93H8150 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID
440)
93H8151 1 Keyboard, 102 UK English (ID
166)
93H8152 1 Keyboard, 102 Latvia (ID 234)
93H8153 1 Keyboard, US English
ISO9995 (ID 103P)
93H8154 1 Keyboard, 106 Japan (ID 194)
93H8155 1 Keyboard, 101 Chinese/US
(ID 467)
93H8156 1 Keyboard, 103 Korea (ID 413)
93H8157 1 Keyboard, 101 Thailand (ID
191)
2 76H5084 1 Three Button Mouse
544 Service Guide

Keyboards and Mouse (Black)

Number Assy
1 07L9446 1 Keyboard, 101 United States English (ID
103P)
07L9447 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French (ID 058)
07L9448 1 Keyboard, 102 Canada French (ID 445)
07L9449 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID 171)
07L9450 1 Keyboard, 104 Brazil Portuguese (ID 275)
07L9451 1 Keyboard, 102 Arabic (ID 238)
07L9452 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium French (ID 120)
07L9453 1 Keyboard, 102 Belgium (ID 120)
07L9454 1 Keyboard, 102 Bulgarian (ID 442)
07L9455 1 Keyboard, 102 Czech (ID 243)
07L9456 1 Keyboard, 102 Danish (ID 159)
07L9457 1 Keyboard, 102 Dutch (ID 143)
07L9458 1 Keyboard, 102 French (ID 189)
07L9459 1 Keyboard, 102 German (ID 129)
07L9460 1 Keyboard, 102 Greek (ID 319)
07L9461 1 Keyboard, 101 Hebrew (ID 212)
07L9462 1 Keyboard, 102 Hungarian (ID 208)
07L9463 1 Keyboard, 102 Iceland (ID 197)
07L9464 1 Keyboard, 102 Italy (ID 142)
07L9465 1 Keyboard, 102 Norwegian (ID 155)
07L9466 1 Keyboard, 102 Polish (ID 214)
07L9467 1 Keyboard, 102 Portuguese (ID 163)
07L9468 1 Keyboard, 102 Romanian (ID 446)
07L9469 1 Keyboard, 101 Russian (ID 443)
07L9470 1 Keyboard, 102 Serbian (ID 118)
07L9471 1 Keyboard, 102 Slovak (ID 245)
07L9472 1 Keyboard, 102 Spanish (ID 172)

Number Assy
07L9473 1 Keyboard, 102 Sweden/Finland (ID 153)
07L9474 1 Keyboard, 105 Swiss F/G (ID 150)
07L9475 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID 179)
07L9476 1 Keyboard, 102 Turkish (ID 440)
07L9477 1 Keyboard, 102 UK English (ID 166)
07L9478 1 Keyboard, 102 Latvia (ID 234)
07L9479 1 Keyboard, US English ISO9995 (ID 103P)
07L9480 1 Keyboard, 106 Japan (ID 194)
07L9481 1 Keyboard, 101 Chinese/US (ID 467)
07L9482 1 Keyboard, 103 Korea (ID 413)
07L9483 1 Keyboard, 101 Thailand (ID 191)
2 08L0362 1 Three Button Mouse (Black)
546 Service Guide

Appendix A. Environmental Notices
Product Recycling and Disposal

This unit contains materials such as circuit boards, cables, electromagnetic compatibility
gaskets and connectors which may contain lead and copper/beryllium alloys that require
special handling and disposal at end of life. Before this unit is disposed of, these
materials must be removed and recycled or discarded according to applicable
regulations. IBM offers product-return programs in several countries. For country
specific instructions refer to the following web site:
http://www.ibm.com/ibm/environment/products/prp.phtml
This product may contain a sealed lead acid, nickel cadmium, nickel metal
hydride, lithium, or lithium ion battery. Consult your user manual or service
manual for specific battery information. The battery must be recycled or disposed
of properly. Recycling facilities may not be available in your area. For information
on disposal of batteries, contact your local waste disposal facility.
In the United States, IBM has established a collection process for reuse, recycling, or
proper disposal of used IBM sealed lead acid, nickel cadmium, nickel metal hydride,
and other battery packs from IBM Equipment. For information on proper disposal of
these batteries, please contact IBM at 1-800-426-4333. Have the IBM part number
listed on the battery available prior to your call.
Environmental Design
The environmental efforts that have gone into the design of this system signify IBM’s
commitment to improve the quality of its products and processes. Some of these
accomplishments include the elimination of the use of Class 1 ozone-depleting
chemicals in the manufacturing process and reductions in manufacturing wastes. For
more information, contact an IBM account representative.
Acoustical Noise Emissions

The equivalent continuous A-weighted sound pressure level at workstations (emission
sound pressure level at the 1-meter bystander positions) does not exceed 70 dB(A).
Der Geräuschpegel der Einheit ist kleiner oder gleich 70 db(A).
547
Declared Acoustical Noise Emissions
Noise Emissions1 Operating Idle
With M80 CEC drawer only
LpAm N/A N/A
discrete tones
With M80 and Primary I/O Drawer
LpAm N/A N/A
discrete tones
LpAm N/A N/A
discrete tones
7014 Series Model T00 Rack, a power distribution unit is installed in the rack, and the system
is operating in a normal environment of 25 °C (78 °F).
7014 Series Model T00 Rack and a power distribution unit is installed in the rack.
Noise Emission Notes

1. LWAd is the declared (upper limit) sound power emission level for a production
series of machines.
2. LpAm is the mean value of the A-weighted sound pressure emission levels at the
operator position (if any) for a production series of machines.
3. <LpA>m is the mean value of the space-averaged A-weighted sound pressure
emission levels at the one-meter positions for a production series of machines.
4. N/A = Not Applicable (no operator position).
5. All measurements are made in accordance with ISO 7779 and reported in
conformance with ISO 9296.
548 Service Guide

Appendix B. Notices
This information was developed for products and services offered in the U.S.A.
The manufacturer may not offer the products, services, or features discussed in this
document in other countries. Consult the manufacturer’s representative for information
on the products and services currently available in your area. Any reference to the
manufacturer’s product, program, or service is not intended to state or imply that only
that product, program, or service may be used. Any functionally equivalent product,
program, or service that does not infringe any intellectual property right of the
manufacturer may be used instead. However, it is the user’s responsibility to evaluate
and verify the operation of any product, program, or service.
The manufacturer may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject
matter described in this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you
any license to these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to the
manufacturer.
The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country
where such provisions are inconsistent with local law: THIS MANUAL IS
PROVIDED ″AS IS″ WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. Some states do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in
certain transactions; therefore, this statement may not apply to you.
This information could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors. Changes

are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be incorporated in
new editions of the publication. The manufacturer may make improvements and/or
changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this publication at any
time without notice.
Information concerning products made by other than the manufacturer was obtained
from the suppliers of those products, their published announcements, or other publicly
available sources. The manufacturer has not tested those products and cannot confirm
the accuracy of performance, compatibility or any other claims related to products made
by other than the manufacturer. Questions on the capabilities of products made by other
than the manufacturer should be addressed to the suppliers of those products.
549
550 Service Guide
Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test
For your convenience, an example of a basic service processor setup checklist is
included here. Your setup may include more or fewer of the available features, so you
can adjust this checklist for your own application so that it is helpful to you.
Service Processor Setup Checklist

1. Unplug the power cord from the server.
2. Attach a local terminal for this setup procedure.
3. Plug in the system and power on the local terminal.
Attention: Make sure that system power remains off.
4. Start the service processor menus. See Chapter 8, “Using the Service Processor”
on page 411.
5. Set the system name. See “Privileged User Menus” on page 414.
6. Enable surveillance. See “Service Processor Functions” on page 438.
7. Configure Call-In/Call-Out. See “Call-In/Call-Out Setup Menu” on page 432.
8. Exit the service processor menus.
9. Unplug the power cord from the system.
10. Attach modems (if needed). See “Accessing the Service Processor Menus
Remotely” on page 412.
11. Plug in the system.
Attention: Make sure that the system power remains off.
12. Test both of the following:
v Call-In, see “Testing Call-In” on page 552
v Call-Out, see “Testing Call-Out” on page 552
13. Use the “Save or Restore Hardware Management Policies,” in the “Introduction to
Tasks and Service Aids” section of the RS/6000 and Eserver pSeries Diagnostic
Information for Multiple Bus Systems to back up the service processor settings.
Note: This step is strongly recommended to protect the usefulness of the service
processor and the availability of the server.
Your service processor is now ready for use.
551
Testing the Setup
This section contains sample testing procedures to help ensure that your setup is
working.
These tests include communicating with the server operating system. Before you start,
ensure that the necessary serial port(s) is configured. If you need assistance, refer to
“Serial Port Configuration” on page 553.
The server should be powered off as a result of the “Service Processor Setup
Checklist” on page 551.
Testing Call-In
1. At your remote terminal, call in to your server. Your server answers and offers you
the Service Processor Main Menu after requesting your privileged access password.
2. Select System Power Control.
3. Select Power-On System.
When you are asked if you wish to continue powering on the system, type Y.
4. After the system firmware and operating system have initialized the server, the login
prompt displays at your remote terminal if you set up Seamless Modem Transfer
(refer to “Transfer of a Modem Session” on page 566 for more information). This
may take several minutes. When the login prompt displays, you have successfully
called the service processor.
5. Type logout to disconnect from the operating system. The message No Carrier
displays on your remote terminal.
6. Call your server again. The operating system answers and offers you the login
prompt. If these tests are successful, call-in is working.
7. Log in and type shutdown to shut down your server.
8. The message No Carrier displays on your remote terminal.
Testing Call-Out
During the setup, you entered your phone numbers for the pager (on page 435) and
customer voice (on page 435). These numbers are used for this test.
1. Your remote terminal is disconnected as a result of the Call-In test.
2. Call your server again.
3. At the service processor main menu, select Call-In/Call-Out Setup menu, then
select Call-Out test. This action causes a simulated error condition for the purposes
of this test.
4. After a few moments, a message displays, regarding an illegal entry. Press Enter to
clear the message and return to the main menu.
5. When your telephone rings, answer the call. You should hear the sound of a
telephone being dialed. Your computer is trying to page you.
If this test is successful, call-out is working correctly.
552 Service Guide

Return to the “Telephone Number Setup Menu” on page 435 to enter the actual
telephone numbers your server will use for reporting problems.
Serial Port Configuration

To configure the serial port on an AIX system, run the following from an AIX console:
2. To determine if you have any serial ports already configured, type:
lsdev -Cc tty
If no serial ports are configured, none are listed. If you want to configure serial
ports that are not listed, continue with the remaining steps.
3. Identify the serial port(s) with the modem(s).
4. Type smit tty
5. Select add tty
6. Select RS232
7. Select Baud rate 9600 or higher.
8. Select login enable and set the flow control to RTS.
9. Commit the selections and set up any other needed serial ports.
10. Exit SMIT.
Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test 553

554 Service Guide
Appendix D. Using the chcod Command
Description
The chcod command manages the Capacity Upgrade on Demand feature, which allows
configuration of more ResourceType, in this instance processors, on the system than
were initially configured. The additional resources may be enabled if they are available,
and if the system supports Capacity Upgrade on Demand for the specified
ResourceType. Only one ResourceType can be managed at a time. The change in the
number of ResourceType takes effect after the next system boot.
Capacity Upgrade on Demand management also includes displaying the current

number of ResourceType that have Capacity Upgrade on Demand support, monitoring
the number of ResourceType on the system, and notifying appropriately. Notification
occurs when NbrResources changes and also on a periodic basis. Notification (in the
form of error logging) is sent through Electronic Service Agent to the service support
center. The CustomerInfo text is included in the error log.
The chcod command syntax is as follows:
chcod [-r ResourceType -n NbrResource] [-c CustomerInfo] [-h]
Flags
-c CustomerInfo
Specifies the text string to include in the error log. CustomerInfo cannot be
more than 255 characters in length. Blank spaces cannot be included in the
string. After CustomerInfo has been specified, subsequent uses of the chcod
command do not have to specify the -c flag, but you do have the option of
changing it. CustomerInfo can consist of alphanumeric characters and any of
″.″ (decimal point), ″,″ (comma), ″-″ (hyphen), ″(″ (open parenthesis), or ″)″
(closed parenthesis). This flag is optional.
-h Displays the usage message. This flag is optional.
-n NbrResources
Specifies the number of ResourceType to be authorized on the system. The
value forNbrResources should be entered in increments of 2. The number that
is entered represents the total number of processors for the system. If you are
adding the first additional processor board, the number should be 6, 8, 10, or
12. Each time a processor board is added, the total number of desired
processors is entered. If the number is 0, Capacity on Demand will be disabled
for the specified ResourceType. This flag is optional. If -n is specified, then -r
must also be specified.
-r ResourceType
Specifies the ResourceType (proc for processors) to be enabled and monitored
on the system. The system must support Capacity Upgrade on Demand for
ResourceType. If -r is specified, then -n must also be specified.
555
The default for the chcod command (with no flags) displays the current value of
CustomerInfo, a reserved field named MailAddr, the system’s model name and serial
number, and the current values for any ResourceType.
556 Service Guide

Appendix E. Verifying Capacity Upgrade on Demand Processors
Capacity Upgrade on Demand data is stored in system hardware. If a system failure
occurs where certain hardware must be replaced, the Capacity Upgrade on Demand
data may be lost. Use the following procedures to ensure that the Capacity Upgrade on
Demand data is restored (if necessary) after a service action.
Determining Current Configuration

Before performing any other actions, use this procedure to determine the system
configuration:
chcod
3. The configured Capacity Upgrade on Demand features are displayed. Make a note
of the current configuration.
Recovery Procedures
Perform any required service actions to repair the system. After the service action is
complete, use the following procedure to check the Capacity Upgrade on Demand
information and if necessary, return the system to its original configuration.
chcod
3. The configured Capacity Upgrade on Demand features are displayed. Compare the
current configuration with the configuration you recorded earlier.
If the system configurations do not match, use the procedures beginning with “Installing
a System with Capacity Upgrade on Demand” on page 405 to reinstall the Capacity
Upgrade on Demand feature and reconfigure the hardware, as appropriate.
Capacity Upgrade on Demand Diagnostics

Capacity Upgrade on Demand monitors its resources. Notification of the number of
enabled devices is sent to the CUoD project office monthly and whenever the number
of resources change.
Unauthorized devices cannot be tested by AIX diagnostics, nor do they appear when
running the lscfg command on the NEW RESOURCE menu, or any AIX diagnostic
task. For example, a system may have eight processors originally installed, but only six
of the eight have been authorized for use. Diagnostics will only show the six authorized
processors in the diagnostic test list or NEW RESOURCE list. The two unused
processors cannot be tested by standalone and online diagnostics, and will not display
in the diagnostic test list. However, they are tested by the power-on self-test (POST),
and if a processor has failed, the failure is:
557
v Logged in the POST error log
v Logged in the AIX error log
v Reported at boot time by automatic error log analysis
v Reported if the sysplanar0 diagnostics are run
System Management Services and service processor menus are not affected by
Capacity Upgrade on Demand and all processors are tested at boot time. If one
processor failed at IPL, Capacity Upgrade on Demand still enables the number of
authorized processors, having the remaining good processors marked as available for
future capacity and the failed processors marked as failed. The customer can continue
to run the system without degradation. However, in such a case, the failing processor
card should be replaced at the customer’s convenience to allow the customer to add
capacity as needed.
Use the chcod command to manage Capacity Upgrade on Demand resources. It is

also used to determine the number of resources that are authorized and the total
number of resources installed.
Testing the System in the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Environment

To test all the processors installed in a machine that has a Capacity Upgrade on
Demand feature installed, do the following:
2. To determine if Capacity Upgrade on Demand is currently enabled, type the
following command:
chcod

Current CustInfo _______________________
Current Model and System ID = IBM, xxxx-______IBM, ________
where (xx) is the number processors installed in the system, (yy) is the number of
Capacity Upgrade on Demand-enabled processors.
If (yy) is equal to 0, then Capacity Upgrade on Demand is not enabled.
If (yy) is greater than 0, then Capacity Upgrade on Demand is enabled.

3. To enable testing of all the installed processors, disable Capacity Upgrade on
Demand by setting the number _of _ processors (yy) equal to 0:
chcod -r proc -n 0
shutdown -Fr
5. To verify the installed processors, type the following at the command line:
558 Service Guide

bindprocessor -q
Information about installed processor boards displays.

v If two processor boards are installed, the available processors should be listed
as 0 to 7.
v If the number of installed processors is not correct, use the normal maintenance
package procedures to correct any problems.
6. To test the system, type the following at the command line:
diag
7. Select Advanced Diagnostics.
8. Select System Verification mode on sysplanar0 and all processors. Use the normal
maintenance package procedures to correct any problems.
9. When the system is ready to return to normal operations, reset the Capacity
Upgrade on Demand feature, as follows:
a. Log in to the system as root user or as a user with system group privileges.
b. Type the following at the command line:
chcod -r proc -n NbrResources
where NbrResources is equal to the value of (yy) recorded in step 2 on

page 558.
shutdown -Fr
11. Allow the system to do a normal boot.
Appendix E. Verifying Capacity Upgrade on Demand Processors 559

560 Service Guide
Appendix F. Modem Configurations
The service processor is designed to place little demand on an attached modem,
thereby increasing the setup and connection success rates.
Sample Modem Configuration Files

This appendix contains information about several sample modem configuration files that
either work directly with your modem or provide a good starting point for a custom
setup.
The sample modem configuration files are located in your service processor firmware in
the /usr/share/modems subdirectory (if your server is using AIX) with the following
names. A listing of each specific file is included in this appendix.
Generic Modem Configuration Files

AIX File Name Service Processor Firmware File Name
modem_z.cfg modem_z_sp
modem_z0.cfg modem_z0_sp
modem_f.cfg modem_f_sp
modem_f0.cfg modem_f0_sp
modem_f1.cfg modem_f1_sp
Specific Modem Configuration Files

AIX File Name Service Processor Firmware File Name
modem_m0.cfg modem_m0_sp
modem_m1.cfg modem_m1_sp
Use the following selection procedures and your modem manual to determine which of
the configuration files is suitable for your use.
561
Configuration File Selection
Use the following steps to select a configuration file:
1. Is your modem an IBM 7852-400?
If Yes, use modem configuration file modem_m0.cfg and go to step 7 on page 563.
Note: The IBM 7852-400 modem has DIP switches on the right side of the unit.
See “IBM 7852-400 DIP Switch Settings” on page 565 for the correct switch
settings.
If No, continue with step 2.

2. Is your modem an IBM 7857-017?
If Yes, use modem configuration file modem_m1.cfg and go to step 7 on page 563.
Note: The IBM 7857-017 modem has two telephone line connections on the back
of the unit. One is marked LL (for Leased Line), and the other is marked
PTSN (for Public Telephone Switched Network). The service processor
expects to use the modem on the public network, so the telephone line
should attach to the PTSN connector.

3. Does your modem respond to the extended command set (prefixed with &)?
If Yes, go to step 5.
4. Does your modem respond to:
v ATZ reset command
or
v ATZn reset commands, where n can be 0, 1, and so on?
If ATZ, configuration file modem_z.cfg is recommended.
If ATZn, configuration file modem_z0.cfg is recommended.
Go to step 7 on page 563.
5. Does your modem command set include a test for V.42 error correction at the
remote modem (often called “Auto-Reliable Mode”)?
If Yes, disable this test. You can use sample configuration files
/usr/share/modem_m0.cfg or /usr/share/modem_m1.cfg as models to help you
create a file for your particular modem. See “Customizing the Modem Configuration
Files” on page 564 for more information. Go to step 7 on page 563.
If No, go to step 6.
6. Does your modem respond to:
v AT&F reset command
or
v AT&Fn reset commands, where n can be 0, 1, and so on?
562 Service Guide

If AT&F, configuration file modem_f.cfg is recommended.
If AT&Fn, configuration file modem_f0.cfg or modem_f1.cfg is recommended,
depending on which provides the hardware flow control profile.
7. You have completed selection of the configuration file.
If your modem configuration selection is not available in the Service Processor
Modem Configuration Menu, you must access it through the Configure Remote
Maintenance Policy Service Aid.
If you find it necessary to adjust any of these configuration files, use the manual
provided with your modem to accomplish that task. It is recommended you select
settings that enable hardware flow control and respond to DTR.
Note: Some older modems do not respond to the X0 or &R1 commands. Edit out
these commands from the modem configuration file if yours is such a
modem. See your modem manual for more information.
Some modems, such as the IBM 7857-017, are not designed for the paging function.
Although they can be used for paging, they return an error message when they do not
get the expected response from another modem. Therefore, even though the paging
was successful, the error message causes the service processor to retry, continuing to
place pager calls for the number of retries specified in the Call-Out Policy Setup Menu.
These retries result in redundant pages.
Appendix F. Modem Configurations 563

Examples for Using the Generic Sample Modem Configuration Files
The following table contains information to help you determine which modem
configuration file to use with various modems.
Modem Setup Z Setup Z0 Setup F Setup F0 Setup F1

(Rare)
AT&T DataPort 2001 X
(Ring interrupt only on
first ring)
Bocamodem 1440E X
Hayes Smart Modem X
300
IBM 5841 X
IBM 5843 X
IBM 7851 X
IBM 7852-10 X
IBM 7855 X
USRobotics X
36.6K Sportster
Zoom V.32 X
Customizing the Modem Configuration Files

You can create your own modem configuration files or modify the samples provided.
After you customize your modem configuration files, you must access them through the
Configure Remote Maintenance Policy Service Aid rather than from the service
processor menus.
Note: If you have already set up your serial ports, line speeds, authorizations, and
telephone numbers from the service processor menus, use the service aid to
specify your customized modem configuration files.
If you have not already set up your serial ports, line speeds, authorizations, and
telephone numbers from the service processor menus, use the service aids to
set them while you specify your customized modem configuration files.
To disable Auto-Reliable Mode testing of the remote modem, use the sample modem
configuration file /usr/share/modems/modem_f.cfg as a model that you can modify, as
follows:
1. Find the necessary command in your modem manual.
2. Copy the /usr/share/modems/modem_f.cfg file to a new file with a different name
(for example, modem_fx.cfg).
3. In the new file (modem_fx.cfg), change the line Send "ATE0T\r" to Send
"ATcccE0T\r" where ccc is the added command as specified in your modem
manual, as follows:
Change the third line of each of the following stanzas:
v condout
564 Service Guide

v condin
v ripo
4. Save the changes.
IBM 7852-400 DIP Switch Settings

If you are using a 7852-400 modem to enable service processor communications, for
proper operation, the dual inline package (DIP) switches must be set according to the
following table:
Switch Position Function
1 Up Force DTR
2 Up Flow Control &E4
3 Down Result Codes Enabled
4 Down Modem Emulation Disabled
5 Up Auto Answer Enabled
6 Up Maximum Throughput Enabled
7 Up RTS Normal Functions
8 Down Enable Command Mode
9 Down Remote Digital Loopback Test Enabled
10 Up Dial-Up Line Enabled
11 *Up AT Responses Enabled (Extended Responses Disabled)
12 *Down Asynchronous Operation
13 Up 28.8KB Line Speed

14 Up
15 Up CD and DSR Normal Functions

16 Up 2-Wire Leased Line Enabled
* Only switches 11 and 12 are changed from the factory default settings.
Xon/Xoff Modems
Some early modems assume software flow control (Xon/Xoff) between the computer
and the modem. Modems with this design send extra characters during and after the
transmitted data. The service processor cannot accept these extra characters. If your
configuration includes such a modem, your functional results may be unpredictable.
The sample modem configuration files included in this appendix do not support these
modems, so custom configuration files are necessary. Anchor Automation 2400E is an
example of such a modem.
If you experience unexplainable performance problems that may be due to Xon/Xoff

characters, it is recommended that you upgrade your modem.
Ring Detection
Most modems produce an interrupt request each time they detect a ring signal. Some
modems generate an interrupt only on the first ring signal that they receive. AT&T
DataPort 2001 is an example of such a modem.

The service processor uses the ring interrupt request to count the number of rings when
Ring Indicate Power-On (RIPO) is enabled. If your modem produces an interrupt on
only the first ring, set Ring Indicate Power-On to start on the first ring. Otherwise, you
can choose to start Ring Indicate Power-On on any ring count.
Terminal Emulators
The service processor is compatible with simple ASCII terminals, and therefore
compatible with most emulators. When a remote session is handed off from the service
processor to the operating system, agreement between terminal emulators becomes
important.
The server’s operating system will have some built-in terminal emulators. You may also
have a commercially available terminal emulation. It is important that the local and host
computers select the same or compatible terminal emulators so that the key
assignments and responses match, ensuring successful communications and control.
For best formatting, choose line wrap in your terminal emulator setup.
Recovery Procedures
Situations such as line noises and power surges can sometimes cause your modem to
enter an undefined state. When it is being used for dial-in, dial-out or ring indicate
power-on, your modem is initialized each time one of these actions is expected. If one
of these environmental conditions occur after your modem has been initialized, it might
be necessary to recover your modem to a known state.
If your modem communicates correctly with remote users, it is probably in control. It

may be wise to occasionally change some of the functional settings and then change
them back, just for the sense of security that the modem is communicating, and to
ensure it has been initialized recently.
If your system is particularly difficult to access physically, another strategy is to protect it

with an Uninterruptible Power Source (UPS) and a phone-line surge protector.
In case recovery becomes necessary, shut down your system using established
procedures. Disconnect the power cable and press the power button to drain
capacitance while power is disconnected. Disconnect and reconnect modem power, and
then reconnect system power to completely reinitialize your system.
Transfer of a Modem Session

Because many modem command variations exist, the sample modem configuration files
located at the end of this appendix have been written to capture the largest number of
workable modem settings.
The modem command &Dn (where n is a number) generally sets the modem response
to the Data Terminal Ready (DTR) signal from the server’s serial port. The desired
response is that the modem will hold a connection while DTR is enabled, and drop the
connection when DTR is released. Using this mechanism, the server hangs up on a
connection under normal conditions.
566 Service Guide

Consult your modem manual for its specific response scheme for the &Dn command.
Two strategies are available for dealing with the modem’s response to DTR:
v Recovery
v Prevention
Before you use one of these strategies, determine if your server’s modem is set up
correctly to respond to DTR.
With the remote terminal connected to serial port 1 and defined as the Primary Console
Device, there are two tests you can perform:
1. Will the modem drop the connection after the System initialization complete
message displays at the remote terminal?
If Yes, the modem is set up correctly.
If No, try another &Dn setting for your server’s modem. See your modem manual
for this information. The &Dn command appears in three places each in three of the
sample modem configuration files, as follows:
2. Will the server’s modem disconnect when the power drops? You can make this
observation at the remote terminal by commanding your server to shut down and
power off. (Use the AIX command shutdown -F.) Watch for the message NO
CARRIER on your remote terminal.
If Yes, this is the correct response. The modem is set up correctly.
If No, try another &Dn setting for your server’s modem. See your model manual for
this information. The &Dn command appears in three places each in three of the
sample modem configuration files. Only the following sample modem configuration
files contain the &Dn command (in three places each):
v modem_f.cfg
v modem_f0.cfg
v modem_f1.cfg
If you are using modem_z.cfg or modem_z0.cfg, you cannot control DTR response.
If your remote terminal does not disconnect after logging off, you must command
the remote terminal emulator to hang up. This then breaks the connection.
Recovery Strategy
The recovery strategy consists of making two calls to establish a remote session. This
solution is the easiest to implement and allows more freedom for configuring your
server’s serial ports.
To set up a remote terminal session, dial into the service processor and start the
system. After the operating system is loaded and initialized, the connection will be
dropped. At this point, call the server back and the operating system will answer and
offer you the login prompt.

Prevention Strategy
The disconnect is caused by the operating system when it initializes the Primary
Console. The tests listed in “Transfer of a Modem Session” on page 566 are conducted
with the remote terminal selected as the primary console to manifest the modem’s
response to DTR transitions.
v If a local ASCII terminal or a graphics console is to be a permanent part of your
server, then make one of them the primary console. Your remote terminal will no
longer experience the connection loss.
v If a local console is not a permanent part of your server, you can still assign either
the unused graphics console or the unused serial port as the primary console. This
gives you the desired seamless connection at your remote terminal.
v If you choose to use the unused serial port as the primary console, some initialization
traffic will be sent to any serial device attached to that port. As a result, that serial
device’s connection and function could be affected. These impacts may make that
port unattractive for devices other than a temporary local ASCII terminal.
568 Service Guide

Modem Configuration Sample Files
Sample File modem_m0.cfg

#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP: modem_m0
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file specifically for IBM 7852-400
# modem with Auto-Reliable feature. This feature must be turned off
# for Catcher calls. This example uses the AT&F reset command to
# choose the factory defaults.
#
# (C) COPYRIGHT International Business Machines Corp. 1996
# All Rights Reserved
# Licensed Materials - Property of IBM
#
# US Government Users Restricted Rights - Use, duplication or
# disclosure restricted by GSA ADP Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.
#
#
# The modem has configuration switches. They should be set to the
# factory default settings, except switches 11 and 12. These must be
# to UP ("AT" responses) and DOWN (Asynchronous operation), respectively.
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
#
# %N Call-Out phone number %R Return phone number
#
#
# PROGRAMMING NOTE: No blanks between double quote marks (").
condout: send "AT&F&E2E0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults

# Reliable mode
# Echo off
ignore "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Ignore modem response.
send "AT&E12&E14\r" # Disable pacing
# Disable data compression
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm commands successful.
send "AT&SF1&S0S9=1\r" # DSR independent of CD
# Force DSR on.
# CD respond time=100ms
send "ATV0S0=0\r" # Numeric response code
# Auto-Answer off
done
connect: send "ATDT%N\r" # Tone dialing command.

# %N from Call Home setup.
# Expect a connection response.
expect "33\r" or "31\r" or "28\r" or "26\r" or "24\r" or "21\r" or
"19\r" or "13\r" or "12\r" or "1\r" busy "7\r"
timeout 60
done
retry: send "A/" # Repeat the previous command.

timeout 60
done
disconnect:
delay 2 # Separate from previous data.

send "+++" # Assure command mode.
delay 2 # Allow mode switching delay.
send "ATH0T\r" # Set modem switch-hook down
# (i.e., hang up).
ignore "0\r" or "OK\r" timeout 2 # Ignore modem response.
send "ATE0Q1\r" # Initialize modem: Echo OFF,
# Disable responses.
ignore "0\r" timeout 1
done
condin: send "AT&F&E2E0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

# Reliable mode
# Echo off
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm commands successful
send "AT&SF1&S0S9=1\r" # DSR independent of CD.
# Force DSR on.
send "ATV0S0=2\r" # Numberic response code
# Answer on 2nd ring
expect "0\r" timeout 2 # Confirm commands successful.
done
waitcall: ignore "2\r" timeout 1 # Ignore first ring.

expect "2\r" timeout 10 # Pickup 2nd ring or timeout
timeout 60
done
page: send "ATDT%N,,,,%R;\r" # %N = pager call center number

# Add enough commas to wait for
# time to enter paging number.
# %R = paging number
expect "0\r" timeout 60 # Confirm successful command.
delay 2 # Wait before hanging up.
send "ATH0\r" # Hang up.
done
ripo: send "AT&F&E2E0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

# Reliable mode
# Echo off
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm successful command.
send "AT&SF1&S0S9=1\r" # DSR independent of CD.
# Force DSR on.
send "ATV0S0=0\r" # Numeric response code
# Auto Answer OFF
done #
error: # Handle unexpected modem

# responses.
expect "8\r" or "7\r" or "6\r" or "4\r" or "3\r"
delay 2
done
570 Service Guide

Sample File modem_m1.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP modem_m1
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file specifically for IBM 7857-017 modem with
# Auto-Reliable feature. This feature must be turned off for Catcher calls.
# This example uses the AT&F reset command to choose the factory defaults.
#
# To allow dial commands for digital pagers, it is necessary to reduce
# the number of characters in the dial command. Each comma (delay) has
# been set to 6 seconds (S8=6) for that reason.
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
#
# %N Call-Out phone number %R Return phone number
#
#
condout: send "AT&F*E0E0\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

# *E0=data compression disabled
# E0=echo disabled
send "AT#F0*Q2S8=6\r" # Trellis modulation disabled
# Retrain with adaptive rate
# Set ,=6second
send "ATV0X0S0=0\r" # Numeric response code
# AT compatible messages
# Auto-Answer disabled
done

expect "1\r" busy "7\r" timeout 60 # Expect a connection response.
done

expect "1\r" busy "7\r" timeout 60 # Expect a connection response.
done
disconnect:
send "ATH0\r" # Set modem switch-hook down
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&F*E0E0\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

# E0=echo disabled
send "AT#F0*Q2\r" # Trellis modulation disabled
# Answer on 2nd ring
done

expect "2\r" timeout 10 # Pick up second ring
# or timeout.
expect "1\r" timeout 60
done
page: send "ATD%N,%R\r" # %N = pager call center number

# commas=6sec wait time to
# enter paging number.
# %R = return number
expect "0\r" or "3\r" timeout 30 # Confirm successful command.
send "ATH0\r" # Hang up.
done
ripo: send "AT&F*E0E0\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

# E0=echo disabled
send "AT#F0*Q2\r" # Trellis modulation disabled
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Confirm successful command.
# Auto-Answer disabled
done #

# responses.
expect "8\r" or "7\r" or "4\r" or "3\r"
delay 2
done
572 Service Guide

Sample File modem_z.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP Z
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file for many early Hayes* compatible modems.
# This example uses the ATZ reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This setup will work for many modems, but it is required for early vintage
# modems which respond to neither the ATZ0 reset command nor the extended (&)
# commands. Refer to your modem manual.
#
# * Trademark of Hayes Microcomputer Products, Inc.
#
#
#
#
# If the modem has configuration switches, they should be set to the
# factory default settings.
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# AT Attention Code , Inserts delay in dialing commands
# Z Reset to factory defaults Q0 Turn on responses
# E0 Turn echo off Q1 Turn off responses
# V0 Use numeric responses S0=0 Automatic answer inhibit
# +++ Escape to command mode S0=2 Answer on second ring
# H0 Hang-up T = Tone mode. When used as T\r, it is a
# no op to maintain program synchronization
# when modem may/will echo the commands.
#
# %N Call-Out phone number %P Paging phone number
# %S Modem speed (available to users)
#
# Following are common responses from a wide range of modems:
# 16, 15, 12, 10, 5 and 1 are connection responses. Add others as required.
# 7=busy; 6=no dial tone; 4=error; 3=no carrier; 2=ring; 0=OK
#
condout: send "ATZQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

send "ATE0T\r" # Initialize modem: Echo OFF,
expect "0\r" or "OK\r\n" timeout 2 # Enable responses (Numeric),
send "ATQ0V0T\r" # Limit response codes.
send "ATS0=0\r" # Set AutoAnswer OFF
expect "0\r" timeout 2 # Confirm command successful.
done


expect "16\r" or "15\r" or "14\r" or "12\r" or "10\r" or "5\r" or "1\r" busy "7\r"
timeout 60
done


timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "ATZQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

send "ATS0=2\r" # Set AutoAnswer ON
done

# or timeout.
expect "16\r" or "15\r" or "14\r" or "12\r" or "10\r" or "5\r" or "1\r"
timeout 60
done

# Confirm successful command.

send "ATH0T\r" # Hang up.
done
ripo: send "ATZQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

done # RI Power On enabled.

# responses.
delay 2
done
574 Service Guide

Sample File modem_z0.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP Z0
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file for some early Hayes* compatible modems.
# This example uses the ATZ0 reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This setup is recommended for modems that will respond to the ATZ0 command
# and which do not respond to the extended (&) commands. Refer to your modem
# manual.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# Z0 Reset. Restore Profile 0 Q0 Turn on responses
# H0 Hang-up X0=0 Limit modem response codes
# T = Tone mode. When used as T\r, it is a
#
#
#
condout: send "ATZ0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0

send "ATQ0V0X0T\r" # Limit response codes.
done


timeout 60
done

timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "ATZ0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0

done

# or timeout.
timeout 60
done


done
ripo: send "ATZ0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0


# responses.
delay 2
done
576 Service Guide

Sample File modem_f.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F
#
# FUNCTIONS: Modem configuration file for many recent Hayes* compatible modems.
# This example uses the AT&F reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This set up is preferred for modems with extended (&) commands. For early
# vintage modems, setup Z or Z0 is recommended. If your modem responds to
# the extended (&) commands and to factory default choices (&Fn), setup file
# F0 or F1 is recommended.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# &F Reset to default profile Q0 Turn on responses
#
# &C1 Detect CD &D2 Respond to DTR (often the default)
#
#
#
condout: send "AT&FQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

send "AT&C1&D2\r" # Detect carrier and DTR.
done


timeout 60

done

timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&FQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

done

# or timeout.
timeout 60
done


done
ripo: send "AT&FQ0T\r" # Reset to factory defaults.

578 Service Guide

# responses.
delay 2
done

Sample File modem_f0.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F0
#
# This example uses the AT&F0 reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This set up is preferred for modems with extended (&) commands. For early
# vintage modems, setup Z or Z0 is recommended. If your modem responds to
# the extended (&) commands and to factory default choices (&Fn), but doesn’t
# work properly with this setup file, setup F1 is recommended.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# &F0 Reset. Restore profile 0 Q0 Turn on responses
#
# &R1 Ignore RTS (CTS)
#
#
#
condout: send "AT&F0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0

send "AT&C1&D2&R1\r" # Detect carrier and DTR,
# Ignore RTS.
done

580 Service Guide

timeout 60
done

timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&F0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0

# Ignore RTS.
done

# or timeout.
timeout 60
done


done
ripo: send "AT&F0Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 0

# Ignore RTS.


# responses.
delay 2
done
582 Service Guide

Sample File modem_f1.cfg
#
# COMPONENT_NAME: (ESPSETUP) ENTRY SERVICE PROCESSOR SETUP F1
#
# This example uses the AT&F1 reset command to choose the factory defaults.
# This set up is for modems with extended (&) commands and which do not work
# properly with setup F0. For early vintage modems, setup Z or Z0 is
# recommended.
#
#
#
#
#
ICDelay 1
DefaultTO 10
CallDelay 120
# &F1 Reset. Restore profile 1 Q0 Turn on responses
#
# &R1 Ignore RTS (CTS)
#
#
#
condout: send "AT&F1Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 1

# Ignore RTS.
done



timeout 60
done

timeout 60
done
disconnect:
# (i.e., hang up).
done
condin: send "AT&F1Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 1

# Ignore RTS.
done

# or timeout.
timeout 60
done


done
ripo: send "AT&F1Q0T\r" # Reset modem. Select profile 1

# Ignore RTS.
584 Service Guide

# responses.
delay 2
done

586 Service Guide
Appendix G. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions
This appendix provides information for installing rails into your rack or system.
Read the safety information in “Safety Notices” on page xi before using these
procedures.
Front Drawer-Stop Installation

Install a drawer stop (2), part number 11K0358, on each side at the front of the rack to
prevent the drawer from sliding out the front. Use six screws (1), part number 73H2932,
and four nut clips (3), part number 74F1823, to attach the drawer stops.
Note: To put the drawer in the front-service position, the drawer stops have to be
removed temporarily.
1 2
587
Drawer Rail Assembly and Installation
The drawer rails require assembly before you put them in your rack.
Use two screws, part number 00G1268, to attach an anti-tip guide (2), part number
09P0327, to each rail. The left rail (1) is part number 03N3845 and the right rail (5) is
part number 03N3847.
Rails for an S00 Type Rack

Use one screw, part number 00G1268, to attach a Model S00 type cable guide (4), part
number 11K0826, to the right rail. The model S00 type rack does not have enough
room on the left side of the rack for a cable guide. Install a guide only on the right rails.
Rails for a T00 Type Rack

Use one screw, part number 00G1268, to attach a Model T00 type cable guide (3), part
number 00P2402, to each rail. The model T00 type rack has room for guides on both
the left and the right rails.
Rail Installation
As you install the right rail into the rack, install the drawer latch reset bracket, part
number 11K0851, above the right rail. Refer to the Installation Guide for your system
drawers to install the rails in your rack.
1
2
588 Service Guide

Cable Routing
Use the following descriptions to route and secure the cables in the rack drawer.
I/O Drawer Cables: If present, connect the RIO drawer cables to the I/O drawer and
secure them with the RIO cable retainer (3), part number 11K0584. Use two screws (2),
part number 00G1268.
To hold the cables, use the cable hanging brackets (1), part number 11K1013, as
needed.
Route the cables over the cable guides, and secure the cables with Velcro strips, part
number 07H6855 or 51H9502.
Appendix G. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions 589

CEC Drawer Cables: Arrange the CEC drawer cables in the CEC drawer cable bracket
(3), part number 11K0249, and fasten the bracket to the back of the CEC drawer.
(Fasteners (1) push in to lock and pull out to unlock.)
Route the cables over the cable guides, and secure the cables with Velcro strips (2),
part number 07H6855 or 51H9502.
590 Service Guide

Securing Drawer Cables: Route the cables over the cable guides (2) and secure the
cables with Velcro strips (1), part number 07H6855 or 51H9502. Leave a loop large
enough so that the drawer can be pulled out the back.
Appendix G. Rack Drawer Rail Instructions 591

592 Service Guide
Index
A CEC backplane 496

CEC fans 490
about this book xvii
CEC power supplies 492
acoustical
CEC regulator card 484
noise
CEC RIO Bus adapter 493
emissions 547
chcod command 555
AIX location codes 32, 33
checkpoints 147
AIX operating system documentation 426, 462
boot problems 167
B description 76
firmware 156
battery
disposal, recycling 547 service processor 150
removal 521 clearances, service 70
bay locations 23 code, error 171
boot list 402 common service processor error codes 389
boot mode menu 423 configuration, rack 70
boot problems 167 configure, processor/memory 445
connecting cables 53
C connecting the CEC drawer and I/O drawers 53
cables console mirroring 449
JTAG 53 console strategy 6
RIO 53 customer account setup menu 437
SPCN 53, 59
V/S COMM 53
D
cabling 53 data flow 4
call-in dc power cable routings 66
testing 552 dc power cables 66
call-in/call-out setup menu 432 deconfigure, processor/memory 445
call-out description, IPL flow 147
testing 552 diagnostics
call-out (call-home) 447 online 401
call-out policy setup menu 436 overview 75
capacity upgrade on demand 403 standalone 401
adding processor capacity 410 diskette drive removal 516
chcod command 555
determining current configuration 557
E
electronic service agent 78
determining processor configuration 409
emissions
diagnostics 557
noise 547
enabling additional processors 409
entering open firmware 8
process flow 404
entry MAP 75
recovery 557
error code to FRU index 171
recovery procedures 557
error codes
system processors 403
common firmware 389
testing the system 558
firmware/POST 212
verifying and installing 405
operator panel 176
CD-ROM removal 513
problem determination generated 398
CEC 484
service processor 233
backplane 496
SPCN 177
fans 490
system firmware 388
power supplies 492
error logs 450
processor card 485
regulator card 484
RIO Bus Adapter 493
593
F LCD progress indicator log 451
LED status 22
fan controller card removal 512
loading the system diagnostics 401
firmware 443
location codes 29, 33
level 443
AIX 32
update 443
format 29
firmware checkpoints 156
physical 29
firmware updates
locations 9
system 442
AIX 33
firmware/POST error codes 212
bays 23
flow, data 4
cable diagram 64, 65
flow, IPL 147
CEC card cage 12
front service position 520
CEC drawer front 9
FRU
CEC drawer front, bezel removed 10
hot-pluggable 470
CEC drawer rear 11
index 171
location code reference tables 33
isolation 77
logical 29
G memory DIMM 20
memory riser card 20
general user menu 413
PCI board 18
H physical 29, 33
handling static-sensitive devices 468 primary I/O drawer bay 16
hot-pluggable FRUs 470 primary I/O drawer front 13
primary I/O drawer operator panel 22
I primary I/O drawer rear 15
I/O drawer SCSI IDs 23
backplane assembly 498 secondary I/O drawer bay 17
features 25 secondary I/O drawer front 14
PCI slot LED definitions 470 secondary I/O drawer operator panel 22
power distribution board 503 system board 19
RIO bus adapter 501
indicators, POST 7 M
information, reference 1 maintenance analysis procedures 75
installing cables 53 maintenance analysis procedures (MAPs) 81, 82
internal disk drives removal 509 entry MAP 81
IPL minimum configuration MAP 122
flow 147 power MAP 94
phases 147 problem determination MAP 89
isolation, FRU 77 quick entry MAP 82
memory configuration/deconfiguration menu 426, 427
J memory riser cards and memory modules 481
JTAG, cable connection 53 memory, description 24
messages, service processor checkpoints 150
K minimum configuration MAP 75, 122
keys minus 48 vdc power
numeric 1 key 7 CEC backplane 497
numeric 5 key 7 CEC fans 490
numeric 6 key 8 CEC power supplies 492
numeric 8 key 8 CEC regulator card 484
CEC RIO Bus Adapter 493
L memory riser cards and memory modules 481
language selection menu 431 processor card 485
language, select 465 modem
laser compliance statement xiii configuration file selection 562
laser safety information xiii configurations 561
594 Service Guide

modem (continued) power supply fan removal 505
transfer 566 power supply removal 505
modem_f.cfg, sample file 577 power supply test switch 508
modem_f0.cfg, sample file 580 power-on self-test 6
modem_f1.cfg, sample file 583 powering on and off 5, 469
modem_m0.cfg, sample file 569 preface xvii
modem_m1.cfg, sample file 571 primary console 568
modem_z.cfg, sample file 573 primary I/O drawer cable diagram 64
modem_z0.cfg, sample file 575 primary I/O drawer operator panel locations 22
privileged user menus 414
N problem determination generated error codes 398
noise problem determination MAP 75, 89
emissions 547 processor card 485
noise emission 71, 548 processor configuration/deconfiguration menu 425
processor/memory
O configure 445
online diagnostics 401 deconfigure 445
online publications xvii product disposal 547
open firmware, entering 8 publications, online xvii
operating system documentation, AIX 426, 462 publications, ordering xvii
operator panel error codes 176
operator panel removal 517 Q
ordering publications xvii quick entry MAP 75, 82
overview
diagnostics 75 R
system 1 rack configuration 70
rear service position 519
P reboot/restart policy setup menu 421
parts information 523 recycling 547
CEC drawer backplane 526 reference information 1
CEC drawer card assembly 524 reference tables
CEC drawer fan assemblies 530 aix location code 33
CEC drawer internal cables 536 physical location code 33
CEC drawer power supplies 528 related publications xvii
external cables 542 removal and replacement procedures 467
I/O drawer 532 battery 521
keyboard 543, 545 CD-ROM drive 513
primary I/O drawer cables 538 CEC backplane 496
secondary I/O drawer cables 540 CEC fans 490
PCI CEC RIO Bus Adapter 493
adapter removal 471 diskette drive 516
hot-plug manager access 478 fan controller card 512
hot-pluggable adapter removal 473 I/O drawer backplane assembly 498
non-hot-pluggable adapter removal 471 I/O drawer power distribution board 503
slot LED definitions 470 I/O drawer RIO bus adapter 501
phases, IPL 147 internal disk drives 509
physical location codes 29, 33 memory riser cards and memory modules 481
POST indicators 7 operator panel 517
POST keys PCI adapters 471
numeric 1 key 7 power supply 505
numeric 5 key 7 power supply fan 505
numeric 6 key 8 processor card 485
numeric 8 key 8 tape drive 515
power cables 72 removal procedure 467
power control network utilities menu 430 replacement procedure 467
power MAP 75, 94
Index 595
replacement procedure (continued) service processor (continued)
memory modules 482 processor configuration/deconfiguration menu 425
restart recovery 440 reboot/restart policy setup menu 421
RETAIN 437 ring-indicate power-on menu 420
retries 436 serial port selection menu 434
ring-indicate power-on menu 420 serial port snoop setup menu 419
RIO cabling 54 serial port speed setup menu 434
riser card memory placement rules 24 service processor reboot/restart recovery 440
setup 551
S setup checklist 551
safety xi setup menu 416
electrical xii system information menu 424
laser compliance statement xiii system power control menu 420
notices xi telephone setup menu 435
rack xi test 551
saving service processor settings 551 service processor checkpoints 150
SCSI IDs 23 service processor error codes 233
secondary I/O drawer cable diagram 65 service processor feature 78
secondary I/O drawer operator panel locations 22 setup menu 416
self-test, power-on 6 SPCN cabling 59
serial port SPCN error codes 177
selection menu 434 specifications 67
snoop setup menu 419 7014 Series Model T00 Rackrack 68
speed setup menu 434 cec drawer 67
service clearance 70 I/O drawer 69
service inspection guide 73 noise emission notes 71, 548
service mode 401 standalone diagnostics 401
service processor strategy, console 6
backup settings 551 system diagnostics, loading 401
boot mode menu 423 system firmware update messages 388
call-in/call-out setup menu 432 system firmware updates 442
call-out call-home 447 system information menu 424
call-out policy setup menu 436 system management services 455
checklist 551 display error log 457
checkpoints 150 multiboot 462
console mirroring 449 OK prompt 465
customer account setup menu 437 password utilities 456
error log 450 remote initial program load setup 457
functions 438 SCSI utilities 461
general user menu 413 select console 461
language selection menu 431 select language 465
main menu 414 system memory 24
memory configuration/deconfiguration menu 426, system power-on methods 439
427 system specifications 67
menus 412 system, powering on and off 5
menus list 411
modem configuration menu 433 T
monitoring - surveillance 446 tape drive removal 515
operational phases 452 telephone setup menu 435
OS surveillance setup menu 418 testing the setup
passwords 417 call-in 552
power control network utilities menu 430 call-out 552
power-on methods 439 trademarks xviii
privileged user menus 414 transfer of a modem session 566
procedures in service mode 437
596 Service Guide

U
using
electronic service agent 78
service processor 78
V
V/S COMM, cable connection 53
W
Web sites
AIX library 426, 462
firmware updates 442, 443
microcode updates 442, 443
RS/6000 and pSeries publications xvii
Index 597
598 Service Guide
Readers’ Comments — We’d Like to Hear from You
RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80
Service Guide
Publication No. SA38-0571-01
Overall, how satisfied are you with the information in this book?
Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Dissatisfied Very

Dissatisfied
Overall satisfaction h h h h h
How satisfied are you that the information in this book is:
Very Satisfied Satisfied Neutral Dissatisfied Very

Dissatisfied
Accurate h h h h h
Complete h h h h h
Easy to find h h h h h
Easy to understand h h h h h
Well organized h h h h h
Applicable to your tasks h h h h h
Please tell us how we can improve this book:
Thank you for your responses. May we contact you? h Yes h No
When you send comments to IBM, you grant IBM a nonexclusive right to use or distribute your comments in any
way it believes appropriate without incurring any obligation to you.
Name Address
Company or Organization
Phone No.
_________________________________________________________________________________
Readers’ Comments — We’d Like to Hear from You Cut or Fold
SA38-0571-01 IBMR Along Line
Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape

_____________________________________________________________________________
NO POSTAGE
NECESSARY
IF MAILED IN THE
UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST-CLASS MAIL PERMIT NO. 40 ARMONK, NEW YORK
POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
Information Development
Department H6DS-905-6C006
11400 Burnet Road
Austin, TX 78758-3493
_____________________________________________________________________________
Fold and Tape Please do not staple Fold and Tape
Cut or Fold
SA38-0571-01 Along Line
IBMR
Printed in U.S.A.
September 2001
SA38-0571-01
Spine information:
RS/6000 Enterprise Server

Model M80
Eserver pSeries 660 Model
IBM 6M1 Service Guide SA38-0571-01

7026 Enterprise Server Model M80 Model 6M1 Service Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

7026 Enterprise Server Model M80 Model 6M1 Service Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

7026 Enterprise Server Model M80 Model 6M1 Service Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RS/6000 Enterprise Server Model M80

Eserver pSeries 660 Model 6M1 IBM

Data Integrity and Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xv

About This Book . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xvii

Chapter 1. Reference Information . . . . . . . . . . .

Chapter 2. Diagnostics Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75

Chapter 3. Maintenance Analysis Procedures (MAPs) . . . . . . . . . . 81

Chapter 5. Error Code to FRU Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Chapter 6. Loading the System Diagnostics In Service Mode . . . . . . . 401

Chapter 7. Using the Capacity Upgrade on Demand Feature . . . . . . . 403

Chapter 8. Using the Service Processor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411

Chapter 10. Removal and Replacement Procedures . . . . . . . . . . 467

Chapter 11. Parts Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

viii Service Guide

Appendix B. Notices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 549

Appendix C. Service Processor Setup and Test . . . . . . . . . . . 551

Appendix D. Using the chcod Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555

Appendix E. Verifying Capacity Upgrade on Demand Processors . . . . . 557

Appendix F. Modem Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561

Rack Safety Instructions

When adding or removing any additional devices to or from the system,

Use one hand, when possible, to connect or disconnect signal cables to

xii Service Guide

xviii Service Guide

The PCI bus speeds are as follows:

“Data Flow” on page 4 illustrates the system’s data flow.

Chapter 1. Reference Information 3

Chapter 1. Reference Information 5

The POST screen displays the following words:

Chapter 1. Reference Information 7

System unit with System unit with

CEC Drawer CEC Drawer

I/O Drawer I/O Drawer

Chapter 1. Reference Information 9

1 Power On/Off LED 2 Fan 2

1 RIO connector A0 2 RIO connector B0

Chapter 1. Reference Information 11

Rear of CEC drawer (viewed from top, cover removed)

1 CD-ROM 2 Operator panel

Chapter 1. Reference Information 13

1 Optional media bay 2 Operator panel

1 Ethernet connector 2 SCSI connector

Chapter 1. Reference Information 15

1 Bay A - Diskette 2 Bay B - CD-ROM

1 RIO 1 connector 2 RIO 0 connector

Chapter 1. Reference Information 17

PCI PCI PCI PCI

1 Regulator, M01 2 Memory Riser 1, M02

Chapter 1. Reference Information 19

Location Code Memory DIMMs

Chapter 1. Reference Information 21

1 Power on/off button 2 Power on/off LED

Secondary I/O Drawer Operator Panel

1 Power Present LED 2 Disturbance or System Attention LED

Primary I/O Drawer SCSI IDs

1 CD-ROM (SCSI ID=1) 2 Optional Tape Drive (SCSI ID=0)

Chapter 1. Reference Information 23

Riser Card Memory Placement Rules

I/O Drawer Addressing

Chapter 1. Reference Information 25